Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My Public Portal
About
Watertown IFB 2021_2021.09.07
1630 x.i Weston@ Sampson —77777on*s4�ampson.com WESTON&SAMPSON ENGINEERS,INC. CONTRACT 55 Walkers Brook Drive Reading,MA01867(HQ) tel 978.532.1900 DOCUMENTS ..................................................................................................................................................................... September 2021 TOWN OF Watertown MASSACHUSETTS Advanced Metering Installation Services Contract #2022-013 11A OF ASS cy MARGARETA. McCARTHY 0L) CIVIL Z9 Digitally signed by No.46677 Margaret A McCarthy, PE (46677) Date: 2021.09.07 NAL 14:20:59-04'00' TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Division Number 0 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Advertisement for Bids 00100 Instructions to Bidders 00200 Form of General Bid 00410 Agreement 00520 Performance Bond 00610 Payment Bond 00615 General Conditions 00700 Supplementary Conditions 00800 State Statutes and Regulations (Massachusetts) 00830 Attachment A—Prevailing Wage Rates 00830 Attachment B—Excerpts from MGL 30, 82 & 149 00830 Attachment C—Not Used 00830 Attachment D—Change Orders 00830 Attachment E—COVID 19 Guidelines 00830 Permits 00890 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Scope and Sequence of Work 01014 Control of Work and Materials 01110 Special Provisions 01140 Measurement and Payment 01270 Submittals 01330 Cleaning Up 01740 15 MECHANICAL Installation of Water Meters, Registers and AMI Modules 15120 Process Pipe and Fittings 15140 Plumbing 15408 16 ELECTRICAL Grounding and Bonding 16060 APPENDICES Appendix A— Sensus Product Data Sheets Appendix B—Meter Evaluations i SECTION 00100 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Town of Watertown, Massachusetts Sealed bids for the construction of the Advanced Meter Infrastructure (AMI) Installation Services Contract No. 2022-013 for the Town of Watertown, Massachusetts, will be received at the Watertown Purchasing Department at 149 Main Street, Watertown, MA 02472 until 11:00 a.m., prevailing time, on Wednesday September 29th, 2021 at which time and place said bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. All bidders attending the bid opening will be required to wear a mask. The scope of work includes furnishing all labor materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to remove existing water meters, registers, wiring and reading devices, including those in meter pits, and the installation of the new water meters, registers, wiring, and AMI modules. The Owner is purchasing the new water meters, registers and AMI Modules under a separate contract. The scope of work also includes ensuring there is adequate electrical bonding on both sides of the newly installed water meters and conducting a visual inspection of the immediate area around the newly installed water meters to determine whether a sump pump is present and whether there is proper discharge. The AMI includes installing approximately 9,844 water meters ranging from 5/8-inch to 6-inch in size, registers, radio modules. The Bidder hereby agrees that if selected as the Contractor it will commence work under this contract on or before a date to be fixed in the written "Notice to Proceed" given by the Owner to the Contractor and to fully complete the project within 730 consecutive days of the start date fixed in the"Notice to Proceed". Bid Security in the form of a bid bond, cash, certified check, treasurer's or cashier's check payable to the Owner, is required in the amount of five percent of the bid, in accordance with Section 00200, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. Copies of Contract Documents may be obtained for pickup at the Watertown Purchasing Department. Department, located at 149 Main Street, Watertown, MA, Monday through Friday from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., beginning Wednesday, September 8, 2021, or by email: nurchasin2a,watertown-ma.2ov. Inquiries regarding the AMI Installation Services IFB shall be sent, in writing, to Watertown Purchasing Department at purchasing@watertown-ma.gov. In order to be considered, all inquiries must be received no later than seven (7) business days prior to the proposal submission date. The selected contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond in amount at least equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price as stipulated in Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS of these specifications. 10/29/2019 00100-1 All bids for this project are subject to applicable bidding laws of Massachusetts, including General Laws Chapter 30, Section 39M as amended. Prevailing Wage Rates as determined by the Director of the Executive Office of Labor and Workforce Development under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 149, Section 26 to 27H, as amended, apply to this project. It is the responsibility of the Bidder, before bid opening, to request if necessary, any additional information on Prevailing Wage Rates for those trades people who may be employed for the proposed work under this contract. By submission of a bid, the Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 30 days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded after the opening of bids. The Owner reserves the right to waive any informalities in bids and to reject any or all bids. TOWN OF WATERTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS Raeleen Bandini Purchasing Agent P:\MA\Watertown MA\2180455-AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\00100-Advertisement for Bids.docx 10/29/2019 00100-2 SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I. Receipt and Opening of Bids 2. Location and Work to be Done 3. Preparation of Bid 4. Modification of Bids 5. Obligation of Bidder 6. Information not Guaranteed 7. Bid Security 8. Time for Completion 9. Addenda and Interpretations 10. Bid Opening Procedure 11. Comparison of Bids 12. Statutes Regulating Competitive Bidding 13. Right to Reject Bid 14. Ability and Experience of Bidder 15. Conditions of Work 16. Security for Faithful Performance 17. Power of Attorney 18. Laws and Regulations 19. Liquidated Damages for Failure to Enter into Contract 20. Indeterminate Items and Estimated Quantities 21. CONTRACTOR Records 22. Bidder Certification—OSHA Training 23. Prevailing Wage Rates I. Receipt and Onenin2 of Bids The Town of Watertown herein called the OWNER, acting by and through its Town Manager will receive sealed Bids for the construction of the AMI Installation Services. Such bids addressed to the Watertown Purchasing Department and endorsed Bid AMI Installation Services will be received at the Watertown Purchasing at 149 Main Street, Watertown, MA 02472 until 11:00 a.m. prevailing time, on Wednesday September 29th, 2021 at which time and place said bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. All bidders attending the bid opening will be required to wear a mask. If the building at which bids are to be received is closed for any reason on the date and time that bids are due, receipt of bids by the Owner will be postponed until the next business day at the time originally stated for receipt of bids. 10/29/2019 00200-l Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for the opening of bids or authorized postponement thereof. Any bid received after the time and date specified will not be considered. By submission of a bid, the bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for the number of days, after the opening of bids, as stipulated in the FORM OF GENERAL BID. 2. Location and Work to be Done The location, general characteristics and principal details of the Work are indicated in these contract documents. Additional information may be furnished by addendum from time to time during the bidding period by the ENGINEER and shall then become a part of the Contract Documents. The Work to be done and paid for under any item shall not be limited to the exact extent mentioned or described but shall include all incidental work necessary or customarily done for the completion of that item. 3. Preparation of Bid Each bid must be submitted on the prescribed form in Section 00410. All blank spaces for bid prices must be filled in, in ink or typewritten, in both words and figures. Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name of the bidder, its address, and endorsed with the name of the project as specified in Receipt and Onenin2 of Bids, above. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed in another envelope addressed as specified in Receipt and Onenin2 of Bids, above. 4. Modification of Bids Any bidder may modify its bid by written communication at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. Any telegraphic communication must be received by the OWNER prior to the closing time, and, provided further, for any telegraphic communication that modifies a bid the OWNER is satisfied that a written confirmation of the modification over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the closing time. The modification communication shall not reveal the bid price but shall provide the addition or subtraction or other modification so that the final prices or terms will not be known by the OWNER until the sealed bid is opened. If written confirmation is not 10/29/2019 00200-2 received within two days from the closing time, no consideration will be given to the facsimile transmission. 5. Obliization of Bidder At the time of the opening of bids each bidder will be presumed to have an understanding of the work to be completed and to have read and to be thoroughly familiar with the Contract Documents (including all addenda). The failure or omission of any bidder to examine any form, instrument, or document shall in no way relieve any bidder from any obligation in respect of its bid. 6. Information not Guaranteed All information given in the Contract Documents relating to existing conditions is from the best sources at present available to the OWNER. All such information is furnished only for the information and convenience of bidders and is not guaranteed. It is agreed and understood that the OWNER does not warrant or guarantee that the subsurface or other conditions, natural phenomena, existing pipes, or other structures encountered during construction will be the same as those indicated in the Contract Documents. It is further agreed and understood that no bidder or CONTRACTOR shall use or be entitled to use any of the information made available to it or obtained in any examination made by it in any manner as a basis of or grounds for any claim or demand against the OWNER or the ENGINEER, arising from or by reason of any variance which may exist between the information made available and the actual subsurface or other conditions, natural phenomena, existing pipes or other structures actually encountered during the construction work, except as may otherwise be expressly provided for in the Contract Documents. 7. Bid Securitv Each bid must be accompanied by a certified check, a bid bond, cash, a treasurer's or cashier's check, payable to the OWNER, in the amount stated in Section 00100, ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. Such deposits will be returned to all except the three lowest responsible and eligible bidders within five days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of bids, and the remaining deposits will be returned promptly after the OWNER and the accepted bidder have executed the Contract, or if no notice of intent to award has been presented to any bidder within 30 days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after the date of the opening of bids, upon demand of the bidder at any time thereafter. 8. Time for Completion 10/29/2019 00200-3 The successful general bidder must agree to commence work on or before a date to be specified in the written "Notice to Proceed" from the OWNER and to fully complete the project within 730 calendar days. 9. Addenda and Interpretations No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other prebid documents will be made to any bidder orally, and if provided orally, shall not be relied upon by bidders unless confirmed in a written addendum. All information given to bidders other than by means of the plans, specifications, or by addenda, as described below, is given informally and shall not be used as the basis of a claim against the OWNER or the ENGINEER. Inquiries regarding the AMI Installation Services IFB shall be sent, in writing, to Watertown Purchasing Department at purchasing@watertown-ma.gov. In order to be considered, all inquiries must be received no later than seven (7) business days prior to the proposal submission date.. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications which, when issued, may be viewed at the Watertown Purchasing Department. Department, located at 149 Main Street, Watertown, MA, Monday through Friday from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., beginning Wednesday, September 8, 2021, or by email: purchasing@watertown-ma.gov. 10. Bid Onenin2 Procedure The following list of requirements shall be met by each filed bid. Bids shall be filed at the place and before the time specified in Receipt and Opening of Bids, above. The bid and all accompanying documents so required shall be signed by the Bidder or its authorized representative before submission. All bidders shall include with their bids written acknowledgment of receipt of all addenda. Refer to acknowledgment form provided in Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID. The total dollar amount of each bid will be read, and the three apparent lowest bids will be selected for further consideration. These three apparent low bids will be read aloud for the benefit of the other bidders and the bid opening procedure will be closed. All those present at the bid opening may examine all bids after the bid opening and after the 10/29/2019 00200-4 reading of the three apparent low bids except for the DCAMM Update Statements if contained therein, which are not public records. 11. Comparison of Bids Bids will be compared on the basis of the quantities and unit and lump sum prices stated in the bid forms. In the event that there is a discrepancy in Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID between the lump sum or unit prices written in words and figures, the prices written in words will govern. The OWNER agrees to examine and consider each FORM OF GENERAL BID submitted in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein and as set forth in Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID. 12. Statutes Re2ulatiniz Competitive Biddiniz Any bid, which does not comply with the provisions of Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 30, Section 39M as amended, need not be accepted and the OWNER may reject every such bid. 13. Ri2ht to Reiect Bid The OWNER may consider informal any bid not prepared and submitted in accordance with the provisions hereof and may waive any informalities or reject any and all bids, should the OWNER deem it to be in the public interest to do so. The OWNER may also reject bids which in its sole judgment are either incomplete, conditional, obscure or not responsive or which contain additions not called for, erasures not properly initialed, alterations, or similar irregularities, and may reject bids for any other reason permitted by law, or the OWNER may waive such omissions, conditions or irregularities. 14. Ability and Experience of Bidder No award will be made to any bidder who cannot satisfy the OWNER that it has sufficient ability and experience in this class of work and sufficient capital and plant to enable it to prosecute and complete the work successfully within the time named. The OWNER's decision or judgment on these matters will be final, conclusive, and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. 10/29/2019 00200-5 The OWNER may make such investigations as it deems necessary, and the bidder shall furnish to the OWNER, under oath if so required, all such information and data for this purpose as the OWNER may request. 15. Conditions of Work Each bidder must inform itself fully of the conditions relating to the construction of the project and the employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so will not relieve a successful bidder of its obligation to furnish all material and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of its contract. Insofar as possible the CONTRACTOR, in carrying out its work, must employ such methods or means as will not cause any interruption of or interference with the work of any other contractor. 16. Security for Faithful Performance Simultaneously with its delivery of the executed Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish a surety bond or bonds as security for faithful performance of this Contract and for the payment of all persons performing labor and materials under this Contract as specified in Section 00700, GENERAL CONDITIONS included herein, each in the amount of 100 percent of its bid. The surety on such bond or bonds shall be a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the OWNER. The bonds shall remain in force for one year after final acceptance of the work by the OWNER, unless the OWNER, in writing, releases the CONTRACTOR from the obligation sooner. 17. Power of Attornev Attorneys-in-fact who sign Contract bonds must file with each bond a certified and effectively dated copy of their power of attorney. 18. Laws and Regulations Applicable provisions of Massachusetts General Laws and Regulations and/or the United States Code and Code of Federal Regulations govern this Contract and any provision in violation of the foregoing shall be deemed null, void and of no effect. Where a conflict between Federal and State Laws and Regulations exists, the more stringent requirement shall apply. The bidder's attention is directed to the fact that all applicable State laws, municipal ordinances or bylaws, and the rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the Contract throughout, and they will be deemed to be included in the Contract the same as though herein written out in full. 10/29/2019 00200-6 Attention is directed to Section 00830 STATE REGULATIONS and to other applicable sections of this specification. In the event of any conflict between provisions of law or regulation quoted or paraphrased in the Contract Documents, the actual provisions of law or regulation shall control. 19. Liquidated Damaizes for Failure to Enter into Contract The successful bidder, upon its failure or refusal to execute and deliver the Contract, Bonds and Certificates of Insurance required within 10 days after receipt of notice of the acceptance of the bid, shall, except as otherwise provided by applicable law, forfeit to the OWNER, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with its bid, provided that the amount forfeited shall not exceed the difference between its bid price and the bid price of the next lowest responsible and eligible bidder. In case of death, disability, bonafide clerical or mechanical error of a substantial nature, or other similar unforeseen circumstances affecting the bidder, its bid deposit will be returned. 20. Indeterminate Items and Estimated Ouantities The work to be done under this Contract has been divided into parts or items, if applicable, to enable each bidder to bid on different portions of the work in accordance with its estimate of their cost and so that the actual quantity of work executed under each item may be paid for at the price bid for that particular item, even though each bidder may have judged that such quantity may be greater or less than the estimated quantity stated in Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID. 21. CONTRACTOR Records The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 30, Section 39R, concerning CONTRACTOR records. This section has been reprinted in Section 00830, STATE REGULATIONS. 22. Bidder Certification—OSHA Traininiz All employees who work on Massachusetts public works construction sites, on projects estimated to cost more than $10,000, must have no less than ten (10) hours of OSHA- approved safety and health training. The Massachusetts Attorney General is authorized to restrain award of construction contracts to any contractor who is in violation of this requirement and to restrain the performance of these contracts by non-complying contractors. Noncompliance with this law will disqualify contractors from bidding on public contracts. 10/29/2019 00200-7 23. Prevailiniz Wale Rates Prevailing Wage Rates as determined by the Director of the Executive Office of Labor and Workforce Development under the provision of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H, as amended, apply to this project. It is the responsibility of the bidder, before bid opening, to request if necessary, any additional information on Prevailing Wage Rates for those trades people who may be employed for the proposed work under this contract. The Contractor is responsible for requesting up to date wage rates from the Owner prior to the one-year anniversary of the notice to proceed of this contract. The Owner shall obtain updated wage rates from the Director and provide them to the Contractor upon said request. END OF SECTION \\wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455-ANII and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\00200-Instructions to Bidders.docx 10/29/2019 00200-8 SECTION 00410 FORM OF GENERAL BID Proposal of (hereinafter called "Bidder")* (_) a corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State of (_) a partnership (_) a joint venture (_) a limited liability company (_) an individual doing business as *Insert corporation,partnership,joint venture, LLC or individual as applicable. AMI INSTALLATION SERVICES CONTRACT#2022-013 To the Town of Watertown, Massachusetts (hereinafter called "Owner"). Bidder: The undersigned Bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bids for construction of the AMI Installation Services, having examined the plans and specifications with related documents and the site of the proposed work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the proposed project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby proposes to furnish all superintendence, labor, services, materials, equipment, plant, machinery, apparatus, appliances, tools, supplies, bailing, shoring, removal, and all other things necessary to construct the project in accordance with the contract documents, as prepared by Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc., within the time set forth below, and at the prices stated below. These prices are to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the contract documents, of which this bid is a part. The Bidder hereby agrees that if selected as the Contractor it will commence work under this contract on or before a date to be fixed in the written"Notice to Proceed"given by the Owner to the Contractor and to fully complete the project within 730 consecutive days of the start date fixed in the "Notice to Proceed". The Bidder further agrees to pay as liquidated damages the sum of$1,000 for each consecutive calendar day thereafter during which the work has not been fully 08/09/2019 00410-1 completed, as provided in the "Liquidated Damages" provisions of Section 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: No. Dated: No. Dated: No. Dated: No. Dated: The Bidder agrees to perform the work described in the specifications and shown on the plans for the following lump sum or unit prices: Item Estimated Brief Description Unit or Lump Sum Price No. Quantity* Bid in Both Words and Figures Total in Figures 1 General: la Lump Sum Mobilization, lump sum $ (dollars) and (cents) 2 Meter Installation: 2a 9,344 units 5/8-inch water meter and AMI module, installed, per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 08/09/2019 00410-2 Item Estimated Brief Description Unit or Lump Sum Price No. Quantity* Bid in Both Words and Figures Total in Figures 2b 55 units 3/4-inch water meter and AMI module, installed, per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 2c 324 units 1-inch water meter and AMI module, installed, per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 2d 35 units 1-1/2-inch water meter and AMI module, installed,per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 2e 58 units 2-inch water meter and AMI module, installed, per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 2f 15 units 3-inch water meter and AMI module, installed, per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 08/09/2019 00410-3 Item Estimated Brief Description Unit or Lump Sum Price No. Quantity* Bid in Both Words and Figures Total in Figures 2g 6 units 4-inch water meter and AMI module, installed, per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 2h 1 unit 6-inch water meter and AMI module, installed, per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 2i 6 units 5/8-inch pit water meter and AMI module, installed,per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 2j 2 units 1 1/2 to 2-inch pit water meter and AMI module, installed,per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 3 Irrigation Valve Box Installation 3a 6 locations Irrigation valve box and conduit installation for meter pits, per location $ (dollars) and (cents) 08/09/2019 00410-4 Item Estimated Brief Description Unit or Lump Sum Price No. Quantity* Bid in Both Words and Figures Total in Figures 4 Non-Standard Meter Installation 4a 487 units 5/8-inch to 1-inch non-standard type-1,per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 4b 260 units 5/8-inch to 1-inch non-standard type-2, per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 4c 5 units 1-1/2-inch to 2-inch non-standard type-1, per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 4d 93 units 1-1/2-inch to 2-inch non-standard type-2, per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 5 Water Meter Right-Sizing 5a 1 unit Right-size 1-inch meter,per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 08/09/2019 00410-5 Item Estimated Brief Description Unit or Lump Sum Price No. Quantity* Bid in Both Words and Figures Total in Figures 5b 8 units Right-size 1-1/2-inch meter, per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 5c 16 units Right-size 2-inch meter,per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 5d 6 units Right-size 3-inch meter,per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 5e 6 units Right-size 4-inch meter,per unit $ (dollars) and (cents) 6 Salvaged Meters: 6a 9,350 meters Credit for salvage of removed 5/8-inch meter, per meter $ (dollars) and (cents) 08/09/2019 00410-6 Item Estimated Brief Description Unit or Lump Sum Price No. Quantity* Bid in Both Words and Figures Total in Figures 6b 55 meters Credit for salvage of removed 3/4-inch meter, per meter $ (dollars) and (cents) 6c 324 meters Credit for salvage of removed 1-inch meter,per meter $ (dollars) and (cents) 6d 35 meters Credit for salvage of removed 1-1/2-inch meter, per meter $ (dollars) and (cents) 6e 58 meters Credit for salvage of removed 2-inch meter,per meter $ (dollars) and (cents) 6f 15 meters Credit for salvage of removed 3-inch meter,per meter $ (dollars) and (cents) 08/09/2019 00410-7 Item Estimated Brief Description Unit or Lump Sum Price No. Quantity* Bid in Both Words and Figures Total in Figures 6g 6 meters Credit for salvage of removed 4-inch meter,per meter $ (dollars) and (cents) 6h 1 meter Credit for salvage of removed 6-inch meter,per meter $ (dollars) and (cents) 7 Sump Pump Inspections 7a 9,844 inspections Sump pump inspections performed, per inspection $ (dollars) and (cents) 8 Electrical Bonding 8a 4,922 accounts Perform electrical bonding at water meter,per account $ (dollars) and (cents) 08/09/2019 00410-8 TOTAL OF BID The proposed contract price for all Items 1 through 8 inclusive is: Dollars and Cents ($ ). All entries shall be made clearly in ink or typewritten. Amounts are to be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy between the prices written in words and those written in figures, the amount shown in words shall govern. In the event there is a discrepancy between the unit prices and the total sum of all of the items (the proposed contract price), the unit prices shall govern. The above unit prices shall include all labor,materials,bailing, shoring,removal,overhead, profit, insurance, bond premiums, etc., to cover the finished work of the several kinds called for. The Bidder understands that all bids for this project are subject to the applicable bidding laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including General Laws Chapter 30, Section 39M, as amended. The contract will be awarded to the lowest eligible and responsible bidder. The Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 30 days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of bids. Within 10 days of receipt of the written notice of acceptance of this bid, the Bidder will execute the formal agreement attached in Section 00520,AGREEMENT and provide the requisite payment and performance bonds and certificates of insurance. Bid security is attached in the sum of five percent(5%) of the total bid in accordance with the conditions of Section 00200, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. The bid security may become the property of the Owner in the event the contract and bond are not executed within the time set forth above. The selected Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond in an amount at least equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract prices in accordance with Section 00610,PERFORMANCE BOND, Section 00615,PAYMENT BOND,and as stipulated in Section 00700, GENERAL CONDITIONS of these specifications. 08/09/2019 00410-9 The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of its qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and specifications. 1. Have been in business under present name for years. 2. The names and addresses of all persons interested in the bid (if made by a partnership or corporation) as Principals, are as follows: (Attach supplementary list if necessary) 08/09/2019 00410-10 3. The Bidder shall state below what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed contract it has done, and give references that will enable the Owner to judge its experience, skill and business standing (add supplementary page if necessary). Completion Project Name Contract Amount Design Engineer Reference Telephone Date Name No. a b c d e f. 08/09/2019 00410-11 Pursuant to M.G.L. CH. 62C, Sec 49A,the undersigned Bidder certifies under the penalties of perjury that he is in compliance with all laws of the Commonwealth relating to taxes, reporting of employees and contractors, and withholding and remitting child support. The undersigned Bidder hereby certifies that(1) it is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed in the work; (2) that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and 3)that all employees to be employed in the work subject to this bid have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration. The undersigned Bidder hereby certifies, under pains and penalties of perjury, that the foregoing bid is based upon the payment to laborers to be employed on the project of wages in an amount no less than the applicable prevailing wage rates established for the project by the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Workforce Development. The undersigned bidder agrees to indemnify the awarding authority for, from and against any loss, expense, damages, actions or claims, including any expense incurred in connection with any delay or stoppage of the project work arising out of or as a result of(1) the failure of the said bid to be based upon the payment of the said applicable prevailing wage rates or (2) the failure of the bidder, if selected as the Contractor, to pay laborers employed on the project the said applicable prevailing wage rates. The undersigned certifies under penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this paragraph the word "person" shall mean any natural person,joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts under the provisions of Section Twenty-Nine F of Chapter Twenty-Nine, Section 25C (10) of Chapter 152 (workers' compensation) or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other Chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulations promulgated thereunder. 08/09/2019 00410-12 Respectfully submitted: Date By (Signature) (Name-Typed or Printed) (Title) (SEAL - if bid is by a corporation) (Business Name) (Federal ID Number) (Business Address) (City and State) (Telephone Number) (Fax Number) END OF SECTION \\Wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455 -AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\00410 -Form of General Bid.docx 08/09/2019 00410-13 SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, made this day of ,by and between the Town of Watertown hereinafter called"OWNER,"acting herein through its Town Manager,and doing business as(a corporation)(a limited liability company) (a partnership) (a joint venture) (an individual)* located in the (City) (Town)* of , County of and State of hereinafter called "CONTRACTOR." WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned,to be made and performed by the OWNER,the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with the OWNER to commence and complete the project described as follows: AMI INSTALLATION SERVICES CONTRACT #2022-013 hereinafter called the project, for the sum of Dollars and Cents ($ )and all extra work in connection therewith,under the terms as stated in the Contract Documents; and at its own proper cost and expense to furnish superintendence,labor,services,materials,equipment,plant, machinery, apparatus, appliances, tools, supplies, bailing, shoring, removal, and all other things necessary to complete the said project in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID, Section 00700, GENERAL CONDITIONS, Section 00800, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, Section 00830, STATE REGULATIONS,the plans, which include all maps, plates, drawings, blue prints, and the specifications and all other contract documents therefor as prepared by Weston&Sampson Engineers,Inc.,including all bid documents. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be fixed in the written Notice to Proceed given by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR and to fully complete the project within 730 consecutive days of the start date fixed in the"Notice to Proceed". The CONTRACTOR further agrees to pay as liquidated damages the sum of $1,000 for each consecutive calendar day thereafter during which the work has not been fully completed,as provided in the Liquidated Damages provisions of Section 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. The CONTRACTOR shall not discriminate against or exclude any person from participation herein on grounds of race, color,religious creed,national origin, sex, sexual orientation, ancestry, or age; and that it shall take affirmative actions to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during their employment,without regard to race, color,religious creed,national origin, sex, sexual orientation, ancestry, age, or handicapped status. The CONTRACTOR shall not participate in or cooperate with an international boycott,as defined in 06/10/2021 00520-1 Section 999(b)(3)and(4)of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,as amended,or engage in conduct declared to be unlawful by Section 2 of Chapter 151E of the Massachusetts General Laws. Applicable provisions of Massachusetts General Laws and Regulations and/or the United States Code and Code of Federal Regulations govern this Agreement and any provision in violation of the foregoing shall be deemed null, void and of no effect. Where conflict between Federal and State Laws and Regulations exists, the more stringent requirement shall apply. Subject to G.L. c.30, sec. 39K and/or sec. 39G and G.L. c.30, sec. 39F, as applicable,the OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the Agreement,subject to additions and deductions, as provided in Section 00700, GENERAL CONDITIONS, and to make payments on account thereof as provided in Section 00700,GENERAL CONDITIONS and Section 00800, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS In accordance with the requirements of G.L. c.149, §27B, the Contractor shall submit, and shall require all of its subcontractors required to keep a record of hours and wages paid to laborers employed on the project to submit, to the awarding authority on a weekly basis, copies of such records. All such weekly submissions shall be accompanied by the following certification: The undersigned contractor hereby certifies, under the pains and penalties of perjury, that the foregoing payroll records are true and accurate records of the wages paid to laborers employed on the project for the period stated and said wages are in an amount no less than the prevailing wage rates established for the project by the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Workforce Development. The undersigned contractor agrees, in addition to any other remedies available to the awarding authority, to indemnify the awarding authority for, from and against any loss, expense, damages, actions or claims, including any expense incurred in connection with any delay or stoppage of the project work, arising out of or as a result of(1) the contractor's failure to pay laborers employed on the project the said applicable prevailing wage rates; (2) the failure of the foregoing payroll records to accurately state the said applicable prevailing wage rates; or(3) the failure of the foregoing payroll records to accurately represent the wages actually paid to laborers employed on the project. The Agreed upon DIRECT LABOR MARKUP(percentage)for Change Orders on this project shall be percent. 06/10/2021 00520-2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this Agreement in six (6) counterparts,each of which shall be deemed an original, in the year and day first above mentioned. AGREED: Town of Watertown , Massachusetts (Owner) By Michael J. Driscoll Town Manager (Postion) (Contractor) By (Name) (Title) (Address) (City and State) Approved as to Form: By (Owner's Counsel) (Town Counsel) The undersigned,Town Manager of the Town of Watertown,hereby certifies that in accordance with M.G.L.C.44,Section 31C,an appropriation in the amount of$ equal to the Contract price is available therefore and that Town Manager of the Town of Watertown,has been authorized to execute the Contract and approve all requisitions and change orders. Article By (Town of Watertown Manager) 06/10/2021 00520-3 CERTIFICATE OF VOTE (to be filed if Contractor is a Corporation) hereby certify that I am the duly qualified and acting Secretary of (Secretary of Corporation) and I further certify that a meeting of the Directors of said company, (Name of Corporation) duly called and held on , at which all members were present and voting, the (Date of Meeting following vote was unanimously passed: VOTED: To authorize and empower Anyone acting singly, to execute Forms of General Bid, Contracts or Bonds on behalf of the Corporation. I further certify that the above vote is still in effect and has not been changed or modified in any respect. By: (Secretary of Corporation) A True Copy: Attest: (Notary Public) My Commission Expires: (Date) 06/10/2021 00520-4 Contractor's Certification A Contractor will not be eligible for award of a contract unless such Contractor has submitted the following certification, which is deemed a part of the resulting contract: CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION Name of the General Contractor certifies that it: 1. Will not discriminate in their employment practices; 2. Intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the contract: and 3. Will make good faith efforts to comply with the minority employee and women employee workforce participation ratio goals and specific affirmative action steps contained herein; and 4. Is in compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, rules, and regulations governing fair labor and employment practices; and 5. Will provide the provisions of the "Supplemental Equal Employment Opportunity,Non-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program"to each and every subcontractor employed on the Project and will incorporate the terms of this Section into all subcontracts and work orders entered into on the Project. 6. Agrees to comply with all provisions contained herein. Signature of authorized representative of Contractor Date Printed name of authorized representative of Contractor 06/10/2021 00520-5 Contractor's Certification(Continued) CERTIFICATE OF NON-COLLUSION The undersigned certifies under penalties of perjury that this bid or proposal has been made and submitted in good faith and without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this certification, the word "person" shall mean natural person, business, partnership, corporation, committee,union, club or other organization, entity, or group of individuals. Signature Date Print Name & Title Company Name CERTIFICATE OF TAX COMPLIANCE Pursuant to Chapter 62C of the Massachusetts General Laws, Section 49A (b), I , authorized signatory for Name of individual Name of contractor do hereby certify under the pains and penalties of perjury that said contractor has complied with all laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts relating to taxes, reporting of employees and contractors, and withholding and remitting child support. Signature Date LABOR HARMONY AND OSHA TRAINING REQUIREMENTS The undersigned certifies under penalties of perjury that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed at the work and that all employees to be employed at the worksite and in the work will have completed an OSHA-approved construction safety and health course lasting at least ten (10) hours. Signature Date Print Name & Title Company Name 06/10/2021 00520-6 Subcontractor's Certification Prior to the award of any subcontract,regardless of tier,the prospective subcontractor must execute and submit to the General Contractor the following certification,which will be deemed a part of the resulting subcontract: SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION Name of the Subcontractor certifies that it: 1. Will not discriminate in their employment practices; 2. Intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the contract: and 3. Will make good faith efforts to comply with the minority employee and women employee workforce participation ratio goals and specific affirmative action steps contained herein; and 4. Is in compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, rules, and regulations governing fair labor and employment practices; and 5. Will provide the provisions of the "Supplemental Equal Employment Opportunity,Non- Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program"to each and every subcontractor employed on the Project and will incorporate the terms of this Section into all subcontracts and work orders entered into on the Project. 6. Agrees to comply with all provisions contained herein. Signature of authorized representative of Subcontractor Date Printed name of authorized representative of Subcontractor END OF SECTION \\wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455-AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\00520-Agreement.docx 06/10/2021 00520-7 SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW EVERYONE BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (Name of Contractor) a hereinafter called"Principal" and (Corporation,Partnership,Joint Venture,LLC or Individual) of , State of (Surety) (City) hereinafter called the "Surety" and licensed by the State Division of Insurance to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, are held and firmly bound to the Town of Watertown, Massachusetts, hereinafter called "Owner", in the penal sum of Dollars and Cents ($ ) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas the Principal has entered into a certain contract with the Owner (the "Contract"), dated the day of , 20 , which Contract is by reference made a part hereof, for the construction described as follows: AMI INSTALLATION SERVICES CONTRACT#2022-013 NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of the Contract during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and if it shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under the Contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, this obligation shall remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after (1) the Owner has declared the Principal in default of the Contract or any provision thereof, or (2) has declared that the Principal has failed, or is otherwise unable or unwilling, to execute the work consistent with, and in conformance to, the Contract (collectively referred to as a "Contractor Default"). The determination of a Contractor Default shall be made solely by the Owner. The Owner need not terminate the Contract to declare a Contractor Default or to invoke its rights under this Bond, and Contractor hereby agrees not to assert any claims against Surety under any indemnity or similar agreements on the grounds that Surety has interfered with the Contract by fulfilling its obligations hereunder in the absence of a termination of said Contract. 04/27/2021 00610-1 When the Surety's obligation under this Bond arises, the Surety, at its sole expense and at the consent and election of the Owner, shall promptly take one of following steps: (1) arrange for the Principal to perform and complete the work of the Contract; (2) arrange for a contractor other than the Principal to perform and complete the work of the Contract; (3) reimburse the Owner, in a manner and at such time as the Owner shall reasonably decide, for all costs and expenses incurred by the Owner in performing and completing the work of the Contract. Surety will keep Owner reasonably informed of the progress, status and results of any investigation of any claim of the Owner. If the Surety does not proceed as provided in this Bond with due diligence and all deliberate speed, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default of this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. After the Surety's obligation under this Bond arises, the Surety is obligated, to the limit of the amounts of this Bond, for (1) the correction of defective work and completion of the Contract; (2) additional design, professional services, and legal costs, including attorney's fees, resulting from the Contractor Default or from the default of the Surety under this Bond; (3) any additional work beyond the Contract made necessary by the Contractor Default or default of the Surety under this Bond; (4) indemnification obligations of the Principal, if any, as provided in the Contract; and (5) liquidated damages as provided in the Contract, or if no such damages are specified, actual damages and consequential damages resulting from the Contractor Default or any default of the Surety under this Bond. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond shall be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. The Surety providing the Bond shall have a rating of A or better within Best's Key Rating Guide. 04/27/2021 00610-2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in ( ) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original,this the day of ,2021. ATTEST: Principal Witness as to Principal Signature By Signature Name and Title Name and Title Address Address City and State City and State (SEAL) ATTEST: Surety Witness as to Surety Signature By Attorney-in-Fact Signature Name and Title Name and Title Address Address City and State City and State (SEAL) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract. If Contractor is a Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. END OF SECTION \\wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455-AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\00610-Performance Bond.docx 04/27/2021 00610-3 SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND KNOW EVERYONE BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (Name of Contractor) a hereinafter called "Principal" and (Corporation,Partnership,Joint Venture,Limited Liability Company,or Individual) of , State of (Surety) (City) (State) hereinafter called "Surety" and licensed by the State Division of Insurance to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts are held and firmly bound to the Town of Watertown, Massachusetts, hereinafter called "Owner," in the penal sum of Dollars and Cents ($ 1 in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal has entered into a certain contract with the Owner(the "Contract"), dated the day of , 20 , which Contract is by reference made a part hereof, for the construction described as follows: AMI INSTALLATION SERVICES CONTRACT#2022-013 NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the work provided for in such contract, and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed or used in connection with the construction of such work, and all insurance premiums on said work, and for all labor, performed in such work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of this Contract or to the work or to the specifications. The Surety Company providing the bond shall have a rating of A or better within the Best Key Rating Guide. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. 04/27/2021 00615-1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in ( ) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original,this the day of ,2021. ATTEST: Principal Witness as to Principal Signature By Signature Name and Title Name and Title Address Address City and State City and State (SEAL) ATTEST: Surety Witness as to Surety Signature By Attorney-in-Fact Signature Name and Title Name and Title Address Address City and State City and State (SEAL) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract. If Contractor is a Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. END OF SECTION \\wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455-AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\00615-Payment Bond.docx 04/27/2021 00615-2 This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the controlling Laws and Regulations. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by EJ CD C ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE Issued and Published Jointly by ACEC AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES ASCE' AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS National Society of Professional Engineers@ EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (EJCDC° C-520, Stipulated Sum, or C-525, Cost-Plus, 2013 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. To prepare supplementary conditions that are coordinated with the General Conditions, use EJCDC's Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (EJCDC° C-800, 2013 Edition). The full EJCDC Construction series of documents is discussed in the Commentary on the 2013 EJCDC Construction Documents (EJCDC® C-001, 2013 Edition). Copyright © 2013: National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street,Alexandria, VA 22314-2794 (703) 684-2882 www.nsi)e.orR American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 (202) 347-7474 www.acec.orh American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 (800) 548-2723 www.asce.orR The copyright for this document is owned jointly by the three sponsoring organizations listed above. The National Society of Professional Engineers is the Copyright Administrator for the EJCDC documents; please direct all inquiries regarding EJCDC copyrights to NSPE. NOTE: EJCDC publications may be purchased at www.eicdc.org, or from any of the sponsoring organizations above. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1 — Definitions and Terminology......................................................................................... 1 1.01 Defined Terms........................................................................................................................1 1.02 Terminology...........................................................................................................................5 Article 2 — Preliminary Matters....................................................................................................... 6 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance........................................................................6 2.02 Copies of Documents.............................................................................................................6 2.03 Before Starting Construction .................................................................................................6 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives...........................7 2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules .............................................................................................7 2.06 Electronic Transmittals...........................................................................................................7 Article 3 — Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse .................................................................... 8 3.01 Intent......................................................................................................................................8 3.02 Reference Standards..............................................................................................................8 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies.................................................................................8 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents............................................................................9 3.05 Reuse of Documents............................................................................................................10 Article 4—Commencement and Progress of the Work................................................................ 10 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed......................................................10 4.02 Starting the Work.................................................................................................................10 4.03 Reference Points..................................................................................................................10 4.04 Progress Schedule................................................................................................................10 4.05 Delays in Contractor's Progress ...........................................................................................11 Article 5 —Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions..................................................................................................................................... 12 5.01 Availability of Lands .............................................................................................................12 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas.................................................................................................12 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions.....................................................................................13 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ........................................................................14 5.05 Underground Facilities.........................................................................................................15 EJCDC°C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page i 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site ......................................................................17 Article 6— Bonds and Insurance ................................................................................................... 19 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds...........................................................................19 6.02 Insurance—General Provisions............................................................................................19 6.03 Contractor's Insurance.........................................................................................................20 6.04 Owner's Liability Insurance..................................................................................................23 6.05 Property Insurance...............................................................................................................23 6.06 Waiver of Rights...................................................................................................................25 6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds ...................................................25 Article 7—Contractor's Responsibilities....................................................................................... 26 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence.......................................................................................26 7.02 Labor; Working Hours..........................................................................................................26 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment.....................................................................................26 7.04 "Or Equals"...........................................................................................................................27 7.05 Substitutes ...........................................................................................................................28 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others.............................................................29 7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties....................................................................................................31 7.08 Permits.................................................................................................................................31 7.09 Taxes ....................................................................................................................................32 7.10 Laws and Regulations...........................................................................................................32 7.11 Record Documents...............................................................................................................32 7.12 Safety and Protection...........................................................................................................32 7.13 Safety Representative..........................................................................................................33 7.14 Hazard Communication Programs.......................................................................................33 7.15 Emergencies.........................................................................................................................34 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals..................................................................34 7.17 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee...................................................................36 7.18 Indemnification....................................................................................................................37 7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services.........................................................................37 Article 8—Other Work at the Site ................................................................................................ 38 8.01 Other Work ..........................................................................................................................38 8.02 Coordination ........................................................................................................................39 8.03 Legal Relationships...............................................................................................................39 EJCDC°C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page ii Article 9—Owner's Responsibilities.............................................................................................. 40 9.01 Communications to Contractor............................................................................................40 9.02 Replacement of Engineer.....................................................................................................40 9.03 Furnish Data.........................................................................................................................40 9.04 Pay When Due......................................................................................................................40 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports,Tests, and Drawings..........................................................40 9.06 Insurance..............................................................................................................................40 9.07 Change Orders......................................................................................................................40 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals........................................................................................41 9.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities..............................................................................41 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition...............................................................41 9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements....................................................................................41 9.12 Safety Programs...................................................................................................................41 Article 10— Engineer's Status During Construction...................................................................... 41 10.01 Owner's Representative.......................................................................................................41 10.02 Visits to Site..........................................................................................................................41 10.03 Project Representative.........................................................................................................42 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work.....................................................................................................42 10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments....................................................................42 10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work....................................................................................42 10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work................42 10.08 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities....................................................42 10.09 Compliance with Safety Program.........................................................................................43 Article 11 —Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work...................................... 43 11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ..........................................................43 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work.............................................................................44 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work.....................................................................................44 11.04 Change of Contract Price .....................................................................................................44 11.05 Change of Contract Times....................................................................................................45 11.06 Change Proposals.................................................................................................................45 11.07 Execution of Change Orders.................................................................................................46 11.08 Notification to Surety...........................................................................................................47 Article12 —Claims......................................................................................................................... 47 EJCDC°C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page iii 12.01 Claims...................................................................................................................................47 Article 13 —Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work........................................................ 48 13.01 Cost of the Work..................................................................................................................48 13.02 Allowances...........................................................................................................................50 13.03 Unit Price Work....................................................................................................................51 Article 14—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work....... 52 14.01 Access to Work.....................................................................................................................52 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals........................................................................................52 14.03 Defective Work.....................................................................................................................53 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work.............................................................................................53 14.05 Uncovering Work.................................................................................................................53 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work..................................................................................................54 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work....................................................................................54 Article 15 — Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period.......................... 55 15.01 Progress Payments...............................................................................................................55 15.02 Contractor's Warranty of Title.............................................................................................58 15.03 Substantial Completion........................................................................................................58 15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy.....................................................................................................59 15.05 Final Inspection....................................................................................................................59 15.06 Final Payment.......................................................................................................................59 15.07 Waiver of Claims ..................................................................................................................61 15.08 Correction Period.................................................................................................................61 Article 16—Suspension of Work and Termination....................................................................... 62 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work..................................................................................................62 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause.........................................................................................62 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience.............................................................................63 16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate............................................................................63 Article 17 — Final Resolution of Disputes...................................................................................... 64 17.01 Methods and Procedures.....................................................................................................64 Article18— Miscellaneous............................................................................................................ 64 18.01 Giving Notice........................................................................................................................64 18.02 Computation of Times..........................................................................................................64 18.03 Cumulative Remedies ..........................................................................................................64 EJCDC°C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page iv 18.04 Limitation of Damages.........................................................................................................65 18.05 No Waiver............................................................................................................................65 18.06 Survival of Obligations .........................................................................................................65 18.07 Controlling Law....................................................................................................................65 18.08 Headings...............................................................................................................................65 EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page v ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, a term printed with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, will have the meaning indicated in the definitions below. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement—The written instrument, executed by Owner and Contractor, that sets forth the Contract Price and Contract Times, identifies the parties and the Engineer, and designates the specific items that are Contract Documents. 3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bid—The offer of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 5. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 6. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and all Addenda. 7. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Bond or other Bid security, if any,the Bid Form, and the Bid with any attachments. 8. Change Order—A document which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or other revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract. 9. Change Proposal—A written request by Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; challenging a set-off against payments due; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 10. Claim—(a) A demand or assertion by Owner directly to Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein: seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; contesting Engineer's decision regarding a Change Proposal; seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to address; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract; or (b) a demand or assertion by Contractor directly to Owner, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, contesting Engineer's decision regarding a Change Proposal; or seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 65 has declined to address. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Constituent of Concern—Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous waste, and any substance, product, waste, or other material of any nature whatsoever that is or becomes listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to (a) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); (b) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5501 et seq.; (c) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); (d) the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; (e) the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; (f) the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or (g) any other federal, state, or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, resolution, code, order, or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 12. Contract—The entire and integrated written contract between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. 13. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement, and which together comprise the Contract. 14. Contract Price—The money that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. . 15. Contract Times—The number of days or the dates by which Contractor shall: (a) achieve Milestones, if any; (b) achieve Substantial Completion; and (c) complete the Work. 16. Contractor—The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. 17. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 13.01 for definition. 18. Drawings—The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. 19. Effective Date of the Contract—The date, indicated in the Agreement, on which the Contract becomes effective. 20. Engineer—The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 21. Field Order—A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Constituents of Concern in such quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed thereto. The presence at the Site of materials that are necessary for the execution of the Work, or that are to be incorporated in the Work, and that are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract, does not establish a Hazardous Environmental Condition. 23. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 65 24. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract-related funds, real property, or personal property. 25. Milestone—A principal event in the performance of the Work that the Contract requires Contractor to achieve by an intermediate completion date or by a time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 26. Notice of Award—The written notice by Owner to a Bidder of Owner's acceptance of the Bid. 27. Notice to Proceed—A written notice by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work. 28. Owner—The individual or entity with which Contractor has contracted regarding the Work, and which has agreed to pay Contractor for the performance of the Work, pursuant to the terms of the Contract. 29. Progress Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 30. Project—The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner by engineers, contractors, and others, including planning, study, design, construction, testing, commissioning, and start-up, and of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents is a part. 31. Project Manual—The written documents prepared for, or made available for, procuring and constructing the Work, including but not limited to the Bidding Documents or other construction procurement documents, geotechnical and existing conditions information, the Agreement, bond forms, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specifications. The contents of the Project Manual may be bound in one or more volumes. 32. Resident Project Representative—The authorized representative of Engineer assigned to assist Engineer at the Site. As used herein,the term Resident Project Representative or"RPR" includes any assistants or field staff of Resident Project Representative. 33. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 34. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements for Engineer's review of the submittals and the performance of related construction activities. 35. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 36. Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 65 37. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 38. Specifications—The part of the Contract that consists of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 39. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. 40. Substantial Completion—The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 41. Successful Bidder—The Bidder whose Bid the Owner accepts, and to which the Owner makes an award of contract, subject to stated conditions. 42. Supplementary Conditions—The part of the Contract that amends or supplements these General Conditions. 43. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor. 44. Technical Data—Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions, with respect to either (a) subsurface conditions at the Site, or physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) or (b) Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. If no such express identifications of Technical Data have been made with respect to conditions at the Site, then the data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, laboratory test results, and other factual, objective information regarding conditions at the Site that are set forth in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are hereby defined as Technical Data with respect to conditions at the Site under Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.06. 45. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 46. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 47. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction; furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction; and may include related services such as testing, start-up, and commissioning, all as required by the Contract Documents. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 65 48. Work Change Directive—A written directive to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract, signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in the following paragraphs are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Article 10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day: 1. The word "day" means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. Defective: 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or C. has been damaged prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 or 15.04). E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 65 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. If the Contract Documents establish an obligation of Contractor with respect to specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use any of the four words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide," then Contractor shall furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Bonds: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence of Contractor's Insurance: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Contractor in accordance with Article 6. C. Evidence of Owner's Insurance: After receipt of the executed counterparts of the Agreement and all required bonds and insurance documentation, Owner shall promptly deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Owner under Article 6. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor four printed copies of the Contract (including one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement), and one copy in electronic portable document format (PDF). Additional printed copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. B. Owner shall maintain and safeguard at least one original printed record version of the Contract, including Drawings and Specifications signed and sealed by Engineer and other design professionals. Owner shall make such original printed record version of the Contract available to Contractor for review. Owner may delegate the responsibilities under this provision to Engineer. 2.03 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract (or as otherwise specifically required by the Contract Documents), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 65 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.04 Preconstruction Conference;Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.03.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, electronic or digital transmittals, and maintaining required records. B. At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate, in writing, a specific individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to the services and responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of each respective party. 2.OS Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference, attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate, will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.03.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer. 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to the component parts of the Work. 2.06 Electronic Transmittals A. Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract, the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor may transmit, and shall accept, Project-related correspondence, text, data, documents, drawings, information, and graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals, in electronic media or digital format, either directly, or through access to a secure Project website. B. If the Contract does not establish protocols for electronic or digital transmittals, then Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall jointly develop such protocols. C. When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the recipient's use of software application packages, operating systems, or EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 65 computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items, or from those established in applicable transmittal protocols. ARTICLE 3—DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof)to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, if there is a discrepancy between the electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents (including any printed copies derived from such electronic or digital versions) and the printed record version, the printed record version shall govern. D. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, and agreements, whether written or oral. E. Engineer will issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents as provided herein. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard specification, manual, reference standard, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Contract if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contractor's Verification of Figures and Field Measurements: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents, and check and verify pertinent figures and dimensions therein, particularly with respect to applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy that Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall not proceed with any Work affected thereby until the conflict, EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 8 of 65 error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents: If, before or during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation, (b) actual field conditions, (c) any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or (d) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15) until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between such provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference as a Contract Document); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents A. During the performance of the Work and until final payment, Contractor and Owner shall submit to the Engineer all matters in question concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents (sometimes referred to as requests for information or interpretation—RFIs), or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, as soon as possible after such matters arise. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written clarification, interpretation, or decision on the issue submitted, or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents. Engineer's written clarification, interpretation, or decision will be final and binding on Contractor, unless it appeals by submitting a Change Proposal, and on Owner, unless it appeals by filing a Claim. C. If a submitted matter in question concerns terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will promptly give written notice to Owner and Contractor that Engineer is unable to provide a decision or interpretation. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on resolution of such a matter in question, either party may pursue resolution as provided in Article 12. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 9 of 65 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions, or reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer; or 2. have or acquire any title or ownership rights in any other Contract Documents, reuse any such Contract Documents for any purpose without Owner's express written consent, or violate any copyrights pertaining to such Contract Documents. B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times;Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Contract. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract, whichever date is earlier. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to such date. 4.03 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.05 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.05) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 10 of 65 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, or during any appeal process, except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 4.05 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. If Owner, Engineer, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times and Contract Price. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. B. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Delay, disruption, and interference attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be within the control of Contractor. C. If Contractor's performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of Owner, Contractor, and those for which they are responsible, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. Causes of delay, disruption, or interference that may give rise to an adjustment in Contract Times under this paragraph include but are not limited to the following: 1. severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires, floods, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. abnormal weather conditions; 3. acts or failures to act of utility owners (other than those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner, as contemplated in Article 8); and 4. acts of war or terrorism. D. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, an Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated by the Contract Documents, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, and those resulting from Hazardous Environmental Conditions, are governed by Article 5. E. Paragraph 8.03 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. F. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for any delay, disruption, or interference if such delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 11 of 65 G. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. ARTICLE 5—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which permanent improvements are to be made and Owner's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment,temporary construction facilities,the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and such other adjacent areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for (a) damage to the Site; (b) damage to any such other adjacent areas used for Contractor's operations; (c) damage to any other adjacent land or areas; and (d) for injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of any such land or areas; provided that such damage or injuries result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. 2. If a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of any such land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible, Contractor shall (a) take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.12, or otherwise; (b) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding, or at law; and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claim, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused directly or indirectly, in whole or in part EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 12 of 65 by, or based upon, Contractor's performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work the Contractor shall keep the Site and other adjacent areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site and adjacent areas all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading of Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent structures or land to stresses or pressures that will endanger them. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities); and 3. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 13 of 65 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Drawings or Specifications; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except with respect to an emergency) until receipt of a written statement permitting Contractor to do so. B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by the preceding paragraph, Engineer will promptly review the subsurface or physical condition in question; determine the necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the condition; conclude whether the condition falls within any one or more of the differing site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A above; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question and the need for any change in the Drawings or Specifications; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. Owner's Statement to Contractor Regarding Site Condition: After receipt of Engineer's written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such condition, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer's written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, in whole or in part. D. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however,to the following: a. such condition must fall within any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A; b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; and, EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 14 of 65 c. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of such condition at the time Contractor made a commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract, or otherwise; or b. the existence of such condition reasonably could have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's making such commitment; or C. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor's entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 4. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after Owner's issuance of the Owner's written statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. Contractor's Responsibilities: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents as being at the Site; c. coordination of the Work with the owners (including Owner) of such Underground Facilities, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site, and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that an Underground Facility that is uncovered or revealed at the Site was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, then Contractor shall, promptly after EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 15 of 65 becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. C. Engineer's Review: Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether such Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the Underground Facility in question; determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. D. Owner's Statement to Contractor Regarding Underground Facility: After receipt of Engineer's written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the Underground Facility in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such Underground Facility, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer's written findings, conclusions, and recommendations in whole or in part. E. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that any existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated the existence or actual location of the Underground Facility in question; b. With respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; C. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times; and d. Contractor gave the notice required in Paragraph 5.05.13. 2. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor's entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after Owner's issuance of the Owner's written statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 16 of 65 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely on the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for removing or remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless such removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. D. Contractor shall be responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing all Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible, and for any associated costs; and for the costs of removing and remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition created by the presence of any such Constituents of Concern. E. If Contractor encounters, uncovers, or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition whose removal or remediation is not expressly identified in the Contract Documents as being within the scope of the Work, or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, then Contractor shall immediately: (1) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (2) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15); and (3) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. Promptly after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 5.06.F. If Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible created the Hazardous Environmental Condition in question, then Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition, and impose a set-off against payments to account for the associated costs. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 17 of 65 F. Contractor shall not resume Work in connection with such Hazardous Environmental Condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto, and delivered written notice to Contractor either (1) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (2) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. G. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, then within 30 days of Owner's written notice regarding the resumption of Work, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may impose a set-off. H. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work, following the contractual change procedures in Article 11. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. I. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition (1) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings, Specifications, or other Contract Documents, identified as Technical Data entitled to limited reliance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06.13, or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (2) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.H shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. J. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible, or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.J shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. K. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 18 of 65 ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 15.08, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, the Supplementary Conditions, or other specific provisions of the Contract. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions or other specific provisions of the Contract. B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (as amended and supplemented) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. A bond signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual's authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed the accompanying bond. C. Contractor shall obtain the required bonds from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds in the required amounts. D. If the surety on a bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent, or its right to do business is terminated in any state or jurisdiction where any part of the Project is located, or the surety ceases to meet the requirements above, then Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the bond and surety requirements above. E. If Contractor has failed to obtain a required bond, Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 16. F. Upon request, Owner shall provide a copy of the payment bond to any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or entity claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work. 6.02 Insurance—General Provisions A. Owner and Contractor shall obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All insurance required by the Contract to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized, in the state or jurisdiction in which the Project is located, to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Unless a different standard is indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, all companies that provide insurance policies required under this Contract shall have an A.M. Best rating of A-VII or better. C. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in this Article, in the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Contractor has obtained and is EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 19 of 65 maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Upon request by Owner or any other insured, Contractor shall also furnish other evidence of such required insurance, including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. D. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in this Article, the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Owner has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required of Owner by the Contract (if any). Upon request by Contractor or any other insured, Owner shall also provide other evidence of such required insurance (if any), including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. Owner may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. E. Failure of Owner or Contractor to demand such certificates or other evidence of the other party's full compliance with these insurance requirements, or failure of Owner or Contractor to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided, shall not be construed as a waiver of the other party's obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance. F. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the insurance required of such party by the Contract, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. G. If Contractor has failed to obtain and maintain required insurance, Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site, impose an appropriate set-off against payment, and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 16. H. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if a party has failed to obtain required insurance, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly. I. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner and other individuals and entities in the Contract. 6.03 Contractor's Insurance A. Workers' Compensation: Contractor shall purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. 2. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees (by stop-gap endorsement in monopolist worker's compensation states). EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 20 of 65 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Commercial General Liability—Claims Covered: Contractor shall purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance, covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor, on an occurrence basis, against: 1. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees. 2. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage. 3. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom. C. Commercial General Liability—Form and Content: Contractor's commercial liability policy shall be written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage: a. Such insurance shall be maintained for three years after final payment. b. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract) evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and three years thereafter. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage,to the extent permitted by law, including but not limited to coverage of Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.18. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground, explosion, and collapse coverage. 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Additional insured endorsements that include both ongoing operations and products and completed operations coverage through ISO Endorsements CG 20 10 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01 (together); or CG 20 10 07 04 and CG 20 37 07 04 (together); or their equivalent. 8. For design professional additional insureds, ISO Endorsement CG 20 32 07 04, "Additional Insured—Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Automobile liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. The automobile liability policy shall be written on an occurrence basis. E. Umbrella or excess liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Subject to industry-standard exclusions, the coverage afforded shall follow form as to each and every one of the underlying policies. F. Contractor's pollution liability insurance: Contractor shall purchase and maintain a policy covering third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs, as a result EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 21 of 65 of pollution conditions arising from Contractor's operations and completed operations. This insurance shall be maintained for no less than three years after final completion. G. Additional insureds: The Contractor's commercial general liability, automobile liability, umbrella or excess, and pollution liability policies shall include and list as additional insureds Owner and Engineer, and any individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions; include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds; and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby (including as applicable those arising from both ongoing and completed operations) on a non-contributory basis. Contractor shall obtain all necessary endorsements to support these requirements. H. Contractor's professional liability insurance: If Contractor will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract, through a delegation of professional design services or otherwise, then Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining applicable professional liability insurance. This insurance shall provide protection against claims arising out of performance of professional design or related services, and caused by a negligent error, omission, or act for which the insured party is legally liable. It shall be maintained throughout the duration of the Contract and for a minimum of two years after Substantial Completion. If such professional design services are performed by a Subcontractor, and not by Contractor itself, then the requirements of this paragraph may be satisfied through the purchasing and maintenance of such insurance by such Subcontractor. I. General provisions:The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 6.03 shall: 1. include at least the specific coverages provided in this Article. 2. be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions, or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 3. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed, or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, Contractor shall provide a copy of the notice to Owner, Engineer, and each other insured under the policy. 4. remain in effect at least until final payment (and longer if expressly required in this Article) and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work as a warranty or correction obligation, or otherwise, or returning to the Site to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 5. be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims that may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met by such policies, and not by reference to excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 22 of 65 6.04 Owner's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 6.03, Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. B. Owner's liability policies, if any, operate separately and independently from policies required to be provided by Contractor, and Contractor cannot rely upon Owner's liability policies for any of Contractor's obligations to the Owner, Engineer, or third parties. 6.05 Property Insurance A. Builder's Risk: Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance upon the Work on a completed value basis, in the amount of the full insurable replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations).This insurance shall: 1. include the Owner and Contractor as named insureds, and all Subcontractors, and any individuals or entities required by the Supplementary Conditions to be insured under such builder's risk policy, as insureds or named insureds. For purposes of the remainder of this Paragraph 6.05, Paragraphs 6.06 and 6.07, and any corresponding Supplementary Conditions, the parties required to be insured shall collectively be referred to as "insureds." 2. be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk policies, by endorsement or otherwise, such insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. cover, as insured property, at least the following: (a) the Work and all materials, supplies, machinery, apparatus, equipment, fixtures, and other property of a similar nature that are to be incorporated into or used in the preparation, fabrication, construction, erection, or completion of the Work, including Owner-furnished or assigned property; (b) spare parts inventory required within the scope of the Contract; and (c) temporary works which are not intended to form part of the permanent constructed Work but which are intended to provide working access to the Site, or to the Work under construction, or which are intended to provide temporary support for the Work under construction, including scaffolding, form work, fences, shoring, falsework, and temporary structures. 4. cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects). EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 23 of 65 5. extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in temporary storage at the Site or in a storage location outside the Site (but not including property stored at the premises of a manufacturer or Supplier). 6. extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in transit. 7. allow for partial occupation or use of the Work by Owner, such that those portions of the Work that are not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder's risk insurance. 8. allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights, as set forth below. 9. provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 10. not include a co-insurance clause. 11. include an exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 12. include performance/hot testing and start-up. 13. be maintained in effect, subject to the provisions herein regarding Substantial Completion and partial occupancy or use of the Work by Owner, until the Work is complete. B. Notice of Cancellation or Change: All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with this Paragraph 6.05 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to the purchasing policyholder. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, the purchasing policyholder shall provide a copy of the notice to each other insured. C. Deductibles:The purchaser of any required builder's risk or property insurance shall pay for costs not covered because of the application of a policy deductible. D. Partial Occupancy or Use by Owner: If Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 15.04, then Owner (directly, if it is the purchaser of the builder's risk policy, or through Contractor) will provide notice of such occupancy or use to the builder's risk insurer. The builder's risk insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy; rather, those portions of the Work that are occupied or used by Owner may come off the builder's risk policy, while those portions of the Work not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder's risk insurance. E. Additional Insurance: If Contractor elects to obtain other special insurance to be included in or supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Paragraph 6.05, it may do so at Contractor's expense. F. Insurance of Other Property: If the express insurance provisions of the Contract do not require or address the insurance of a property item or interest, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property owned by Contractor, a Subcontractor, or an employee of Contractor or a Subcontractor, then the entity or individual owning such property item will be responsible for deciding whether to insure it, and if so in what amount. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 24 of 65 6.06 Waiver of Rights A. All policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 6.05, expressly including the builder's risk policy, shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any insureds thereunder, or against Engineer or its consultants, or their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Engineer, its consultants, all Subcontractors, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner or Contractor as trustee or fiduciary, or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial occupancy or use pursuant to Paragraph 15.04, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 15.03, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 15.06. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 6.06.13 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, or the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors of each and any of them. D. Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that the agreement under which a Subcontractor performs a portion of the Work contains provisions whereby the Subcontractor waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, the Engineer and its consultants, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. 6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the builder's risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6.05 will be adjusted and settled with the named insured that purchased the EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 25 of 65 policy. Such named insured shall act as fiduciary for the other insureds, and give notice to such other insureds that adjustment and settlement of a claim is in progress. Any other insured may state its position regarding a claim for insured loss in writing within 15 days after notice of such claim. B. Proceeds for such insured losses may be made payable by the insurer either jointly to multiple insureds, or to the named insured that purchased the policy in its own right and as fiduciary for other insureds, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause. A named insured receiving insurance proceeds under the builder's risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6.05 shall distribute such proceeds in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as otherwise required under the dispute resolution provisions of this Contract or applicable Laws and Regulations. C. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the money so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by Change Order, if needed. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, Monday through Friday. Contractor will not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday. Contractor may perform Work outside regular working hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays only with Owner's written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld. 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start up, and completion of the Work, whether or not such items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 26 of 65 guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 7.04 "Or Equals" A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor furnishing such item as specified. The specification or description of such an item is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or equal" item is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment, or items from other proposed suppliers under the circumstances described below. 1. If Engineer in its sole discretion determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, Engineer shall deem it an "or equal" item. For the purposes of this paragraph, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and 4) it is not objectionable to Owner. b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times; and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed "or equal" item at Contractor's expense. C. Engineer's Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each "or-equal" request. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed "or-equal" item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or-equal" item will be ordered,furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer's review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an "or-equal", which will be evidenced by an approved Shop Drawing or other written communication. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 27 of 65 D. Effect of Engineer's Determination: Neither approval nor denial of an "or-equal" request shall result in any change in Contract Price. The Engineer's denial of an "or-equal" request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents. E. Treatment as a Substitution Request: If Engineer determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or-equal" item, Contractor may request that Engineer considered the proposed item as a substitute pursuant to Paragraph 7.05. 7.05 Substitutes A. Unless the specification or description of an item of material or equipment required to be furnished under the Contract Documents contains or is followed by words reading that no substitution is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment under the circumstances described below. To the extent possible such requests shall be made before commencement of related construction at the Site. 1. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is functionally equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Engineer will not accept requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment from anyone other than Contractor. 2. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 7.05.13, as supplemented by the Specifications, and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. 3. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: a. shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: 1) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, 2) be similar in substance to that specified, and 3) be suited to the same use as that specified. b. will state: 1) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will necessitate a change in Contract Times, 2) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item, and 3) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. c. will identify: 1) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 28 of 65 2) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services. d. shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including but not limited to changes in Contract Price, shared savings, costs of redesign, and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Engineer's Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each substitute request, and to obtain comments and direction from Owner. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No substitute will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer's review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an acceptable substitute. Engineer's determination will be evidenced by a Field Order or a proposed Change Order accounting for the substitution itself and all related impacts, including changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. C. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. D. Reimbursement of Engineer's Cost: Engineer will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor. Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. E. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute at Contractor's expense. F. Effect of Engineer's Determination: If Engineer approves the substitution request, Contractor shall execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the substitution. The Engineer's denial of a substitution request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents. Contractor may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs imposed under Paragraph 7.05.D, by timely submittal of a Change Proposal. 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. Such Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor shall retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required by the Contract to do so. C. Subsequent to the submittal of Contractor's Bid or final negotiation of the terms of the Contract, Owner may not require Contractor to retain any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against which Contractor has reasonable objection. D. Prior to entry into any binding subcontract or purchase order, Contractor shall submit to Owner the identity of the proposed Subcontractor or Supplier (unless Owner has already deemed such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier acceptable, during the bidding process or otherwise). Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within five days. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 29 of 65 E. Owner may require the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements; provided, however, that Owner may not require a replacement to which Contractor has a reasonable objection. If Contractor has submitted the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for acceptance by Owner, and Owner has accepted it (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto), then Owner may subsequently revoke the acceptance of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified solely on the basis of substantive, reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. F. If Owner requires the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, with respect to the replacement; and Contractor shall initiate a Change Proposal for such adjustment within 30 days of Owner's requirement of replacement. G. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of the right of Owner to the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. On a monthly basis Contractor shall submit to Engineer a complete list of all Subcontractors and Suppliers having a direct contract with Contractor, and of all other Subcontractors and Suppliers known to Contractor at the time of submittal. I. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. J. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and all other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work. K. Contractor shall restrict all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work from communicating with Engineer or Owner, except through Contractor or in case of an emergency, or as otherwise expressly allowed herein. L. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. M. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be pursuant to an appropriate contractual agreement that specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. N. Owner may furnish to any Subcontractor or Supplier, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid to Contractor on account of Work performed for Contractor by the particular Subcontractor or Supplier. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 30 of 65 O. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any money due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device specified in the Contract Documents, but not identified as being subject to payment of any license fee or royalty to others required by patent rights or copyrights. C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 7.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of the submission of Contractor's Bid (or when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract). Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 31 of 65 7.09 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 7.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work or takes any other action knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all resulting costs and losses, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work or other action. It shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of any changes after the submission of Contractor's Bid (or after the date when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract) in Laws or Regulations having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work, including but not limited to changes in Laws or Regulations having an effect on procuring permits and on sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from such changes, then within 30 days of such notice Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may initiate a Claim. 7.11 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one printed record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, written interpretations and clarifications, and approved Shop Drawings. Contractor shall keep such record documents in good order and annotate them to show changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all approved Samples, will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall deliver these record documents to Engineer. 7.12 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 32 of 65 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site, when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner's safety programs, if any. The Supplementary Conditions identify any Owner's safety programs that are applicable to the Work. D. Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety program with which Owner's and Engineer's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 7.12.A.2 or 7.12.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor at its expense (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 15.06.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). G. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall resume whenever Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations, or to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 7.13 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 7.14 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 33 of 65 exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.15 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals A. Shop Drawing and Sample Submittal Requirements: 1. Before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have: a. reviewed and coordinated the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; C. determined and verified the suitability of all materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review of that submittal, and that Contractor approves the submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be set forth in a written communication separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, in the case of Shop Drawings by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. B. Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples: Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals. Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. 1. Shop Drawings: a. Contractor shall submit the number of copies required in the Specifications. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 34 of 65 provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D. 2. Samples: a. Contractor shall submit the number of Samples required in the Specifications. b. Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D. 3. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Other Submittals: Contractor shall submit other submittals to Engineer in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals, and pursuant to the applicable terms of the Specifications. D. Engineer's Review: 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Engineer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 4. Engineer's review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 7.16.A.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer will document any such approved variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents in a Field Order. 5. Engineer's review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 7.16.A and B. 6. Engineer's review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample, or of a variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall not, under any circumstances, change the Contract Times or Contract Price, unless such changes are included in a Change Order. 7. Neither Engineer's receipt, review, acceptance or approval of a Shop Drawing, Sample, or other submittal shall result in such item becoming a Contract Document. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 35 of 65 8. Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and commitments set forth in approved Shop Drawings and Samples, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.16.D.4. E. Resubmittal Procedures: 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 2. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy to obtain required approval of an item with no more than three submittals. Engineer will record Engineer's time for reviewing a fourth or subsequent submittal of a Shop Drawings, sample, or other item requiring approval, and Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer's charges to Owner for such time. Owner may impose a set- off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges. 3. If Contractor requests a change of a previously approved submittal item, Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer's charges to Owner for its review time, and Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 7.17 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer; 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal; 6. the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer; 7. any inspection,test, or approval by others; or 8. any correction of defective Work by Owner. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 36 of 65 D. If the Contract requires the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract entered into by Owner, then the specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in the assigned contract shall govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in the assigned contract. 7.18 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, and in addition to any other obligations of Contractor under the Contract or otherwise, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 7.18.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 7.18.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 37 of 65 Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this paragraph, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 7.16.D.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by Owner or Engineer. ARTICLE 8—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. In addition to and apart from the Work under the Contract Documents, the Owner may perform other work at or adjacent to the Site. Such other work may be performed by Owner's employees, or through contracts between the Owner and third parties. Owner may also arrange to have third-party utility owners perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. B. If Owner performs other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner's employees, or through contracts for such other work, then Owner shall give Contractor written notice thereof prior to starting any such other work. If Owner has advance information regarding the start of any utility work at or adjacent to the Site, Owner shall provide such information to Contractor. C. Contractor shall afford each other contractor that performs such other work, each utility owner performing other work, and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, and provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. D. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 8, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 38 of 65 8.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work at or adjacent to the Site, to perform other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner's employees, or to arrange to have utility owners perform work at or adjacent to the Site, the following will be set forth in the Supplementary Conditions or provided to Contractor prior to the start of any such other work: 1. the identity of the individual or entity that will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors; 2. an itemization of the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. If, in the course of performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the Owner's employees, any other contractor working for Owner, or any utility owner causes damage to the Work or to the property of Contractor or its Subcontractors, or delays, disrupts, interferes with, or increases the scope or cost of the performance of the Work, through actions or inaction, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. The entitlement to, and extent of, any such equitable adjustment shall take into account information (if any) regarding such other work that was provided to Contractor in the Contract Documents prior to the submittal of the Bid or the final negotiation of the terms of the Contract. When applicable, any such equitable adjustment in Contract Price shall be conditioned on Contractor assigning to Owner all Contractor's rights against such other contractor or utility owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. B. Contractor shall take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering with the work of Owner, any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. If Contractor fails to take such measures and as a result damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any such other contractor or utility owner, then Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor, and assign to such other contractor or utility owner the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations set forth in this paragraph. C. When Owner is performing other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner's employees, Contractor shall be liable to Owner for damage to such other work, and for the reasonable direct delay, disruption, and interference costs incurred by Owner as a result of Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures with respect to Owner's other work. In response to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference, Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 39 of 65 D. If Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, through Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any claim arising out of Contractor's actions, inactions, or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the Site is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against Contractor, Owner, or Engineer, then Contractor shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2) indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claims, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference. ARTICLE 9—OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 9.02 Replacement of Engineer A. Owner may at its discretion appoint an engineer to replace Engineer, provided Contractor makes no reasonable objection to the replacement engineer. The replacement engineer's status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 9.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in the Agreement. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Paragraph 5.01. B. Owner's duties with respect to providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraph 4.03. C. Article 5 refers to Owner's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the Site, and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, with respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 6. 9.07 Change Orders A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Change Orders are set forth in Article 11. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 40 of 65 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 14.02.B. 9.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. Upon request of Contractor, Owner shall furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents (including obligations under proposed changes in the Work). 9.12 Safety Programs A. While at the Site, Owner's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which Owner has been informed. B. Owner shall furnish copies of any applicable Owner safety programs to Contractor. ARTICLE 10—ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer's authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 10.08. Particularly, but without limitation, during EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 41 of 65 or as a result of Engineer's visits or observations of Contractor's Work, Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 10.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer have agreed that Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to represent Engineer at the Site and assist Engineer in observing the progress and quality of the Work, then the authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 10.08. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer's consultant, agent, or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14. 10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, are set forth in Paragraph 7.16. B. Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, are set forth in Paragraph 7.19. C. Engineer's authority as to Change Orders is set forth in Article 11. D. Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment is set forth in Article 15. 10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor as set forth in Paragraph 13.03. 10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will render decisions regarding the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge the acceptability of the Work, pursuant to the specific procedures set forth herein for initial interpretations, Change Proposals, and acceptance of the Work. In rendering such decisions and judgments, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor, and will not be liable to Owner, Contractor, or others in connection with any proceedings, interpretations, decisions, or judgments conducted or rendered in good faith. 10.08 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this Article 10 or under any other provision of the Contract, nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer, shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 42 of 65 B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 15.06.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals, that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 10.08 shall also apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any. 10.09 Compliance with Safety Program A. While at the Site, Engineer's employees and representatives will comply with the specific applicable requirements of Owner's and Contractor's safety programs (if any) of which Engineer has been informed. ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended or supplemented by a Change Order, a Work Change Directive, or a Field Order. 1. Change Orders: a. If an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents includes a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, such amendment or supplement must be set forth in a Change Order. A Change Order also may be used to establish amendments and supplements of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. b. Owner and Contractor may amend those terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, without the recommendation of the Engineer. Such an amendment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 2. Work Change Directives: A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the modification ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order, following negotiations by the parties as to the Work Change Directive's effect, if any, on the Contract Price and Contract Times; or, if negotiations are unsuccessful, by a determination under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraph 11.04 regarding change of Contract Price. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 43 of 65 adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. Owner must submit any Claim seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 60 days after issuance of the Work Change Directive. 3. Field Orders: Engineer may authorize minor changes in the Work if the changes do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Such changes will be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, which shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then before proceeding with the Work at issue, Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal as provided herein. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. Such changes shall be supported by Engineer's recommendation, to the extent the change involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or other engineering or technical matters. Such changes may be accomplished by a Change Order, if Owner and Contractor have agreed as to the effect, if any, of the changes on Contract Times or Contract Price; or by a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved; or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, promptly cease construction activities with respect to such deleted Work. Added or revised Work shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. Nothing in this paragraph shall obligate Contractor to undertake work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.15 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11.04.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach mutual agreement to a lump sum, then on EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 44 of 65 the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.04.C). C. Contractor's Fee: When applicable, the Contractor's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.13.1 and 13.01.13.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.13.3, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 11.01.C.2.a and 11.01.C.2.b is that the Contractor's fee shall be based on: (1) a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.A.1 and 13.01.A.2 by the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, and (2) with respect to Contractor itself and to any Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, a fee of five percent of the amount (fee plus underlying costs incurred) attributable to the next lower tier Subcontractor; provided, however, that for any such subcontracted work the maximum total fee to be paid by Owner shall be no greater than 27 percent of the costs incurred by the Subcontractor that actually performs the work; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13.01.13.4, 13.01.13.5, and 13.01.C; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11.04.C.2.a through 11.04.C.2.e, inclusive. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Paragraph 4.05, concerning delays in Contractor's progress. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal to Engineer to request an adjustment in the Contract Times or Contract Price; appeal an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; contest a set-off against payment due; or seek other relief under EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 45 of 65 the Contract. The Change Proposal shall specify any proposed change in Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, or other proposed relief, and explain the reason for the proposed change, with citations to any governing or applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. 1. Procedures: Contractor shall submit each Change Proposal to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto, or after such initial decision. The Contractor shall submit supporting data, including the proposed change in Contract Price or Contract Time (if any), to the Engineer and Owner within 15 days after the submittal of the Change Proposal. The supporting data shall be accompanied by a written statement that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that any requested time or price adjustment is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. Engineer will advise Owner regarding the Change Proposal, and consider any comments or response from Owner regarding the Change Proposal. 2. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Change Proposal and, within 30 days after receipt of the Contractor's supporting data, either deny the Change Proposal in whole, approve it in whole, or deny it in part and approve it in part. Such actions shall be in writing, with a copy provided to Owner and Contractor. If Engineer does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days,then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of Engineer's inaction the Change Proposal is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial under Article 12. 3. Binding Decision: Engineer's decision will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor appeals the decision by filing a Claim under Article 12. B. Resolution of Certain Change Proposals: If the Change Proposal does not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Change Proposal. For purposes of further resolution of such a Change Proposal, such notice shall be deemed a denial, and Contractor may choose to seek resolution under the terms of Article 12. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. changes in Contract Price resulting from an Owner set-off, unless Contractor has duly contested such set-off; 3. changes in the Work which are: (a) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02, (b) required because of Owner's acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 14.04 or Owner's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 14.07, or (c) agreed to by the parties, subject to the need for Engineer's recommendation if the change in the Work involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or other engineering or technical matters; and 4. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes, which embody the substance of any final and binding results under Paragraph 11.06, or Article 12. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 46 of 65 B. If Owner or Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, it shall be deemed to be of full force and effect, as if fully executed. 11.08 Notification to Surety A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. ARTICLE 12—CLAIMS 12.01 Claims A. Claims Process: The following disputes between Owner and Contractor shall be submitted to the Claims process set forth in this Article: 1. Appeals by Owner or Contractor of Engineer's decisions regarding Change Proposals; 2. Owner demands for adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other relief under the Contract Documents; and 3. Disputes that Engineer has been unable to address because they do not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters. B. Submittal of Claim: The party submitting a Claim shall deliver it directly to the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto; in the case of appeals regarding Change Proposals within 30 days of the decision under appeal. The party submitting the Claim shall also furnish a copy to the Engineer, for its information only. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, Contractor shall certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled. C. Review and Resolution: The party receiving a Claim shall review it thoroughly, giving full consideration to its merits. The two parties shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. The parties may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. All actions taken on a Claim shall be stated in writing and submitted to the other party, with a copy to Engineer. D. Mediation: 1. At any time after initiation of a Claim, Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediation of the underlying dispute. The agreement to mediate shall stay the Claim submittal and response process. 2. If Owner and Contractor agree to mediation, then after 60 days from such agreement, either Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process, and the Claim submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the termination. If the mediation proceeds but is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute, the Claim EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 47 of 65 submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator. 3. Owner and Contractor shall each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs. E. Partial Approval: If the party receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part and denies it in part, such action shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of such action the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes. F. Denial of Claim: If efforts to resolve a Claim are not successful, the party receiving the Claim may deny it by giving written notice of denial to the other party. If the receiving party does not take action on the Claim within 90 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of the inaction, the Claim is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial. A denial of the Claim shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of the denial the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes. G. Final and Binding Results: If the parties reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, whether through approval of the Claim, direct negotiations, mediation, or otherwise; or if a Claim is approved in part and denied in part, or denied in full, and such actions become final and binding; then the results of the agreement or action on the Claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order to the extent they affect the Contract, including the Work, the Contract Times, or the Contract Price. ARTICLE 13—COST OF THE WORK;ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 13.01 Cost of the Work A. Purposes for Determination of Cost of the Work: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessary for the proper performance of the Work at issue, as further defined below.The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price, under cost-plus-fee,time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. When the value of any such adjustment is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment. B. Costs Included: Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, costs included in the Cost of the Work shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 13.01.C, and shall include only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, and vacation and holiday pay applicable EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 48 of 65 thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee,the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. C. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof, whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements.The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 6.05), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 49 of 65 other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. g. The cost of utilities,fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as communication service at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance that Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. C. Costs Excluded:The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13.01.13.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13.01.13.4. The payroll costs and other compensation excluded here are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraph 13.01.13. D. Contractor's Fee: When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined asset forth in Paragraph 11.04.C. E. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to this Article 13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 13.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 50 of 65 B. Cash Allowances: Contractor agrees that: 1. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 13.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work will be based on actual quantities. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of the following paragraph. E. Within 30 days of Engineer's written decision under the preceding paragraph, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that it is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price, and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 51 of 65 ARTICLE 14—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 14.01 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and authorities having jurisdiction will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work (or specific parts thereof) for all required inspections and tests, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections and tests. B. Owner shall retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform all inspections and tests expressly required by the Contract Documents to be furnished and paid for by Owner, except that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections of covered Work shall be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 14.05. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections and tests required: 1. by the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to Owner; 2. to attain Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. by manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. for testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; and 5. for acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections and tests shall be performed by independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If the Contract Documents require the Work (or part thereof) to be approved by Owner, Engineer, or another designated individual or entity, then Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such approvals. F. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for observation. Such uncovering shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor had given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 52 of 65 cover the same and Engineer had not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 14.03 Defective Work A. Contractor's Obligation: It is Contractor's obligation to assure that the Work is not defective. B. Engineer's Authority: Engineer has the authority to determine whether Work is defective, and to reject defective Work. C. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. D. Correction, or Removal and Replacement: Promptly after receipt of written notice of defective Work, Contractor shall correct all such defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if Engineer has rejected the defective Work, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. E. Preservation of Warranties: When correcting defective Work, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. F. Costs and Damages: In addition to its correction, removal, and replacement obligations with respect to defective Work, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to defective Work, including but not limited to the cost of the inspection, testing, correction, removal, replacement, or reconstruction of such defective Work, fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because the Work is defective, and the costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from defective Work. Prior to final payment, if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the measure of such claims, costs, losses, and damages resulting from defective Work, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers to accept it, Owner may do so (subject, if such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, to Engineer's confirmation that such acceptance is in general accord with the design intent and applicable engineering principles, and will not endanger public safety). Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness), and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, Contractor shall pay an appropriate amount to Owner. 14.05 Uncovering Work A. Engineer has the authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 53 of 65 B. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, then Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for Engineer's observation, and then replace the covering, all at Contractor's expense. C. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, then Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, and provide all necessary labor, material, and equipment. 1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall be responsible for all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and pending Contractor's full discharge of this responsibility the Owner shall be entitled to impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, then Contractor may submit a Change Proposal within 30 days of the determination that the Work is not defective. 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, then Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, then Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07 will be charged against Contractor as set- offs against payments due under Article 15. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 54 of 65 include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 15—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 15.01 Progress Payments A. Basis for Progress Payments:The Schedule of Values established as provided in Article 2 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed during the pay period, as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. Progress payments for cost-based Work will be based on Cost of the Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Applications for Payments: 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing,the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens, and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance, a warehouse bond, or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. C. Review of Applications: 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, including each resubmittal, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer's observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional, and on Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief: EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 55 of 65 a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 13.03, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the money paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 15.01.C.2. 6. Engineer will recommend reductions in payment (set-offs) necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; d. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; or EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 56 of 65 e. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents. D. Payment Becomes Due: 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, the amount recommended (subject to any Owner set-offs) will become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. E. Reductions in Payment by Owner: 1. In addition to any reductions in payment (set-offs) recommended by Engineer, Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on any of the following: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, or Owner has incurred costs, losses, or damages on account of Contractor's conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, including but not limited to claims, costs, losses, or damages from workplace injuries, adjacent property damage, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, and patent infringement; b. Contractor has failed to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site; c. Contractor has failed to provide and maintain required bonds or insurance; d. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; e. Owner has incurred extra charges or engineering costs related to submittal reviews, evaluations of proposed substitutes, tests and inspections, or return visits to manufacturing or assembly facilities; f. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; g. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; h. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; i. an event that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify a termination for cause has occurred; j. liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or final completion of the Work; k. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; I. there are other items entitling Owner to a set off against the amount recommended. 2. If Owner imposes any set-off against payment, whether based on its own knowledge or on the written recommendations of Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and the specific amount of the reduction, and promptly pay Contractor any amount EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 57 of 65 remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, if Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. The reduction imposed shall be binding on Contractor unless it duly submits a Change Proposal contesting the reduction. 3. Upon a subsequent determination that Owner's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 15.01.C.1 and subject to interest as provided in the Agreement. 15.02 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract will pass to Owner free and clear of(1) all Liens and other title defects, and (2) all patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations, no later than seven days after the time of payment by Owner. 15.03 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Contractor shall at the same time submit to Owner and Engineer an initial draft of punch list items to be completed or corrected before final payment. B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. Engineer shall attach to the certificate a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the preliminary certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached punch list. If, after considering the objections to the provisions of the preliminary certificate, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will, within 14 days after submission of the preliminary certificate to Owner, notify Contractor in writing that the Work is not substantially complete, stating the reasons therefor. If Owner does not object to the provisions of the certificate, or if despite consideration of Owner's objections Engineer concludes that the Work is substantially complete, then Engineer will, within said 14 days, execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a final certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised punch list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the preliminary certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of receipt of the preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor will confer regarding Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion, review the builder's risk insurance policy with respect to the end of the builder's risk coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing, Owner shall bear responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, property insurance, maintenance, heat, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 58 of 65 E. After Substantial Completion the Contractor shall promptly begin work on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. In appropriate cases Contractor may submit monthly Applications for Payment for completed punch list items,following the progress payment procedures set forth above. F. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to remove its property and complete or correct items on the punch list. 15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions: 1. At any time Owner may request in writing that Contractor permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work that Owner believes to be substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor, Owner, and Engineer will follow the procedures of Paragraph 15.03.A through E for that part of the Work. 2. At any time Contractor may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 15.03 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 6.05 regarding builder's risk or other property insurance. 15.05 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work, or agreed portion thereof, is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 15.06 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance, certificates of EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 59 of 65 inspection, annotated record documents (as provided in Paragraph 7.11), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents; b. consent of the surety, if any,to final payment; c. satisfactory evidence that all title issues have been resolved such that title to all Work, materials, and equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens or other title defects, or will so pass upon final payment. d. a list of all disputes that Contractor believes are unsettled; and e. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of the Work, and of Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 15.06.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (a) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (b) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner might in any way be responsible, or which might in any way result in liens or other burdens on Owner's property, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien, or Owner at its option may issue joint checks payable to Contractor and specified Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. Engineer's Review of Application and Acceptance: 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's recommendation of final payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. Such recommendation shall account for any set-offs against payment that are necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss for the reasons stated above with respect to progress payments. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.07. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Completion of Work: The Work is complete (subject to surviving obligations) when it is ready for final payment as established by the Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. D. Payment Becomes Due: Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer (less any further sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer's recommendation, EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 60 of 65 including but not limited to set-offs for liquidated damages and set-offs allowed under the provisions above with respect to progress payments) will become due and shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 15.07 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment will not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 15.05, from Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, from outstanding Claims by Owner, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. The acceptance of final payment by Contractor will constitute a waiver by Contractor of all claims and rights against Owner other than those pending matters that have been duly submitted or appealed under the provisions of Article 17. 15.08 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas used by Contractor as permitted by Laws and Regulations, is found to be defective, then Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: 1. correct the defective repairs to the Site or such other adjacent areas; 2. correct such defective Work; 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others, or to other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications. D. Where defective Work(and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 61 of 65 E. Contractor's obligations under this paragraph are in addition to all other obligations and warranties. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 16—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by written notice to Contractor and Engineer. Such notice will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension. Any Change Proposal seeking such adjustments shall be submitted no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will constitute a default by Contractor and justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule); 2. Failure of Contractor to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Contract Documents; 3. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; or 4. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of Owner or Engineer. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16.02.A occurs, then after giving Contractor (and any surety) ten days written notice that Owner is considering a declaration that Contractor is in default and termination of the contract, Owner may proceed to: 1. declare Contractor to be in default, and give Contractor (and any surety) notice that the Contract is terminated; and 2. enforce the rights available to Owner under any applicable performance bond. C. Subject to the terms and operation of any applicable performance bond, if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause, Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. D. Owner may not proceed with termination of the Contract under Paragraph 16.02.13 if Contractor within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate begins to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure. E. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 16.02.13, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the cost to complete the Work, including all related claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals) sustained by Owner, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If the cost to complete the Work including such related claims, costs, losses, EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 62 of 65 and damages exceeds such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. F. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue, or any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or any surety under any payment bond or performance bond. Any retention or payment of money due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. G. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 6.01.A, the provisions of that bond shall govern over any inconsistent provisions of Paragraphs 16.02.13 and 16.02.D. 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. other reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated overhead, profits, or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (1) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (2) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (3) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 16.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude Contractor from submitting a Change Proposal for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 63 of 65 expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 17—FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 17.01 Methods and Procedures A. Disputes Subject to Final Resolution: The following disputed matters are subject to final resolution under the provisions of this Article: 1. A timely appeal of an approval in part and denial in part of a Claim, or of a denial in full; and 2. Disputes between Owner and Contractor concerning the Work or obligations under the Contract Documents, and arising after final payment has been made. B. Final Resolution of Disputes: For any dispute subject to resolution under this Article, Owner or Contractor may: 1. elect in writing to invoke the dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agree with the other party to submit the dispute to another dispute resolution process; or 3. if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or mutually agreed to, give written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 18—MISCELLANEOUS 18.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person, by a commercial courier service or otherwise, to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for which it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the sender of the notice. 18.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 18.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract. The provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 64 of 65 18.04 Limitation of Damages A. With respect to any and all Change Proposals, Claims, disputes subject to final resolution, and other matters at issue, neither Owner nor Engineer, nor any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 18.05 No Waiver A. A party's non-enforcement of any provision shall not constitute a waiver of that provision, nor shall it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Contract. 18.06 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 18.07 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 18.08 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. EJCDC®C-700,Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers,American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 65 of 65 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Article Number Title 1 DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 3 DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS,REUSE 4 COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 5 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 6 BONDS AND INSURANCE 7 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8 OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 9 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 10 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 11 AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 12 CLAIMS 13 COST OF THE WORK;ALLOWANCES;UNIT PRICE WORK 14 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 15 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 16 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 17 FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 18 MISCELLANEOUS 08/29/2019 00800-1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AMENDMENTS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC C-700, 2013 edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY Delete the words "The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement" in 1.01.A.20 of the General Conditions, "Engineer", and insert the following in their place: "The individual or entity duly appointed by the Owner to undertake the duties and powers herein assigned to the Engineer, acting either directly or through duly appointed representatives." ARTICLE 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS SC-2.02 Delete paragraph 2.02A of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-2.03 "Delete paragraph 2.03 A.3 of the General Conditions and replace with the following: 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for each Lump Sum item listed in the Bid, which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Lump Sum Bid Price and subdivides the Lump Sum Bid item into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work." SC-2.05 "Delete paragraph 2.05 A.3 of the General Conditions and replace with the following. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values for Lump Sum Items will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Lump Sum Price to the component parts of the Work associated with the Lump Sum Item." ARTICLE 3. DOCUMENTS: INTENT,REQUIREMENTS,REUSE SC-3.01 08/29/2019 00800-2 Add the following sentence at the end of Paragraph 3.01A of the General Conditions: "...by all. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract Documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion." SC-3.03 Delete the last phrase of paragraph 3.03 A.3 of the General Conditions starting with "had", and substitute the following: "knew or reasonably should have known thereof." ARTICLE 4. COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.01 Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 4.01A of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: "B. Notwithstanding the time limitations provided in paragraph 4.01A, the OWNER may desire to commence the Contract Times later than the sixtieth day after the bid opening. The OWNER and CONTRACTOR, upon mutual agreement, may extend the commencement of the Contract Times to any date that they elect. OWNER must obtain CONTRACTOR's approval for extending the time beyond the dates/times stated in the Contract Documents." SC-4.03 Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 4.03A of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: "B. Engineer may check the lines, elevations and reference marks set by Contractor, and Contractor shall correct any errors disclosed by such check. Such a check shall not be considered as approval of Contractor's work and shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for construction of the entire Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall furnish personnel to assist Engineer in checking lines and grades." SC-4.05 Delete Article 4.05A in its entirety and replace with the following: "A. The Contractor hereby agrees that the Contractor shall have no claim for damages of any kind against the Owner or the Designer on account of any delay in the commencement or 08/29/2019 00800-3 performance of any of the work or any delay or suspension of any portion of the work, whether such delay is caused by the Owner, the Designer, or otherwise except as provided for within the prevailing statutes. The Contractor acknowledges that the Contractor's sole remedy for any such delay and/or suspension will be an extension of time as provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will under no circumstances be eligible for additional compensation on account of any delay even if an extension of time is granted by the Owner. Delete Article 4.05G in its entirety and replace it with the following: "G. Change Order requests for an extension of time under this paragraph must be submitted no later than 14 calendar days from the commencement of the event giving rise to the claimed delay, and must be accompanied by a detailed analysis identifying each action(s) or additional work item(s) which caused the delay and identifying exactly which items along the critical path were impacted or delayed. Accumulating the amount of time required to complete a series of additional work items or delays and adding this time to the original Contract Time will not be considered justification for an extension of time. To justify an extension of Contract Time, the Contractor must prove clearly and convincingly that the critical path for construction has been impacted by circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor and that the CPM schedule cannot be revised to eliminate the need for the requested time extension." Add the following new paragraphs after paragraph 4.05G of the General Conditions: "4.06 Liquidated Damages: A. If the Contractor shall neglect, fail or refuse to complete the work within the time herein specified, or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part consideration for the awarding of this Contract, to pay to the Owner the amount specified in the Contract, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contract shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work. Such damages may be retained from time to time by the Owner from progress payments or any amounts owing to the Contractor, or otherwise collected. B. The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain, and said amount is agreed to be the amount of damages which the Owner would sustain and said amount shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates. C. It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract and of the specifications wherein as definite and certain length of times if fixed for the performance of any act whatsoever; and where under the Contract an additional time is allowed for the completion of any work, the new time limit fixed by such extension shall be of the essence of this Contract. Provided that the Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages of any excess cost when the Owner determines that the Contractor is 08/29/2019 00800-4 without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the Owner; Provided. further, that the Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due: 1) to any preference,priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government; 2) to unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including, but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and severe weather; and 3) to any delays of subcontractors or suppliers occasioned by any of the causes specified in subsections C (1) and C (2) above; D. Provided, further, that the Contractor shall, within thirty (30) days from the beginning of such delay, unless the Owner shall grant a further period of time prior to the date of final settlement of the Contract, notify the Owner, in writing, of the causes of the delay, who shall ascertain the facts and extent of the delay and notify the Contractor within a reasonable time of its decision in the matter." ARTICLE 5. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 Delete the term "Supplementary Conditions" of paragraph 5.03A of the General Conditions and replace it with"Contract Documents". Delete the term "Supplementary Conditions" of paragraph 5.03B line 2 of the General Conditions and replace it with"Contract Documents". SC-5.05 Delete the following words from lines 3 and 4 of paragraph 5.05 E.1 of the General Conditions: "...or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy" SC-5.06 Delete the term Supplementary Conditions in paragraph 5.06A of the General Conditions and replace it with"Contract Documents". ARTICLE 6. BONDS AND INSURANCE NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR: 08/29/2019 00800-5 1. Proof of Insurance coverage shall be furnished to the Owner in accordance with the schedule for submittal of Bonds and Agreements. 2. Additionally, refer to Article 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS, Paragraph SC-2.01 B of the General Conditions. SC-6.01 Insert these sentences following SC-6.01.A of the General Conditions: The Surety Company providing the bonds shall have a rating of A or better within the Best Key Rating Guide and be licensed by the Massachusetts Division of Insurance. The CONTRACTOR shall pay the premiums for such Bonds. SC-6.02 Delete paragraph 6.02D of the General Conditions in its entirety if Owner is not providing insurance policies, coverages or endorsements for the Work. SC-6.03 Add the following to paragraph 6.03C: "9. Independent Contractors Coverage." The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 6.03 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by law: 6.03A Workers' Compensation. (1) Worker's Compensation per Statutory Requirements (2) Coverage B -Employer's Liability $100,000/$500,000/$100,000 6.03B and 6.03C Commercial General Liability Limits shall include coverage for Independent Contractors, explosion, collapse and underground hazard coverage (XCU), broad form property damage, blanket contractual liability and products/completed operations. The general aggregate limits shall be endorsed so that they respond on a per project and per location basis. Limits: $1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 general aggregate $2,000,000 products/completed operations aggregate 6.03D Automobile Liability for owned,hired and non-owned vehicles: 08/29/2019 00800-6 $1,000,000 Bodily Injury and Property Damage combined single limit 6.03E Umbrella or Excess Liability Combined single limit of not less than$5,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate 6.03F Contractor's Pollution Liability $2,000,000 each occurrence and$2,000,000 in the aggregate 6.03H Contractor's Professional Liability $1,000,000 per claim and$1,000,000 in the aggregate Delete paragraph 6.0313 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 463. contain a provision that notice of cancellation of insurance be delivered in accordance with policy provisions. In addition, the Contractor and/or its insurance broker/agent shall immediately notify the Owner and Engineer should any insurance coverage be cancelled. The Contractor shall immediately stop work on the Project and shall not resume work until the Contractor provides evidence, to the Owner and Engineer, in the form of an acceptable insurance certificate, of new insurance coverage that replaces all cancelled coverage that is required for the Project." Add the following paragraphs to SC-6.03I of the General Conditions: 466. If the aggregate limits of liability indicated in Contractor's insurance provided in accordance with paragraph 6.03 are not sufficient to cover all claims for damages arising from its operations under this Contract and from any other work performed by it or if the commercial general liability insurance policy of insurance does not provide that the general aggregate limits apply on a per project and per location basis, Contractor shall have the policy amended so that the aggregate limits of liability required by this Contract will be available to cover all claims for damages due to operations under this Contract. 7. Include by endorsement that the insurer shall waive all rights of subrogation in favor of the Owner, Engineer and any other party named in the written contract against whom the insurer must agree to waive rights of subrogation." SC-6.04 Delete paragraph 6.04 of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-6.05 Delete Article 6.05 of the General Conditions in its entirety. 08/29/2019 00800-7 SC-6.06 Amend the last sentence of paragraph 6.06A of the General Conditions by striking out the words "held by Owner or Contractor as trustee or fiduciary, or." As so amended,paragraph 6.06A remains in effect. SC-6.08 Add the following paragraph 6.08 after paragraph 6.07 of the General Conditions: "A. If Owner has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the insurance required to be purchased and maintained by Contractor in accordance with this Article 6 on the basis of its not complying with the Contract Documents, Owner will notify Contractor in writing thereof within thirty days of the date of delivery of such certificates to Owner in accordance with paragraph 6.02C. Contractor will provide such additional information in respect of insurance provided by him as Owner may reasonably request." ARTICLE 7. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-7.01 Delete paragraph 7.0113 of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace with the following: "B. At the site of the Work the Contractor shall employ a full-time construction superintendent or foreman who shall have full authority to act for the Contractor. It is understood that such representative shall be acceptable to the Engineer and shall be one who will be continued in the capacity for the particular job involved unless the representative ceases to be on the Contractor's payroll. If at any time during the Work the representative is deemed by the Engineer to be no longer acceptable, the representative shall be promptly replaced by the Contractor. All communications to the superintendent or foreman shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor." SC-7.07 Delete the second sentence in paragraph 7.07A of the General Conditions. SC-7.12 In line 2 of paragraph 7.12C of the General Conditions change "Supplementary Conditions" to "Contract Documents". SC-7.13 Delete the text in parentheses at the end of the third sentence of paragraph 7.1313 of the General Conditions. SC-7.16 08/29/2019 00800-8 In paragraph 7.16D.1 of the General Conditions, delete the word"timely"from the first line. SC-7.18 Change the phrase "negligent act or omission"to "negligent or wrongful act or omission" in line 11 of paragraph 7.18A of the General Conditions. Add the following to the end of paragraph 7.18A of the General Conditions: "The Contractor hereby acknowledges its obligation under the foregoing paragraph to indemnify the Engineer and Owner against judgments suffered because of the contractor's work and to assume the cost of defending the Engineer and Owner against claims as described in the foregoing paragraph." Delete paragraph 7.18C of the General Conditions in its entirety. ARTICLE 9. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-9.02 Delete the phrase"provided Contractor makes no reasonable objection to the replacement engineer" in paragraph 9.02A of the General Conditions. SC-9.06 Delete paragraph 9.06A of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-9.09 Insert the following after the first sentence of paragraph 9.09A of the General Conditions: "However, the Owner shall have the right to direct the Contractor to perform the Work according to any sequence schedule set forth in the Contract Documents or established pursuant thereto." ARTICLE 10. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION SC-10.01 Add a new paragraph 10.01 B after paragraph 10.01 A of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: "B. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Engineer and Contractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Subcontractors, or (3) between any person or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Engineer shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract Documents intended to facilitate performance of the Engineer's duties." 08/29/2019 00800-9 SC-10.02 Insert the following at the end of paragraph 10.02B of the General Conditions: "However, the Engineer shall have the right to direct the Contractor to perform the Work according to any sequence schedule set forth in the Contract Documents or established pursuant thereto." SC-10.03 Delete the last sentence of paragraph 10.03A. SC-10.08 Insert the following after the first sentence of paragraph 10.08B of the General Conditions: "However, the Engineer shall have the right to direct the Contractor to perform the Work according to any sequence schedule set forth in the Contract Documents or established pursuant thereto." ARTICLE 13. COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES;UNIT PRICE WORK Delete Article 13 of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace with the following: "A. The unit price of an item of Unit Price work shall be subject to reevaluation and adjustment under the following conditions: (1) If the total extended bid price [Estimated Quantity times the Bid Unit Price] of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 5 percent or more of the Original Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of the particular item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs by more than 15 percent from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and (2) If there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of work; and (3) If Contractor believes that Contractor has incurred additional expense as a result thereof, Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 12 if the parties are unable to agree as to the effect of any such variations in the quantity of Unit Price Work performed. If Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the unit price, Owner shall be entitled to an adjustment in the unit price in an amount determined by the Engineer. Engineer shall not be liable in connection with any determination relating to adjustments which is rendered in good faith." ARTICLE 14. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK SC-14.03 08/29/2019 00800-10 Delete the word"Prompt"at the beginning of paragraph 14.03 C of the General Conditions. SC-14.07 Revise paragraph 14.07A of the General Conditions as follows: A. Delete the word "seven" and replace it with the word "ten" so that it reads "after ten days' written notice to Contractor." ARTICLE 15. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD SC-15.01 Delete paragraph 15.01B.3 of the General Conditions and insert the following in its place: 113. Retainage with respect to progress payments will be five percent or, if stipulated, the maximum allowed by law." Delete the word"immediate"from subparagraph 15.01E.2 of the General Conditions. Delete subparagraph 15.01E.3 of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-15.02 Delete paragraph 15.02A in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all work, material and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than at the time of Application for Payment free and clear of all liens. Contractor shall provide written transfer of title and a certified paid invoice provided by the supplier." SC-15.03 Delete the third sentence of paragraph 15.03C of the General conditions and replace it with the following: "Owner shall review the preliminary certificate and make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached punch list." In the same paragraph, delete the phrase "within 14 days after submission of the preliminary certificate to Owner" in the fourth sentence; delete the phrase "within said 14 days" in the fifth sentence. SC-15.06 08/29/2019 00800-11 Delete from paragraph 15.06B.I of the General Conditions the phrase "within 10 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment,"in the first sentence. SC-15.08 Delete paragraph 15.08A of the General Conditions and insert the following in its place: "A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: (i) correct such defective work, or, if it has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with work that is not defective, and(ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other work or the work of others therefrom. If Contractor does not begin the repairs within ten (10) days of receipt of written notification and promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk, loss or damage, Owner may have the defective work corrected or the rejected work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others)will be paid by Contractor." ARTICLE 16. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION SC-16.02 Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 16.02 A.4 of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: 115. If the Work to be done under this Contract shall be abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof shall be sublet, without the previous written consent of Owner, or if the contract or any claim thereunder shall be assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified." ARTICLE 18. MISCELLANEOUS SC-18.09, 18.10, 18.11, 18.12, 18.13 Add the following new paragraphs after paragraph 18.08 of the General Conditions: "18.09 Assignment: A. The Contractor shall not assign the whole or any part of this Contract or any moneys due or to become due hereunder until thirty (30) days prior notice in writing has been given to the Owner of the intention to assign, which notice shall state the identity and address of the prospective assignee. No assignment shall be made without the Owner's prior written consent. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In case the Contractor assigns all or any part of the moneys due or to become due under this Contract, the instrument of 08/29/2019 00800-12 assignment shall contain a clause substantially to the effect that it is agreed that the right of the assignee in and to any moneys due or to become due to the Contractor shall be subject to prior claims of all persons, firms and corporations of services rendered or materials supplied for the performance of the work called for in this Contract. 18.10 Liability It is understood and agreed that members of the Owner or any agent or employees of the Owner signing this Agreement shall not be personally liable hereunder for any action incurred in connection with this Agreement. 18.11 State Statutes and Regulations See Section 00830 of these Specifications for further modifications of the General Conditions due to state statutes and regulations. 18.12 Severability If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of this Agreement and of such terms and conditions, except to such extent or in such application, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every term and condition of this Agreement shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent and in the broadest application permitted by law." END OF SECTION \\wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455 - AMI and Residential Meters\IEB Design\Specifications\00800 - Supplementary Conditions.docx 08/29/2019 00800-13 SECTION 00830 STATE STATUTES AND REGULATIONS COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS A. REVISIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. Definitions 2. Subsurface Conditions Found Different 3. Proprietary Specifications 4. Substitutions and"Or Equals"—Contractor's Expense 5. Subcontracting 6. Permits 7. Massachusetts Sales and Use Tax 8. Contractor Records 9. Engineer's Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work 10. Change of Contract Price 11. Payments 12. Suspension of Work and Termination 13. Special Requirements for Hazardous Wastes Contracts 14. Labor Classifications and Prevailing Wage Rates 15. Contractor's Surety B. OTHER REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1. Working Hours 2. DEP Community Sound Level Criteria 3. OSHA 10 Hour Certification Requirements ATTACHMENT A Prevailing Wage Rates ATTACHMENT B Excerpts from Chapter 149, Chapter 30 and Chapter 82 of the Massachusetts General Law 09/25/2019 00830-1 ATTACHMENT C Change Orders ATTACHMENT D COVID-19 Guidelines A. REVISIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS: 1. Definitions The term "Awarding Authority," as used herein, shall be considered to be synonymous with the term "Owner," described in definition 1.01 A.28. Delete definition 1.01 A.40 entitled "Substantial Completion" in the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "Substantial Completion shall be interpreted in accordance with Massachusetts General Law (MGL) c. 30, §39G or 39K as appropriate." 2. Subsurface Conditions Found Different Add the following sentence to the end of paragraph 5.04A of the General Conditions: "...to do so. Adjustments resulting from subsurface or latent physical conditions will be in accordance with MGL c. 30, §39N." 3. Proprietary Specifications Revise the third sentence of Paragraph 7.04A of the General Conditions to read as follows: "Unless the specification indicates that a proprietary item is called for, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other suppliers may be submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below, and in accordance with MGL c. 30, §39M." 4. Substitutions and"Or Equals"—Contractor's Expense Insert the following at the beginning of Paragraphs 7.0413 and 7.05E of the General Conditions: "Except as required by and indicated in the specifications and contract documents pursuant to MGL. c. 149, §44F,". 5. Subcontracting Add the following language at the end of paragraph 7.06L of the General Conditions: 09/25/2019 00830-2 "Except as required otherwise by MGL c. 149, §44F, for Work governed by MGL c. 149, §44A through 44H." 6. Permits Delete paragraph 7.08A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "A. Unless otherwise provided for in Section 00890 PERMITS,the Awarding Authority shall be responsible for identifying and obtaining all federal,state,and local permits required by the nature and location of construction, including but not limited to railroad permits, building construction permits, and permits for street and highway cuts and openings. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all permits required of its equipment, work force, or particular operations (such as blasting) in the performance of the Work and not otherwise specified to be obtained by the Awarding Authority. These permit fees shall be paid by Contractor. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement." 7. Massachusetts Sales and Use Tax Add the following paragraph after paragraph 7.09A of the General Conditions: "B. The materials and supplies to be used by the Contractor in the Work of this Contract are exempt from the Sales and Use Tax of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Awarding Authority tax exemption certificate number will be furnished to the Contractor." 8. Contractor Records Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 7.1 OC of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: "D. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions Chapter 30, Section 39R of the Massachusetts General Laws regarding, Contractor's records." 9. Engineer's Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceotability of Work Add the following language at the end of paragraph 10.07A of the General Conditions: "The Engineer's interpretation will be made in accordance with the requirements of MGL c. 30, §39P." 10. Change of Contract Price Delete paragraphs 11.04, 13.01, 13.02 and 13.03 of the General Conditions, having to do with Change of Contract Price. Changes in contract price will be governed by the section called 09/25/2019 00830-3 "Change Orders," in Attachment C, Section 00830 and Article 13 in the Supplementary Conditions. 11. Pavments Add the following paragraph after Paragraph 15.01B.3 of the General Conditions: "4. The Contractor shall submit Weekly Payroll Records Report and Statement of Compliance verifying compliance with the Minimum Prevailing Wage Law, MGL c. 149, §26-27H. These Statements of Compliance shall be submitted as a condition of payment for work performed during the period the reports apply." Delete paragraph 15.01C.1 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "1. Progress Payments will be made in accordance with MGLc. 30, Section §39G, or 39K, as applicable." Delete paragraph 15.01D.1 of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace it with the following: "1. Payment shall be made in accordance with MGL c. 30, §39G." Add the following new paragraph following paragraph 15.011).1 of the General Conditions: "2. The Contractor shall make payments to Subcontractors in accordance with the requirements of MGL c. 30, §39F." Delete paragraph 15.06B.1 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "1. If, on the basis of the Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection and, upon the Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and that the Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, the Engineer will indicate in writing its recommendation of payment and present the Application to the Awarding Authority for payment. Thereupon the Engineer will give written notice to the Awarding Authority and the Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 15.07. Otherwise,the Engineer will return the Application to Contractor,indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment. In such case the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Awarding Authority shall in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, make payment to the Contractor." 09/25/2019 00830-4 Delete paragraph 15.06D of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace it with the following: "1. Payment shall be made in accordance with MGL c. 30, §39G." 12. Suspension of Work and Termination Delete paragraph 16.01A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "A. The Awarding Authority may order,at any time and without cause,the Contractor to suspend or delay the Work in accordance with MGL c. 30, §390." 13. Special Requirements for Hazardous Wastes Contracts Add the following at the end of the first sentence of Paragraph 18.13 of the General Conditions: ", and to the "Rules and Regulations for the Prevention of Accidents in Construction Operations Chapter 454 CMR(Code of Massachusetts Regulations) 10.00 et seq." 14. Labor Classifications and Prevailing Waae Rates Add the following paragraphs under the heading "Prevailing Wage Rates" after paragraph 18.13 of the Supplementary Conditions: "18.14 Prevailing Wage Rates A. Prevailing Wage Rates as determined by the Director of the Executive Office of Labor and Workforce Development under the provisions of MGL c. 149, §26-27H apply to this project. A copy of the wage schedule is included in Attachment A of Section 00830. If, after the Notice of Award, it becomes necessary to employ any person in a trade or occupation not classified in the wage determinations, such person shall be paid at not less than such rates as shall be determined by the Director. Such approved minimum rate shall be retroactive to the time of the initial employment of such person in such trade or occupation. The Contractor shall notify the Awarding Authority of its intention to employ persons in trades or occupations not classified in the wage determinations as soon as possible in order to allow sufficient time for the Awarding Authority to obtain approved rates for such trades or occupations. B. The schedule of wages referred to above are minimum rates only, and the Awarding Authority will not consider any claims for additional compensation made by Contractor because of payment by the Contractor of any wage rate in excess of the applicable rate contained in the Contract. C. The said schedule of wages shall continue to be the minimum rates to be paid during the life of this Agreement, except in the case of the duration of this Agreement exceeding one year, 09/25/2019 00830-5 when the Contractor will be responsible for requesting and obtaining updated prevailing wage rates from the Owner before the one-year anniversary of the project's start date, and a legible copy of said schedule shall be kept posted in a conspicuous place at the site of the Work. D. Contractor and subcontractors shall submit a copy of weekly payroll records to the Awarding Authority and the Awarding Authority shall retain the records for a minimum of three years." 15. Contractor's Surety Add the following sentences at the end of paragraph 6.01A: "The Surety Company providing the bonds shall have a rating of A or better within the Best Key Rating Guide and be licensed by the Massachusetts Division of Insurance. The Contractor shall pay the premiums for such Bonds." B. OTHER REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: 1. Working Hours No laborer, workman, mechanic, foreman, or inspector, working within the Commonwealth, in the employ of the Contractor, subcontractor,or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or a part of the work contemplated by this contract, shall be required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one day or more than forty-eight hours in any one week, or more than six days in any one week, except in cases of emergency. 2. DEP Communitv Sound Level Criteria The Community Sound Level Criteria as established by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts' Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) must be conformed to prior to the Awarding Authority's acceptance of the structure. The following sound level criteria must be met at the construction site: A. The increase in the broadband noise level shall not be in excess of ten (10) dB(A) above ambient at the station boundary. The ambient level is defined as the A-weighted noise level that is exceeded ninety(90)percent of the time measured during the period in question. B. The primary noise source(s) shall not produce a puretone condition. Puretone is any given octave band center frequency that exceeds the two adjacent center frequencies by three (3) or more decibels. 3. OSHA 10 Hour Certification Requirements All employees of the Contractor who work at the jobsite must have received OSHA 10 Hour safety training, and have proof, at the jobsite, of being certified by OSHA as having received the 09/25/2019 00830-6 training. The Contractor must provide written proof(copy of OSHA card each employee is required to carry is preferred)of this certification for every employee with submission of the first certified payroll report for each employee. END OF SECTION \\wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455-AMI and Residential Meters\IEB Design\Specifications\00830-OMA State Regulations.docx 09/25/2019 00830-7 SECTION 00830 ATTACHMENT A PREVAILING WAGE RATES THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS ' EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates CHARLES D.BAKER As determined by the Director under the provisions of the ROSALINACOSTA Governor Secretary Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 t0 27H MICHAEL PLANAGAN KARYN E.POLITO Director Lt.Governor Awarding Authority: Town of Watertown Contract Number: City/Town: WATERTOWN Description of Work: Installation of 9,800 water meters,modules throughout the Town of Watertown.Work also includes sump pump inspection per house. Job Location: Various locations throughout the Town of Watertown Information about Prevailing Wage Schedules for Awarding Authorities and Contractors • This wage schedule applies only to the specific project referenced at the top of this page and uniquely identified by the "Wage Request Number"on all pages of this schedule. • An Awarding Authority must request an updated wage schedule from the Department of Labor Standards("DLS")if it has not opened bids or selected a contractor within 90 days of the date of issuance of the wage schedule. For CM AT RISK projects (bid pursuant to G.L.c.149A),the earlier of: (a)the execution date of the GMP Amendment,or(b)the bid for the first construction scope of work must be within 90-days of the wage schedule issuance date. • The wage schedule shall be incorporated in any advertisement or call for bids for the project as required by M.G.L.c. 149, §27. The wage schedule shall be made a part of the contract awarded for the project. The wage schedule must be posted in a conspicuous place at the work site for the life of the project in accordance with M.G.L.c. 149§27. The wages listed on the wage schedule must be paid to employees performing construction work on the project whether they are employed by the prime contractor,a filed sub-bidder,or any sub-contractor. • All apprentices working on the project are required to be registered with the Massachusetts Department of Labor Standards,Division of Apprentice Standards(DLS/DAS). Apprentice must keep his/her apprentice identification card on his/her person during all work hours on the project. An apprentice registered with DAS may be paid the lower apprentice wage rate at the applicable step as provided on the prevailing wage schedule. Any apprentice not registered with DLS/DAS regardless of whether or not they are registered with any other federal,state,local,or private agency must be paid the journeyworker's rate for the trade. • The wage rates will remain in effect for the duration of the project,except in the case of multi-year public construction projects. For construction projects lasting longer than one year,awarding authorities must request an updated wage schedule. Awarding authorities are required to request these updates no later than two weeks before the anniversary of the date the contract was executed by the awarding authority and the general contractor.For multi-year CM AT RISK projects,awarding authority must request an annual update no later than two weeks before the anniversary date,determined as the earlier of: (a) the execution date of the GMP Amendment,or(b)the execution date of the first amendment to permit procurement of construction services.Contractors are required to obtain the wage schedules from awarding authorities,and to pay no less than these rates to covered workers. The annual update requirement is not applicable to 27F"rental of equipment"contracts. • Every contractor or subcontractor which performs construction work on the project is required to submit weekly payroll reports and a Statement of Compliance directly to the awarding authority by mail or email and keep them on file for three years. Each weekly payroll report must contain: the employee's name,address,occupational classification,hours worked,and wages paid. Do not submit weekly payroll reports to DLS. A sample of a payroll reporting form may be obtained at http://www.mass.gov/dols/Pw. • Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at(617)626-6953. • Employees not receiving the prevailing wage rate set forth on the wage schedule may report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the office of the Attorney General at(617)727-3465. • Failure of a contractor or subcontractor to pay the prevailing wage rates listed on the wage schedule to all employees who perform construction work on the project is a violation of the law and subjects the contractor or subcontractor to civil and criminal penalties. Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Construction (2 AXLE)DRIVER-EQUIPMENT 08/01/2021 $37.05 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.28 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE A 12/01/2021 $37.05 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $66.47 (3 AXLE)DRIVER-EQUIPMENT 08/01/2021 $37.12 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.35 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE A 12/01/2021 $37.12 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $66.54 (4&5 AXLE)DRIVER-EQUIPMENT 08/01/2021 $37.24 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.47 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE A 12/01/2021 $37.24 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $66.66 ADS/SUBMERSIBLE PILOT 08/01/2020 $103.05 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $135.57 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PILE DRIVER" AIR TRACK OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $41.42 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.59 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2021 $42.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.60 06/01/2022 $43.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.60 12/01/2022 $44.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.60 06/01/2023 $45.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.60 12/01/2023 $46.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.85 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" AIR TRACK OPERATOR(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2021 $41.42 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.59 LABORERS-ZONE 1(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2021 $42.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.60 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) ASBESTOS REMOVER-PIPE/MECH.EQUIPT. 12/01/2020 $38.10 $12.80 $9.45 $0.00 $60.35 HEAT&FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6(BOSTON) ASPHALT RAKER 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 06/01/2022 $42.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.10 12/01/2022 $43.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.10 06/01/2023 $44.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.10 12/01/2023 $46.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.35 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" ASPHALT RAKER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE I(HEA VY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) ASPHALT/CONCRETE/CRUSHER PLANT-ON SITE 06/01/2021 $50.73 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.28 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.88 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $81.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADER 06/01/2021 $50.73 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.28 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.88 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $81.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" BARCO-TYPE JUMPING TAMPER 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 06/01/2022 $42.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.10 12/01/2022 $43.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.10 06/01/2023 $44.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.10 12/01/2023 $46.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.35 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 2 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment BLOCK PAVER,RAMMER/CURB SETTER 06/01/2021 $41.42 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.59 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $42.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.60 06/01/2022 $43.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.60 12/01/2022 $44.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.60 06/01/2023 $45.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.60 12/01/2023 $46.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.85 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" BLOCK PAVER,RAMMER/CURB SETTER(HEAVY& 06/01/2021 $41.42 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.59 HIGHWAY)LABORERS-ZONE 1(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2021 $42.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.60 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) BOILERMAKER 01/01/2020 $46.10 $7.07 $17.98 $0.00 $71.15 BOILERMAKERS LOCAL 29 Apprentice- BOILERMAKER-Local 29 Effective Date- 01/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 65 $29.97 $7.07 $11.69 $0.00 $48.73 2 65 $29.97 $7.07 $11.69 $0.00 $48.73 3 70 $32.27 $7.07 $12.59 $0.00 $51.93 4 75 $34.58 $7.07 $13.49 $0.00 $55.14 5 80 $36.88 $7.07 $14.38 $0.00 $58.33 6 85 $39.19 $7.07 $15.29 $0.00 $61.55 7 90 $41.49 $7.07 $16.18 $0.00 $64.74 8 95 $43.80 $7.07 $17.09 $0.00 $67.96 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4 BRICK/STONE/ARTIFICIAL MASONRY(INCL.MASONRY 08/01/2021 $57.15 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $90.79 WATERPROOFING) 02/01/2022 $57.74 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $91.38 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3(WALTHAM) Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 3 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- BRICK/PLASTERICEMENTMASON-Local 3 Waltham Effective Date- 08/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $28.58 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $62.22 2 60 $34.29 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $67.93 3 70 $40.01 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $73.65 4 80 $45.72 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $79.36 5 90 $51.44 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $85.08 Effective Date- 02/01/2022 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $28.87 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $62.51 2 60 $34.64 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $68.28 3 70 $40.42 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $74.06 4 80 $46.19 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $79.83 5 90 $51.97 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $85.61 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 BULLDOZER/GRADER/SCRAPER 06/01/2021 $50.19 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $79.74 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.33 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" CAISSON&UNDERPINNING BOTTOM MAN 06/01/2021 $41.82 $8.60 $17.72 $0.00 $68.14 LABORERS-FOUNDATIONAND MARINE 12/01/2021 $42.83 $8.60 $17.72 $0.00 $69.15 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" CAISSON&UNDERPINNING LABORER 06/01/2021 $40.67 $8.60 $17.72 $0.00 $66.99 LABORERS-FOUNDATIONAND MARINE 12/01/2021 $41.68 $8.60 $17.72 $0.00 $68.00 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" CAISSON&UNDERPINNING TOP MAN 06/01/2021 $40.67 $8.60 $17.72 $0.00 $66.99 LABORERS-FOUNDATIONAND MARINE 12/01/2021 $41.68 $8.60 $17.72 $0.00 $68.00 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" CARBIDE CORE DRILL OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 06/01/2022 $42.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.10 12/01/2022 $43.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.10 06/01/2023 $44.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.10 12/01/2023 $46.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.35 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" CARPENTER 03/01/2021 $43.54 $9.40 $18.95 $0.00 $71.89 CARPENTERS-ZONE 2(Eastern Massachusetts) 09/01/2021 $44.19 $9.40 $18.95 $0.00 $72.54 03/01/2022 $44.79 $9.40 $18.95 $0.00 $73.14 09/01/2022 $45.44 $9.40 $18.95 $0.00 $73.79 03/01/2023 $46.04 $9.40 $18.95 $0.00 $74.39 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 4 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- CARPENTER-Zone 2 Eastern MA Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $21.77 $9.40 $1.73 $0.00 $32.90 2 60 $26.12 $9.40 $1.73 $0.00 $37.25 3 70 $30.48 $9.40 $13.76 $0.00 $53.64 4 75 $32.66 $9.40 $13.76 $0.00 $55.82 5 80 $34.83 $9.40 $15.49 $0.00 $59.72 6 80 $34.83 $9.40 $15.49 $0.00 $59.72 7 90 $39.19 $9.40 $17.22 $0.00 $65.81 8 90 $39.19 $9.40 $17.22 $0.00 $65.81 Effective Date- 09/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $22.10 $9.40 $1.73 $0.00 $33.23 2 60 $26.51 $9.40 $1.73 $0.00 $37.64 3 70 $30.93 $9.40 $13.76 $0.00 $54.09 4 75 $33.14 $9.40 $13.76 $0.00 $56.30 5 80 $35.35 $9.40 $15.49 $0.00 $60.24 6 80 $35.35 $9.40 $15.49 $0.00 $60.24 7 90 $39.77 $9.40 $17.22 $0.00 $66.39 8 90 $39.77 $9.40 $17.22 $0.00 $66.39 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - I %Indentured After 10/l/I7;45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80 Step 1&2$30.72/3&4$36.75/5&6$55.37/7&8$61.45 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 CARPENTER WOOD FRAME 04/01/2021 $27.87 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $40.88 CARPENTERS-ZONE 2(Wood Frame) 04/01/2022 $28.62 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $41.63 04/01/2023 $28.97 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $41.98 All Aspects of New Wood Frame Work Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 5 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- CARPENTER(Wood Frame)-Zone 2 Effective Date- 04/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $16.72 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $23.93 2 60 $16.72 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $23.93 3 65 $18.12 $7.21 $2.00 $0.00 $27.33 4 70 $19.51 $7.21 $2.00 $0.00 $28.72 5 75 $20.90 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $33.91 6 80 $22.30 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $35.31 7 85 $23.69 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $36.70 8 90 $25.08 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $38.09 Effective Date- 04/01/2022 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $17.17 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $24.38 2 60 $17.17 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $24.38 3 65 $18.60 $7.21 $2.00 $0.00 $27.81 4 70 $20.03 $7.21 $2.00 $0.00 $29.24 5 75 $21.47 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $34.48 6 80 $22.90 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $35.91 7 85 $24.33 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $37.34 8 90 $25.76 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $38.77 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - I %Indentured After 10/l/I7;45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80 - Step 1&2$19.75/3&4$24.54/5&6$32.52/7&8$35.31- - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING 01/01/2020 $49.07 $12.75 $22.41 $0.62 $84.85 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3(WALTHAM) Apprentice- CEMENTMASONRY/PLASTERING-Eastern Mass(Waltham) Effective Date- 01/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $24.54 $12.75 $15.41 $0.00 $52.70 2 60 $29.44 $12.75 $17.41 $0.62 $60.22 3 65 $31.90 $12.75 $18.41 $0.62 $63.68 4 70 $34.35 $12.75 $19.41 $0.62 $67.13 5 75 $36.80 $12.75 $20.41 $0.62 $70.58 6 80 $39.26 $12.75 $21.41 $0.62 $74.04 7 90 $44.16 $12.75 $22.41 $0.62 $79.94 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: Steps 3,4 are 500 hrs.All other steps are 1,000 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 6 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment CHAIN SAW OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONEI 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 06/01/2022 $42.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.10 12/01/2022 $43.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.10 06/01/2023 $44.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.10 12/01/2023 $46.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.35 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" CLAM SHELLS/SLURRY BUCKETS/HEADING MACHINES 06/01/2021 $51.73 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $81.28 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $52.88 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $82.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" COMPRESSOR OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $33.40 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $62.95 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $34.19 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $63.74 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" DELEADER(BRIDGE) 01/01/2021 $52.06 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $83.06 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 2 Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 -BRIDGES/TANKS Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $26.03 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $34.28 2 55 $28.63 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $43.04 3 60 $31.24 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $46.21 4 65 $33.84 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $49.37 5 70 $36.44 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $64.08 6 75 $39.05 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $67.25 7 80 $41.65 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $70.41 8 90 $46.85 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $76.73 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - - Steps are 750 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 DEMO:ADZEMAN 06/01/2021 $40.82 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $66.99 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $41.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.00 06/01/2022 $42.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.00 12/01/2022 $43.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.00 06/01/2023 $44.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.00 12/01/2023 $46.08 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.25 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" DEMO:BACK-HOE/LOADER/HAMMER OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $41.82 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.99 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $42.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.00 06/01/2022 $43.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.00 12/01/2022 $44.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.00 06/01/2023 $45.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.00 12/01/2023 $47.08 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $73.25 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 7 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment DEMO:BURNERS 06/01/2021 $41.57 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.74 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $42.58 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.75 06/01/2022 $43.58 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.75 12/01/2022 $44.58 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.75 06/01/2023 $45.58 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.75 12/01/2023 $46.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $73.00 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" DEMO:CONCRETE CUTTER/SAWYER 06/01/2021 $41.82 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.99 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $42.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.00 06/01/2022 $43.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.00 12/01/2022 $44.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.00 06/01/2023 $45.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.00 12/01/2023 $47.08 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $73.25 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" DEMO:JACKHAMMER OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $41.57 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.74 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $42.58 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.75 06/01/2022 $43.58 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.75 12/01/2022 $44.58 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.75 06/01/2023 $45.58 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.75 12/01/2023 $46.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $73.00 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" DEMO:WRECKING LABORER 06/01/2021 $40.82 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $66.99 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2021 $41.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.00 06/01/2022 $42.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.00 12/01/2022 $43.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.00 06/01/2023 $44.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.00 12/01/2023 $46.08 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.25 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" DIRECTIONAL DRILL MACHINE OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $50.19 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $79.74 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.33 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" DIVER 08/01/2020 $68.70 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $101.22 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PILE DRIVER" DIVER TENDER 08/01/2020 $49.07 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $81.59 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PILE DRIVER" DIVER TENDER(EFFLUENT) 08/01/2020 $73.60 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $106.12 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PILE DRIVER" DIVER/SLURRY(EFFLUENT) 08/01/2020 $103.05 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $135.57 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PILE DRIVER" DRAWBRIDGE OPERATOR(Construction) 07/01/2020 $26.77 $6.67 $3.93 $0.16 $37.53 DRAWBRIDGE-SEIU LOCAL 888 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 8 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment ELECTRICIAN 03/01/2021 $55.41 $13.00 $20.01 $0.00 $88.42 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 103 09/01/2021 $56.36 $13.00 $20.54 $0.00 $89.90 03/01/2022 $57.32 $13.00 $20.82 $0.00 $91.14 09/01/2022 $58.76 $13.00 $20.86 $0.00 $92.62 03/01/2023 $60.43 $13.00 $20.91 $0.00 $94.34 Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN-Local 103 Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 40 $22.16 $13.00 $0.66 $0.00 $35.82 2 40 $22.16 $13.00 $0.66 $0.00 $35.82 3 45 $24.93 $13.00 $15.13 $0.00 $53.06 4 45 $24.93 $13.00 $15.13 $0.00 $53.06 5 50 $27.71 $13.00 $15.57 $0.00 $56.28 6 55 $30.48 $13.00 $16.01 $0.00 $59.49 7 60 $33.25 $13.00 $16.46 $0.00 $62.71 8 65 $36.02 $13.00 $16.90 $0.00 $65.92 9 70 $38.79 $13.00 $17.34 $0.00 $69.13 10 75 $41.56 $13.00 $17.80 $0.00 $72.36 Effective Date- 09/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 40 $22.54 $13.00 $0.68 $0.00 $36.22 2 40 $22.54 $13.00 $0.68 $0.00 $36.22 3 45 $25.36 $13.00 $15.36 $0.00 $53.72 4 45 $25.36 $13.00 $15.36 $0.00 $53.72 5 50 $28.18 $13.00 $15.84 $0.00 $57.02 6 55 $31.00 $13.00 $16.31 $0.00 $60.31 7 60 $33.82 $13.00 $16.77 $0.00 $63.59 8 65 $36.63 $13.00 $17.25 $0.00 $66.88 9 70 $39.45 $13.00 $17.71 $0.00 $70.16 10 75 $42.27 $13.00 $18.19 $0.00 $73.46 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes: : App Prior l/l/03;30/35/40/45/50/55/65/70/75/80 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:2:3*** ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR 01/01/2021 $63.47 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $98.66 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORSLOCAL 4 01/01/2022 $65.62 $16.03 $20.21 $0.00 $101.86 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 9 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR-Local 4 Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $31.74 $15.88 $0.00 $0.00 $47.62 2 55 $34.91 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $70.10 3 65 $41.26 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $76.45 4 70 $44.43 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $79.62 5 80 $50.78 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $85.97 Effective Date- 01/01/2022 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $32.81 $16.03 $0.00 $0.00 $48.84 2 55 $36.09 $16.03 $20.21 $0.00 $72.33 3 65 $42.65 $16.03 $20.21 $0.00 $78.89 4 70 $45.93 $16.03 $20.21 $0.00 $82.17 5 80 $52.50 $16.03 $20.21 $0.00 $88.74 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: Steps 1-2 are 6 mos.;Steps 3-5 are 1 year - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR HELPER 01/01/2021 $44.43 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $79.62 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 4 01/01/2022 $45.93 $16.03 $20.21 $0.00 $82.17 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR" FENCE&GUARD RAIL ERECTOR(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1(HEAVY&HIGHWAI9 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) FIELD ENG.INST.PERSON-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY 05/01/2021 $45.88 $13.50 $15.70 $0.00 $75.08 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 11/01/2021 $46.88 $13.50 $15.70 $0.00 $76.08 05/01/2022 $48.03 $13.50 $15.70 $0.00 $77.23 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" FIELD ENG.PARTY CHIEF-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY 05/01/2021 $47.40 $13.50 $15.70 $0.00 $76.60 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 11/01/2021 $48.41 $13.50 $15.70 $0.00 $77.61 05/01/2022 $49.57 $13.50 $15.70 $0.00 $78.77 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" FIELD ENG.ROD PERSON-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY 05/01/2021 $22.91 $13.50 $15.70 $0.00 $52.11 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 11/01/2021 $23.51 $13.50 $15.70 $0.00 $52.71 05/01/2022 $24.18 $13.50 $15.70 $0.00 $53.38 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" FIRE ALARM INSTALLER 03/01/2021 $55.41 $13.00 $20.01 $0.00 $88.42 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 103 09/01/2021 $56.36 $13.00 $20.54 $0.00 $89.90 03/01/2022 $57.32 $13.00 $20.82 $0.00 $91.14 09/01/2022 $58.76 $13.00 $20.86 $0.00 $92.62 03/01/2023 $60.43 $13.00 $20.91 $0.00 $94.34 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-ELECTRICIAN' Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 10 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment FIRE ALARM REPAIR/MAINTENANCE 03/01/2021 $42.11 $13.00 $17.88 $0.00 $72.99 I LOCAL 103 COMMISSIONINGELEcTRIc1ANs 09/01/2021 $43.40 $13.00 $18.37 $0.00 $74.77 03/01/2022 $44.71 $13.00 $18.74 $0.00 $76.45 09/01/2022 $46.42 $13.00 $18.87 $0.00 $78.29 03/01/2023 $48.34 $13.00 $19.01 $0.00 $80.35 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-TELECOMMUNICATIONS TECHNICIAN' FIREMAN(ASST.ENGINEER) 06/01/2021 $41.31 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $70.86 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $42.26 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $71.81 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" FLAGGER&SIGNALER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2021 $24.50 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $50.67 LABORERS-ZONE 1(HEA VY&HIGHWA39 12/01/2021 $24.50 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $50.67 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) FLOORCOVERER 03/01/2021 $48.59 $9.40 $19.25 $0.00 $77.24 FLOORCOVERERS LOCAL 2168 ZONE I 09/01/2021 $49.39 $9.40 $19.25 $0.00 $78.04 03/01/2022 $50.19 $9.40 $19.25 $0.00 $78.84 Apprentice- FLOORCOVERER-Local 2168 Zone I Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $24.30 $9.40 $1.79 $0.00 $35.49 2 55 $26.72 $9.40 $1.79 $0.00 $37.91 3 60 $29.15 $9.40 $13.88 $0.00 $52.43 4 65 $31.58 $9.40 $13.88 $0.00 $54.86 5 70 $34.01 $9.40 $15.67 $0.00 $59.08 6 75 $36.44 $9.40 $15.67 $0.00 $61.51 7 80 $38.87 $9.40 $17.46 $0.00 $65.73 8 85 $41.30 $9.40 $17.46 $0.00 $68.16 Effective Date- 09/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $24.70 $9.40 $1.79 $0.00 $35.89 2 55 $27.16 $9.40 $1.79 $0.00 $38.35 3 60 $29.63 $9.40 $13.88 $0.00 $52.91 4 65 $32.10 $9.40 $13.88 $0.00 $55.38 5 70 $34.57 $9.40 $15.67 $0.00 $59.64 6 75 $37.04 $9.40 $15.67 $0.00 $62.11 7 80 $39.51 $9.40 $17.46 $0.00 $66.37 8 85 $41.98 $9.40 $17.46 $0.00 $68.84 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes:Steps are 750 hrs. %After 09/1/17;45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80(1500hr Steps) - Step 1&2$33.03/3&4$39.64/5&6$59.08/7&8$65.73- - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 FORKLIFT/CHERRY PICKER 06/01/2021 $50.73 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.28 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.88 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $81.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 11 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment GENERATOR/LIGHTING PLANT/HEATERS 06/01/2021 $33.40 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $62.95 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $34.19 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $63.74 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" GLAZIER(GLASS PLANK/AIR BARRIER/INTERIOR 01/01/2021 $41.56 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $72.56 SYSTEMS) GLAZIERS LOCAL 35(ZONE 2) Apprentice- GLAZIER-Local 35 Zone 2 Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $20.78 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $29.03 2 55 $22.86 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $37.27 3 60 $24.94 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $39.91 4 65 $27.01 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $42.54 5 70 $29.09 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $56.73 6 75 $31.17 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $59.37 7 80 $33.25 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $62.01 8 90 $37.40 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $67.28 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 'Notes: I Steps are 750 hrs. - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:I HOISTING ENGINEER/CRANES/GRADALLS 06/01/2021 $50.73 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.28 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.88 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $81.43 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 12 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS-Local 4 Effective Date- 06/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 55 $27.90 $13.75 $0.00 $0.00 $41.65 2 60 $30.44 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $59.99 3 65 $32.97 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $62.52 4 70 $35.51 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $65.06 5 75 $38.05 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $67.60 6 80 $40.58 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $70.13 7 85 $43.12 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $72.67 8 90 $45.66 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $75.21 Effective Date- 12/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 55 $28.53 $13.75 $0.00 $0.00 $42.28 2 60 $31.13 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $60.68 3 65 $33.72 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $63.27 4 70 $36.32 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $65.87 5 75 $38.91 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $68.46 6 80 $41.50 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $71.05 7 85 $44.10 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $73.65 8 90 $46.69 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $76.24 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:6 HVAC(DUCTWORK) 08/01/2021 $51.95 $13.80 $25.60 $2.74 $94.09 SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL I7-A 02/01/2022 $53.70 $13.80 $25.60 $2.79 $95.89 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-SHEET METAL WORKER" HVAC(ELECTRICAL CONTROLS) 03/01/2021 $55.41 $13.00 $20.01 $0.00 $88.42 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 103 09/01/2021 $56.36 $13.00 $20.54 $0.00 $89.90 03/01/2022 $57.32 $13.00 $20.82 $0.00 $91.14 09/01/2022 $58.76 $13.00 $20.86 $0.00 $92.62 03/01/2023 $60.43 $13.00 $20.91 $0.00 $94.34 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-ELECTRICIAN' HVAC(TESTING AND BALANCING-AIR) 08/01/2021 $51.95 $13.80 $25.60 $2.74 $94.09 SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL I7-A 02/01/2022 $53.70 $13.80 $25.60 $2.79 $95.89 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-SHEET METAL WORKER" HVAC(TESTING AND BALANCING-WATER) 03/01/2021 $57.94 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $89.88 PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 537 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PIPEFITTER"or"PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" HVAC MECHANIC 03/01/2021 $57.94 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $89.88 PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 537 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PIPEFITTER"or"PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 13 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment HYDRAULIC DRILLS 06/01/2021 $41.42 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.59 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2021 $42.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.60 06/01/2022 $43.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.60 12/01/2022 $44.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.60 06/01/2023 $45.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.60 12/01/2023 $46.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.85 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" HYDRAULIC DRILLS(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2021 $41.42 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.59 LABORERS-ZONE I(HEA VY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2021 $42.43 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.60 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) INSULATOR(PIPES&TANKS) 09/01/2020 $49.00 $13.80 $17.14 $0.00 $79.94 HEAT&FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6(BOSTON) 09/01/2021 $51.40 $13.80 $17.14 $0.00 $82.34 09/01/2022 $53.85 $13.80 $17.14 $0.00 $84.79 Apprentice- ASBESTOS INSULATOR(Pipes&Tanks)-Local 6 Boston Effective Date- 09/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $24.50 $13.80 $12.42 $0.00 $50.72 2 60 $29.40 $13.80 $13.36 $0.00 $56.56 3 70 $34.30 $13.80 $14.31 $0.00 $62.41 4 80 $39.20 $13.80 $15.25 $0.00 $68.25 Effective Date- 09/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $25.70 $13.80 $12.42 $0.00 $51.92 2 60 $30.84 $13.80 $13.36 $0.00 $58.00 3 70 $35.98 $13.80 $14.31 $0.00 $64.09 4 80 $41.12 $13.80 $15.25 $0.00 $70.17 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: Steps are 1 year - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4 IRONWORKER/WELDER 09/16/2020 $48.66 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $81.86 IRONWORKERSLOCAL 7(BOSTONAREA) Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 14 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- IRONWORKER-Local 7 Boston Effective Date- 09/16/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $29.20 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $62.40 2 70 $34.06 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $67.26 3 75 $36.50 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $69.70 4 80 $38.93 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $72.13 5 85 $41.36 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $74.56 6 90 $43.79 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $76.99 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: I **Structural 1:6;Ornamental 1:4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:** JACKHAMMER&PAVING BREAKER OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 06/01/2022 $42.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.10 12/01/2022 $43.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.10 06/01/2023 $44.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.10 12/01/2023 $46.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.35 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER 06/01/2021 $40.67 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $66.84 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $41.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.85 06/01/2022 $42.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.85 12/01/2022 $43.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.85 06/01/2023 $44.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.85 12/01/2023 $45.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.10 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 15 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- LABORER-Zone 1 Effective Date- 06/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $24.40 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $50.57 2 70 $28.47 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $54.64 3 80 $32.54 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $58.71 4 90 $36.60 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $62.77 Effective Date- 12/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $25.01 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $51.18 2 70 $29.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $55.35 3 80 $33.34 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $59.51 4 90 $37.51 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $63.68 s:- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNoteI - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 LABORER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2021 $40.67 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $66.84 LABORERS-ZONE I(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2021 $41.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.85 Apprentice- LABORER(Heavy&Highway)-Zone 1 Effective Date- 06/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $24.40 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $50.57 2 70 $28.47 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $54.64 3 80 $32.54 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $58.71 4 90 $36.60 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $62.77 Effective Date- 12/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $25.01 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $51.18 2 70 $29.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $55.35 3 80 $33.34 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $59.51 4 90 $37.51 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $63.68 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 16 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment LABORER:CARPENTER TENDER 06/01/2021 $40.67 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $66.84 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $41.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.85 06/01/2022 $42.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.85 12/01/2022 $43.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.85 06/01/2023 $44.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.85 12/01/2023 $45.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:CEMENT FINISHER TENDER 06/01/2021 $40.67 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $66.84 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2021 $41.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.85 06/01/2022 $42.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.85 12/01/2022 $43.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.85 06/01/2023 $44.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.85 12/01/2023 $45.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:HAZARDOUS WASTE/ASBESTOS REMOVER 06/01/2021 $40.82 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $66.99 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2021 $41.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.00 06/01/2022 $42.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.00 12/01/2022 $43.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.00 06/01/2023 $44.83 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.00 12/01/2023 $46.08 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.25 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:MASON TENDER 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 06/01/2022 $42.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.10 12/01/2022 $43.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.10 06/01/2023 $44.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.10 06/01/2024 $46.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.35 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:MASON TENDER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE I(HEA VY&HIGHWAI) 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) LABORER:MULTI-TRADE TENDER 06/01/2021 $40.67 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $66.84 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2021 $41.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.85 06/01/2022 $42.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.85 12/01/2022 $43.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.85 06/01/2023 $44.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.85 12/01/2023 $45.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:TREE REMOVER 06/01/2021 $40.67 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $66.84 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2021 $41.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.85 06/01/2022 $42.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.85 12/01/2022 $43.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.85 06/01/2023 $44.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.85 12/01/2023 $45.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.10 This classification applies to the removal of standing trees,and the trimming and removal of branches and limbs when related to public works construction or site clearance incidental to construction.For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 17 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment LASER BEAM OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 06/01/2022 $42.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.10 12/01/2022 $43.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.10 06/01/2023 $44.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.10 12/01/2023 $46.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.35 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LASER BEAM OPERATOR(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) MARBLE&TILE FINISHERS 08/01/2021 $43.69 $11.39 $20.30 $0.00 $75.38 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3-MARBLE&TILE 02/01/2022 $44.16 $11.39 $20.30 $0.00 $75.85 Apprentice- MARBLE&TILE FINISHER-Local 3 Marble&Tile Effective Date- 08/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $21.85 $11.39 $20.30 $0.00 $53.54 2 60 $26.21 $11.39 $20.30 $0.00 $57.90 3 70 $30.58 $11.39 $20.30 $0.00 $62.27 4 80 $34.95 $11.39 $20.30 $0.00 $66.64 5 90 $39.32 $11.39 $20.30 $0.00 $71.01 Effective Date- 02/01/2022 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $22.08 $11.39 $20.30 $0.00 $53.77 2 60 $26.50 $11.39 $20.30 $0.00 $58.19 3 70 $30.91 $11.39 $20.30 $0.00 $62.60 4 80 $35.33 $11.39 $20.30 $0.00 $67.02 5 90 $39.74 $11.39 $20.30 $0.00 $71.43 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 MARBLE MASONS,TILELAYERS&TERRAZZO MECH 08/01/2021 $57.17 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $90.80 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3-MARBLE&TILE 02/01/2022 $57.74 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $91.37 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 18 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO MECHANIC-Local 3 Marble&Tile Effective Date- 08/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $28.59 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $62.22 2 60 $34.30 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $67.93 3 70 $40.02 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $73.65 4 80 $45.74 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $79.37 5 90 $51.45 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $85.08 Effective Date- 02/01/2022 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $28.87 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $62.50 2 60 $34.64 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $68.27 3 70 $40.42 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $74.05 4 80 $46.19 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $79.82 5 90 $51.97 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $85.60 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 MECH.SWEEPER OPERATOR(ON CONST.SITES) 06/01/2021 $50.19 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $79.74 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.33 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" MECHANICS MAINTENANCE 06/01/2021 $50.19 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $79.74 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.33 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" MILLWRIGHT(Zone 1) 03/01/2021 $43.77 $8.58 $21.57 $0.00 $73.92 MILLWRIGHTS LOCAL 1121-Zone 1 01/03/2022 $45.52 $8.58 $21.57 $0.00 $75.67 01/02/2023 $47.27 $8.58 $21.57 $0.00 $77.42 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 19 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- MILLWRIGHT-Local 1121 Zone 1 Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 55 $24.07 $8.58 $5.72 $0.00 $38.37 2 65 $28.45 $8.58 $17.93 $0.00 $54.96 3 75 $32.83 $8.58 $18.98 $0.00 $60.39 4 85 $37.20 $8.58 $20.01 $0.00 $65.79 Effective Date- 01/03/2022 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 55 $25.04 $8.58 $5.72 $0.00 $39.34 2 65 $29.59 $8.58 $17.93 $0.00 $56.10 3 75 $34.14 $8.58 $18.98 $0.00 $61.70 4 85 $38.69 $8.58 $20.01 $0.00 $67.28 - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes:Step 1&2 Appr.indentured after 1/6/2020 receive no pension, but do receive annuity.(Step 1 $5.72,Step 2$6.66) Steps are 2,000 hours Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 MORTAR MIXER 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 06/01/2022 $42.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.10 12/01/2022 $43.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.10 06/01/2023 $44.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.10 12/01/2023 $46.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.35 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" OILER(OTHER THAN TRUCK CRANES,GRADALLS) 06/01/2021 $23.40 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $52.95 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $23.98 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $53.53 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" OILER(TRUCK CRANES,GRADALLS) 06/01/2021 $28.26 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $57.81 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $28.94 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $58.49 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT-CLASS I1 06/01/2021 $50.19 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $79.74 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.33 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" PAINTER(BRIDGES/TANKS) 01/01/2021 $52.06 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $83.06 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 2 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 20 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 -BRIDGES/TANKS Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $26.03 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $34.28 2 55 $28.63 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $43.04 3 60 $31.24 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $46.21 4 65 $33.84 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $49.37 5 70 $36.44 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $64.08 6 75 $39.05 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $67.25 7 80 $41.65 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $70.41 8 90 $46.85 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $76.73 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: Steps are 750 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER(SPRAY OR SANDBLAST,NEW)* 01/01/2021 $42.96 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $73.96 *If 30%or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 2 Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 Zone 2-Spray/Sandblast-New Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $21.48 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $29.73 2 55 $23.63 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $38.04 3 60 $25.78 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $40.75 4 65 $27.92 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $43.45 5 70 $30.07 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $57.71 6 75 $32.22 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $60.42 7 80 $34.37 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $63.13 8 90 $38.66 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $68.54 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - Steps are 750 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER(SPRAY OR SANDBLAST,REPAINT) 01/01/2021 $41.02 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $72.02 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 2 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 21 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 Zone 2-Spray/Sandblast-Repaint Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $20.51 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $28.76 2 55 $22.56 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $36.97 3 60 $24.61 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $39.58 4 65 $26.66 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $42.19 5 70 $28.71 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $56.35 6 75 $30.77 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $58.97 7 80 $32.82 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $61.58 8 90 $36.92 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $66.80 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: Steps are 750 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER/TAPER(BRUSH,NEW)* 01/01/2021 $41.56 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $72.56 *If 30%or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 2 Apprentice- PAINTER-Local 35 Zone 2-BRUSHNEW Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $20.78 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $29.03 2 55 $22.86 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $37.27 3 60 $24.94 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $39.91 4 65 $27.01 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $42.54 5 70 $29.09 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $56.73 6 75 $31.17 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $59.37 7 80 $33.25 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $62.01 8 90 $37.40 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $67.28 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - Steps are 750 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER/TAPER(BRUSH,REPAINT) 01/01/2021 $39.62 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $70.62 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 2 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 22 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 Zone 2-BRUSH REPAINT Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $19.81 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $28.06 2 55 $21.79 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $36.20 3 60 $23.77 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $38.74 4 65 $25.75 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $41.28 5 70 $27.73 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $55.37 6 75 $29.72 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $57.92 7 80 $31.70 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $60.46 8 90 $35.66 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $65.54 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: Steps are 750 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER TRAFFIC MARKINGS(HEAVY/HIGHWAY) 06/01/2021 $40.67 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $66.84 LABORERS-ZONE 1(HEAVY&HIGHWAI9 12/01/2021 $41.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.85 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) PANEL&PICKUP TRUCKS DRIVER 08/01/2021 $36.88 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.11 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE A 12/01/2021 $36.88 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $66.30 PIER AND DOCK CONSTRUCTOR(UNDERPINNING AND 08/01/2020 $49.07 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $81.59 DECK) PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PILE DRIVER" PILE DRIVER 08/01/2020 $49.07 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $81.59 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) Apprentice- PILEDRIVER-Local 56 Zone 1 Effective Date- 08/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $24.54 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $57.06 2 60 $29.44 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $61.96 3 70 $34.35 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $66.87 4 75 $36.80 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $69.32 5 80 $39.26 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $71.78 6 80 $39.26 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $71.78 7 90 $44.16 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $76.68 8 90 $44.16 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $76.68 rNotes:- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - %Indentured After 10/1/17;45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80 - Step 1&2$34.01/3&4$41.46/5&6$62.80/7&8$69.25- Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 PIPEFITTER&STEAMFITTER 03/01/2021 $57.94 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $89.88 PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 537 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 23 of 32 Supplemental Total Rate Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Apprentice- PIPEFITTER-Local 537 Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 40 $23.18 $11.70 $8.25 $0.00 $43.13 2 45 $26.07 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $58.01 3 60 $34.76 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $66.70 4 70 $40.56 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $72.50 5 80 $46.35 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $78.29 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: ** 1:3;3:15; 1:10 thereafter/Steps are 1 yr. I - Refrig/AC Mechanic**1:1;1:2;2:4;3:6;4:8;5:10;6:12;7:14;8:17;920;10:23(Max)- - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:** PIPELAYER 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2021 $41.93 $9.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68J0 06/01/2022 $42.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.10 12/01/2022 $43.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.10 06/01/2023 $44.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.10 12/01/2023 $46.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.35 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" PIPELAYER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE I(HEAVY&HIGHWAi9 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) PLUMBERS&GASFITTERS 03/01/2021 $60.19 $13.57 $17.26 $0.00 $91.02 PLUMBERS&GASFITTERS LOCAL 11 Apprentice- PLUMBERIGASFITTER-Local 12 Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 35 $21.07 $13.57 $6.24 $0.00 $40.88 2 40 $24.08 $13.57 $7.08 $0.00 $44.73 3 55 $33.10 $13.57 $9.63 $0.00 $56.30 4 65 $39.12 $13.57 $11.33 $0.00 $64.02 5 75 $45.14 $13.57 $13.03 $0.00 $71.74 rNotes:- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ** 1:2;2:6;3:10;4:14;5:19/Steps are 1 yr Step4 with lic$67.89,Step5 with lic$75.59 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:** PNEUMATIC CONTROLS(TEMP.) 03/01/2021 $57.94 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $89.88 PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 537 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PIPEFITTER"or"PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 24 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment PNEUMATIC DRILL/TOOL OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 06/01/2022 $42.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.10 12/01/2022 $43.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.10 06/01/2023 $44.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.10 12/01/2023 $46.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.35 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" PNEUMATIC DRILL/TOOL OPERATOR(HEAVY& 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 HIGHWAY)LABORERS-ZONE 1(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) POWDERMAN&BLASTER 06/01/2021 $41.67 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.84 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $42.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.85 06/01/2022 $43.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.85 12/01/2022 $44.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.85 06/01/2023 $45.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.85 12/01/2023 $46.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $73.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" POWDERMAN&BLASTER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2021 $41.67 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.84 LABORERS-ZONE 1(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2021 $42.68 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.85 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) POWER SHOVEL/DERRICK/TRENCHING MACHINE 06/01/2021 $50.73 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.28 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.88 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $81.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" PUMP OPERATOR(CONCRETE) 06/01/2021 $50.73 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.28 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.88 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $81.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" PUMP OPERATOR(DEWATERING,OTHER) 06/01/2021 $33.40 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $62.95 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $34.19 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $63.74 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" READY MIX CONCRETE DRIVERS after 4/30/12 08/01/2021 $29.15 $11.41 $15.25 $0.00 $55.81 (Drivers Hired After 4/3 0/2012)TEAMSTERS 25(Suburban)-Aggregate 05/01/2022 $30.40 $11.41 $15.25 $0.00 $57.06 08/01/2022 $30.40 $11.91 $15.25 $0.00 $57.56 READY-MIX CONCRETE DRIVER 08/01/2021 $29.75 $11.41 $15.25 $0.00 $56.41 TEAMSTERS 25(Suburban)-Aggregate 05/01/2022 $30.50 $11.41 $15.25 $0.00 $57.16 08/01/2022 $30.50 $11.91 $15.25 $0.00 $57.66 RECLAIMERS 06/01/2021 $50.19 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $79.74 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.33 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" RIDE-ON MOTORIZED BUGGY OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 06/01/2022 $42.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.10 12/01/2022 $43.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.10 06/01/2023 $44.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.10 12/01/2023 $46.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.35 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" ROLLER/SPREADER/MULCHING MACHINE 06/01/2021 $50.19 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $79.74 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.33 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.88 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 25 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" ROOFER(Inc.Roofer Waterproofng&Roofer Damproofg) 08/01/2021 $47.03 $12.28 $18.15 $0.00 $77.46 ROOFERS LOCAL 33 02/01/2022 $48.46 $12.28 $18.15 $0.00 $78.89 Apprentice- ROOFER-Local 33 Effective Date- 08/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $23.52 $12.28 $4.56 $0.00 $40.36 2 60 $28.22 $12.28 $18.15 $0.00 $58.65 3 65 $30.57 $12.28 $18.15 $0.00 $61.00 4 75 $35.27 $12.28 $18.15 $0.00 $65.70 5 85 $39.98 $12.28 $18.15 $0.00 $70.41 Effective Date- 02/01/2022 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $24.23 $12.28 $4.56 $0.00 $41.07 2 60 $29.08 $12.28 $18.15 $0.00 $59.51 3 65 $31.50 $12.28 $18.15 $0.00 $61.93 4 75 $36.35 $12.28 $18.15 $0.00 $66.78 5 85 $41.19 $12.28 $18.15 $0.00 $71.62 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes:** 1:5,2:6-10,the 1:10;Reroofing: 1:4,then 1:1 Step 1 is 2000 hrs.;Steps 2-5 are 1000 hrs. (Hot Pitch Mechanics'receive$1.00 hr.above ROOFER) - - - J - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:** ROOFER SLATE/TILE/PRECAST CONCRETE 08/01/2021 $47.28 $12.28 $18.15 $0.00 $77.71 ROOFERS LOCAL 33 02/01/2022 $48.71 $12.28 $18.15 $0.00 $79.14 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-ROOFER" SHEETMETAL WORKER 08/01/2021 $51.95 $13.80 $25.60 $2.74 $94.09 SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 17-A 02/01/2022 $53.70 $13.80 $25.60 $2.79 $95.89 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 26 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- SHEET METAL WORKER-Local 17-A Effective Date- 08/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 42 $21.82 $13.80 $6.01 $0.00 $41.63 2 42 $21.82 $13.80 $6.01 $0.00 $41.63 3 47 $24.42 $13.80 $11.26 $1.48 $50.96 4 47 $24.42 $13.80 $11.26 $1.48 $50.96 5 52 $27.01 $13.80 $12.23 $1.59 $54.63 6 52 $27.01 $13.80 $12.48 $1.60 $54.89 7 60 $31.17 $13.80 $13.87 $1.77 $60.61 8 65 $33.77 $13.80 $14.84 $1.87 $64.28 9 75 $38.96 $13.80 $16.77 $2.09 $71.62 10 85 $44.16 $13.80 $18.20 $2.28 $78.44 Effective Date- 02/01/2022 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 42 $22.55 $13.80 $6.01 $0.00 $42.36 2 42 $22.55 $13.80 $6.01 $0.00 $42.36 3 47 $25.24 $13.80 $11.26 $1.51 $51.81 4 47 $25.24 $13.80 $11.26 $1.51 $51.81 5 52 $27.92 $13.80 $12.23 $1.62 $55.57 6 52 $27.92 $13.80 $12.48 $1.63 $55.83 7 60 $32.22 $13.80 $13.87 $1.80 $61.69 8 65 $34.91 $13.80 $14.84 $1.91 $65.46 9 75 $40.28 $13.80 $16.77 $2.13 $72.98 10 85 $45.65 $13.80 $18.20 $2.33 $79.98 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes: I Steps are 6 mos. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP<35 TONS 08/01/2021 $37.34 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.57 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE A 12/01/2021 $37.34 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $66.76 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP>35 TONS 08/01/2021 $37.63 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.86 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE A 12/01/2021 $37.63 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $67.05 SPRINKLER FITTER 03/01/2021 $62.45 $10.00 $21.25 $0.00 $93.70 SPRINKLER FITTERS LOCAL 550-(Section A)Zone I Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 27 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- SPRINKLER FITTER-Local 550(Section A)Zone 1 Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 35 $21.86 $10.00 $11.99 $0.00 $43.85 2 40 $24.98 $10.00 $12.70 $0.00 $47.68 3 45 $28.10 $10.00 $13.41 $0.00 $51.51 4 50 $31.23 $10.00 $14.13 $0.00 $55.36 5 55 $34.35 $10.00 $14.84 $0.00 $59.19 6 60 $37.47 $10.00 $15.55 $0.00 $63.02 7 65 $40.59 $10.00 $16.26 $0.00 $66.85 8 70 $43.72 $10.00 $16.98 $0.00 $70.70 9 75 $46.84 $10.00 $17.69 $0.00 $74.53 10 80 $49.96 $10.00 $18.40 $0.00 $78.36 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes:Apprentice entered prior 9/30/10: 40/45/50/55/60/65/70/75/80/85 - Steps are 850 hours- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 STEAM BOILER OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $50.19 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $79.74 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.33 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" TAMPERS,SELF-PROPELLED OR TRACTOR DRAWN 06/01/2021 $50.19 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $79.74 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.33 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN 03/01/2021 $42.11 $13.00 $17.88 $0.00 $72.99 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 103 09/01/2021 $43.40 $13.00 $18.37 $0.00 $74.77 03/01/2022 $44.71 $13.00 $18.74 $0.00 $76.45 09/01/2022 $46.42 $13.00 $18.87 $0.00 $78.29 03/01/2023 $48.34 $13.00 $19.01 $0.00 $80.35 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 28 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN-Local 103 Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 45 $18.95 $13.00 $0.57 $0.00 $32.52 2 45 $18.95 $13.00 $0.57 $0.00 $32.52 3 50 $21.06 $13.00 $14.51 $0.00 $48.57 4 50 $21.06 $13.00 $14.51 $0.00 $48.57 5 55 $23.16 $13.00 $14.84 $0.00 $51.00 6 60 $25.27 $13.00 $15.18 $0.00 $53.45 7 65 $27.37 $13.00 $15.52 $0.00 $55.89 8 70 $29.48 $13.00 $15.85 $0.00 $58.33 9 75 $31.58 $13.00 $16.20 $0.00 $60.78 10 80 $33.69 $13.00 $16.53 $0.00 $63.22 Effective Date- 09/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 45 $19.53 $13.00 $0.59 $0.00 $33.12 2 45 $19.53 $13.00 $0.59 $0.00 $33.12 3 50 $21.70 $13.00 $14.75 $0.00 $49.45 4 50 $21.70 $13.00 $14.75 $0.00 $49.45 5 55 $23.87 $13.00 $15.12 $0.00 $51.99 6 60 $26.04 $13.00 $15.47 $0.00 $54.51 7 65 $28.21 $13.00 $15.84 $0.00 $57.05 8 70 $30.38 $13.00 $16.20 $0.00 $59.58 9 75 $32.55 $13.00 $16.57 $0.00 $62.12 10 80 $34.72 $13.00 $16.92 $0.00 $64.64 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes: I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:I TERRAZZO FINISHERS 08/01/2021 $56.09 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $89.73 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3-MARBLE&TILE 02/01/2022 $56.68 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $90.32 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 29 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local 3 Marble&Tile Effective Date- 08/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $28.05 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $61.69 2 60 $33.65 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $67.29 3 70 $39.26 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $72.90 4 80 $44.87 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $78.51 5 90 $50.48 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $84.12 Effective Date- 02/01/2022 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $28.34 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $61.98 2 60 $34.01 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $67.65 3 70 $39.68 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $73.32 4 80 $45.34 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $78.98 5 90 $51.01 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $84.65 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 TEST BORING DRILLER 06/01/2021 $42.07 $8.60 $17.72 $0.00 $68.39 LABORERS-FOUNDATIONAND MARINE 12/01/2021 $43.08 $8.60 $17.72 $0.00 $69.40 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TEST BORING DRILLER HELPER 06/01/2021 $40.79 $8.60 $17.72 $0.00 $67.11 LABORERS-FOUNDATIONAND MARINE 12/01/2021 $41.80 $8.60 $17.72 $0.00 $68.12 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TEST BORING LABORER 06/01/2021 $40.67 $8.60 $17.72 $0.00 $66.99 LABORERS-FOUNDATIONAND MARINE 12/01/2021 $41.68 $8.60 $17.72 $0.00 $68.00 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TRACTORS/PORTABLE STEAM GENERATORS 06/01/2021 $50.19 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $79.74 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.33 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" TRAILERS FOR EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENT 08/01/2021 $37.92 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $66.15 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE 12/01/2021 $37.92 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $67.34 TUNNEL WORK-COMPRESSED AIR 06/01/2021 $52.90 $8.60 $18.17 $0.00 $79.67 LABORERS(COMPRESSED AIR) 12/01/2021 $53.91 $8.60 $18.17 $0.00 $80.68 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TUNNEL WORK-COMPRESSED AIR(HAZ.WASTE) 06/01/2021 $54.90 $8.60 $18.17 $0.00 $81.67 LABORERS(COMPRESSED AIR) 12/01/2021 $55.91 $8.60 $18.17 $0.00 $82.68 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TUNNEL WORK-FREE AIR 06/01/2021 $44.97 $8.60 $18.17 $0.00 $71.74 LABORERS(FREE All?TUNNEL) 12/01/2021 $45.98 $8.60 $18.17 $0.00 $72.75 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TUNNEL WORK-FREE AIR(HAZ.WASTE) 06/01/2021 $46.97 $8.60 $18.17 $0.00 $73.74 LABORERS(FREE AIR TUNNEL) 12/01/2021 $47.98 $8.60 $18.17 $0.00 $74.75 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 30 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" VAC-HAUL 08/01/2021 $37.34 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.57 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE A 12/01/2021 $37.34 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $66.76 WAGON DRILL OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 06/01/2022 $42.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $69.10 12/01/2022 $43.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $70.10 06/01/2023 $44.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $71.10 12/01/2023 $46.18 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $72.35 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" WAGON DRILL OPERATOR(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2021 $40.92 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $67.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1(HEA VY&HIGHWAI? 12/01/2021 $41.93 $8.60 $17.57 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) WASTE WATER PUMP OPERATOR 06/01/2021 $50.73 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $80.28 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2021 $51.88 $13.75 $15.80 $0.00 $81.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" WATER METER INSTALLER 03/01/2021 $60.19 $13.57 $17.26 $0.00 $91.02 PLUMBERS&GASFITTERS LOCAL 12 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER"or"PLUMBER/GASFITTER" Outside Electrical-East CABLE TECHNICIAN(Power Zone) 08/30/2020 $29.67 $9.25 $1.89 $0.00 $40.81 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' CABLEMAN(Underground Ducts&Cables) 08/30/2020 $42.03 $9.25 $10.27 $0.00 $61.55 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' DRIVER/GROUNDMAN CDL 08/30/2020 $34.62 $9.25 $10.07 $0.00 $53.94 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' DRIVER/GROUNDMAN-Inexperienced(<2000 Hrs) 08/30/2020 $27.20 $9.25 $1.82 $0.00 $38.27 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' EQUIPMENT OPERATOR(Class A CDL) 08/30/2020 $42.03 $9.25 $14.35 $0.00 $65.63 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' EQUIPMENT OPERATOR(Class B CDL) 08/30/2020 $37.09 $9.25 $10.87 $0.00 $57.21 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' GROUNDMAN 08/30/2020 $27.20 $9.25 $1.82 $0.00 $38.27 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' GROUNDMAN-Inexperienced(<2000 Hrs.) 08/30/2020 $22.25 $9.25 $1.82 $0.00 $33.32 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' JOURNEYMAN LINEMAN 08/30/2020 $49.45 $9.25 $17.48 $0.00 $76.18 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 31 of 32 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- LINEMAN(Outside Electrical)-East Local 104 Effective Date- 08/30/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $29.67 $9.25 $3.39 $0.00 $42.31 2 65 $32.14 $9.25 $3.46 $0.00 $44.85 3 70 $34.62 $9.25 $3.54 $0.00 $47.41 4 75 $37.09 $9.25 $5.11 $0.00 $51.45 5 80 $39.56 $9.25 $5.19 $0.00 $54.00 6 85 $42.03 $9.25 $5.26 $0.00 $56.54 7 90 $44.51 $9.25 $7.34 $0.00 $61.10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: I — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:2 TELEDATA CABLE SPLICER 02/04/2019 $30.73 $4.70 $3.17 $0.00 $38.60 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 TELEDATA LINEMAN/EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 02/04/2019 $28.93 $4.70 $3.14 $0.00 $36.77 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 TELEDATA WIREMAN/INSTALLER/TECHNICIAN 02/04/2019 $28.93 $4.70 $3.14 $0.00 $36.77 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 Additional Apprentice Information: Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed above as a percentage of the pre-determined hourly wage rate established by the Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L.c.149,ss.26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprenticeship Training pursuant to M.G.L. c.23,ss.11E-11L. All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprenticeship Training in accordance with M.G.L.c.23,ss.11 E-11 L. All steps are six months(1000 hours.) Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof,unless otherwise specified. ** Multiple ratios are listed in the comment field. *** APP to JM;1:1,2:2,2:3,3:4,4:4,4:5,4:6,5:7,6:7,6:8,6:9,7:10,8:10,8:11,8:12,9:13,10:13,10:14,etc. **** APP to JM;1:1,1:2,2:3,2:4,3:5,4:6,4:7,5:8,6:9,6:10,7:11,8:12,8:13,9:14,10:15,10:16,etc. Issue Date: 08/31/2021 Wage Request Number: 20210831-037 Page 32 of 32 SECTION 00830 ATTACHMENT B EXCERPTS FROM MGL 30, 82 & 149 ATTACHMENT B Excerats from Chanters 30. 82 and 149 of the Massachusetts General Laws NOTICE- These are NOT the official versions of the Massachusetts General Laws (MGL). While reasonable efforts have been made to assure the accuracy of the excerpts provided, do not rely on this information without first checking an official edition of the MGL. If you are in need of legal advice or counsel, consult a lawyer. These excerpts include amendments to the General Laws passed through July 31, 2019. For laws enacted since that time, see the 2019 Session Laws. Certain excerpts from the Massachusetts General Laws are applicable to Construction contracts. Attention is directed to the following Sections of Chapter 149 as amended. Section 25. Lodging, board and trade of public employees; statute part of employment contract. "Every employee in public work shall lodge,board, and trade where and with whom he elects; and no person or his agents or employees under contract with the commonwealth,a county,city or town, or with a department,board,commission or officer acting therefor,for the doing of public work shall directly or indirectly require, as a condition of employment therein,that the employee shall lodge, board or trade at a particular place or with a particular person. This section shall be made a part of the contract for such employment." Section 26. Public works; preference to veterans and citizens; wages. "In the employment of mechanics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs and laborers in the construction of public works by the commonwealth,or by a county,town,authority or district,or by persons contracting or subcontracting for such works,preference shall first be given to citizens of the commonwealth who have been residents of the commonwealth for at least six months at the commencement of their employment who are veterans as defined in clause Forty-third of section 7 of chapter 4 and who are qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates and, within such preference,preference shall be given to service-disabled veterans; and secondly,to citizens of the commonwealth generally who have been residents of the commonwealth for at least six months at the commencement of their employment, and if they cannot be obtained in sufficient numbers, then to citizens of the United States, and every contract for such work shall contain a provision to this effect..." Section 34. Public contracts; stipulation as to hours and days of work; void contracts. "Every contract, except for the purchase of material or supplies, involving the employment of laborers,workmen,mechanics,foremen or inspectors,to which the commonwealth or any county or any town, subject to section thirty, is a parry, shall contain a stipulation that no laborer, workman, mechanic,foreman or inspector working within the commonwealth,in the employ of the contractor, subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or a part of the work contemplated by the contract, shall be required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one-day or more than forty-eight hours in any one week, or more than six days in any one week, except in cases of emergency, or, in case any town subject to section thirty-one is a party to such a contract, more than eight hours in any one day, except as aforesaid..." 12/12/2019 00830B-1 Section 34A. Contracts for public works; workers' compensation insurance; breach of contract; enforcement and violation of statute. "Every contract for the construction,alteration,maintenance,repair or demolition of,or addition to, any public building or other public works for the commonwealth or any political subdivision thereof shall contain stipulations requiring that the contractor shall,before commencing performance of such contract,provide by insurance for the payment of compensation and the furnishing of other benefits under chapter one hundred and fifty-two to all persons to be employed under the contract, and that the contractor shall continue such insurance in full force and effect during the term of the contract. No officer or agent contracting in behalf of the commonwealth or any political subdivision thereof shall award such a contract until he has been furnished with sufficient proof of compliance with the aforesaid stipulations. Failure to provide and continue in force such insurance as aforesaid shall be deemed a material breach of the contract and shall operate as an immediate termination thereof. No cancellation of such insurance,whether by the insurer or by the insured,shall be valid unless written notice thereof is given by the party proposing cancellation to the other party and to the officer or agent who awarded the contract at least fifteen days prior to the intended effective date thereof, which date shall be expressed in said notice. Notice of cancellation sent by the party proposing cancellation by registered mail, postage prepaid, with a return receipt of the addressee requested, shall be a sufficient notice..." Section 34B. Contracts for public works; wages for reserve police officer. "Every contract for the construction,alteration,maintenance,repair or demolition of,or addition to, any public works for the commonwealth or any political subdivision thereof shall contain stipulations requiring that the contractor shall pay to any reserve police officer employed by him in any city or town the prevailing rate of wage paid to regular police officers in such city or town." Whenever general bids are invited for a contract subject to Section 44A, the following provision applies: Section 44E. Filing of bids; forms; modular buildings. Second paragraph of subdivision (2), clause E. "The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work;that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to section 44A." For projects estimated to cost more than $25,000,the following provision applies to sub-bidders: Section 44F. Plans and specifications; sub-bids; form; contents. First paragraph of clause I of subdivision (2) of section 44F. "The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work;that all employees to be employed 12/12/2019 00830-B-2 at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to section 44F." Section 44G. Allowances; alternates; weather protection devices. "(A) "Allowance" as used herein means a sum of money covering one or more items of labor or labor and materials which is designated in bid documents and which general bidders are required to use in computing their bids. The use of such allowances shall be prohibited in the award of any contract subject to the provisions of section forty-four A.Whenever the designer is unable to supply specifications for any item prior to the solicitation of bids, such item shall not be included in any contract subject to the provisions of section forty-four A. The awarding authority shall solicit bids for every such item separately pursuant to the provisions of section forty-four A after specifications for that item are prepared. (B)Every alternate contained in the form for general bids shall be listed in a numerical sequence in order of priority. When the awarding authority decides to consider alternates in determining the lowest eligible and responsible bidder, the awarding authority shall consider the alternates in descending numerical sequence, such that no single alternate shall be considered unless every alternate preceding it on the list has been added to or subtracted from the base bid price. (C) The use of options other than alternates in bid documents or bid forms subject to section forty- four A shall be prohibited under all circumstances. (D)Every contract subject to section forty-four A shall include specifications for the installation of weather protection and shall require that the contractor shall install the same and that he shall furnish adequate heat in the area so protected during the months of November through March.Standards for such specifications shall be established by the commissioner or his designee." Section 44J. Invitations to bid; notice; contents; violations; penalty. "(1)No public agency or authority of the commonwealth or any political subdivision thereof shall award any contract for which competitive bids are required pursuant to section forty-four A of this chapter or section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty, or for which competitive proposals are required pursuant to subsection (4) of section forty-four E of this chapter or section eleven C of chapter twenty-five A,unless a notice inviting bids or proposals therefor shall have been posted no less than one week prior to the time specified in such notice for the receipt of said bids or proposals in a conspicuous place in or near the offices of the awarding authority, and shall have remained posted until the time so specified, and unless such notice shall also have been published at least once not less than two weeks prior to the time so specified in the central register published by the secretary of state pursuant to section twenty A of chapter nine and in a newspaper of general circulation in the locality of the proposed project, and on the COMMBUYS system administered by the operational services division. Said notice shall also be published at such other times and in such other newspapers or trade periodicals as the commissioner of capital asset management and maintenance may require, having regard to the locality of the work involved. 12/12/2019 00830-B-3 (2) Said notice shall specify the time and place where plans and specification of the proposed work may be had;the time and place of submission of general bids; and the time and place for opening of the general bids. For contracts subject to the provisions of section forty-four A to H, inclusive, of this chapter,said notice shall also specify the time and place for submission of filed sub-bids,where required pursuant to section forty-four F; and the time and place for opening of said filed sub-bids. Said notice shall also provide sufficient facts concerning the nature and scope of such project, the type and elements of construction,and such other information as will assist applicants in deciding to bid on such contract. (3) No contract or preliminary plans and specifications shall be split or divided for the purpose of evading the provisions of this section. (4) General bids and filed sub-bids for any contract subject to this section shall be in writing and shall be opened in public at the time and place specified in the posted or published notice, and after being so opened shall be open to public inspection. (5)The provisions of this section shall not apply to any transaction between the commonwealth and any public service corporation. (6)The provisions of this section may be waived in cases of extreme emergency involving the health and safety of the people and their property, upon the written approval of said commissioner. The written approval shall contain a description of the circumstances and the reasons for the commissioner's determination. (7) Whoever violates any provision of this section shall be punished by a fine of not more than ten thousand dollars or by imprisonment in the state prison for not more than three years or in a jail or house of correction for not more than two and one-half years,or by both said fine and imprisonment; and in the event of final conviction, said person shall be incapable of holding any office of honor, trust or profit under the commonwealth or under any county, district of municipal agency. Each and every person who shall cause or conspire to cause any contract or preliminary plans and specifications to be split or divided for the purpose of evading the provisions of this section shall forfeit and pay to the commonwealth, a political subdivision thereof or other awarding authority subject to this section,the sum of not more than five thousand dollars and, in addition, such person or persons shall pay, apportioned among them, double the amount of damages which the commonwealth or political subdivision thereof or other awarding authority may have sustained by reason of the doing of such act, together with the costs of the action. (8) If an awarding authority rejects all general bids or does not receive any general bids, and advertises for a second opening of general bids with the original filed sub-bids as set forth in subsection(1)of section forty-four E the notice for receipt of such general bids may be published in the central register and elsewhere as required not less than one week prior to the time specified for such second opening of general bids. 12/12/2019 00830-B-4 (9)No request for proposals or invitation for bids issued under sections 38A'/2 to 380,inclusive,of chapter 7, section 11 C of chapter 25A, section 39M of chapter 30,this section and sections 44A to 44H, inclusive, shall be advertised if the awarding authority's cost estimate is greater than 1 year old." Attention is directed to the following sections of Chapter 30 of the General Laws of Massachusetts as amended to date. Section 38A. Price adjustment clause in contracts for road,bridge,water and sewer projects awarded under Sec. 39M "Contracts for road and bridge projects awarded as a result of a proposal or invitation for bids under section 39M shall include a price adjustment clause for each of the following materials: fuel,both diesel and gasoline;asphalt;concrete;and steel.Contracts for water and sewerprojects awarded as a result of a proposal or invitation for bids under said section 39M shall include a price adjustment clause for fuel, both diesel and gasoline; liquid asphalt; and portland cement contained in cast-in- place concrete. A base price for each material shall be set by the awarding authority or agency and shall be included in the bid documents at the time the project is advertised. The awarding authority or agency shall also identify in the bid documents the price index to be used for each material. The price adjustment clause shall provide for a contract adjustment to be made on a monthly basis when the monthly cost change exceeds plus or minus 5 per cent." Section 39F. Construction contracts; assignment and subrogation; subcontractor defined; enforcement of claim for direct payment; deposit; reduction of disputed amounts. "(1)Every contract awarded pursuant to sections forty-four A to L inclusive,of chapter one hundred and forty-nine shall contain the following subparagraphs(a)through(i)and every contract awarded pursuant to section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty shall contain the following subparagraphs (a) through (h) and in each case those subparagraphs shall be binding between the general contractor and each subcontractor. (a) Forthwith after the general contractor receives payment on account of a periodic estimate,the general contractor shall pay to each subcontractor the amount paid for the labor performed and the materials furnished by that subcontractor,less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the subcontractor by the general contractor. (b) Not later than the sixty-fifth-day after each subcontractor substantially completes his work in accordance with the plans and specifications, the entire balance due under the subcontract less amounts retained by the awarding authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work, shall be due the subcontractor; and the awarding authority shall pay that amount to the general contractor. The general contractor shall forthwith pay to the subcontractor the full amount received from the awarding authority less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the subcontractor by the general contractor. 12/12/2019 00830-B-5 (c) Each payment made by the awarding authority to the general contractor pursuant to subparagraphs(a)and(b)of this paragraph for the labor performed and the materials furnished by a subcontractor shall be made to the general contractor for the account of that subcontractor; and the awarding authority shall take reasonable steps to compel the general contractor to make each such payment to each such subcontractor. If the awarding authority has received a demand for direct payment from a subcontractor for any amount which has already been included in a payment to the general contractor or which is to be included in a payment to the general contractor for payment to the subcontractor as provided in subparagraphs(a)and(b),the awarding authority shall act upon the demand as provided in this section. (d) If, within seventy days after the subcontractor has substantially completed the subcontract work, the subcontractor has not received from the general contractor the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor, less any amount retained by the awarding authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work,the subcontractor may demand direct payment of that balance from the awarding authority. The demand shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the awarding authority, and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified mail to the general contractor at the same time. The demand shall contain a detailed breakdown of the balance due under the subcontract and also a statement of the status of completion of the subcontract work. Any demand made after substantial completion of the subcontract work shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the seventieth day after the subcontractor has substantially completed the subcontract work. Within ten days after the subcontractor has delivered or so mailed the demand to the awarding authority and delivered or so mailed a copy to the general contractor,the general contractor may reply to the demand. The reply shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the awarding authority and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified mail to the subcontractor at the same time. The reply shall contain a detailed breakdown of the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor and of the amount due for each claim made by the general contractor against the subcontractor. (e) Within fifteen days after receipt of the demand by the awarding authority, but in no event prior to the seventieth day after substantial completion of the subcontract work, the awarding authority shall make direct payment to the subcontractor of the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor,less any amount(i)retained by the awarding authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete or unsatisfactory items of work, (ii) specified in any court proceedings barring such payment, or(iii) disputed by the general contractor in the sworn reply;provided,that the awarding authority shall not deduct from a direct payment any amount as provided in part(iii)if the reply is not sworn to,or for which the sworn reply does not contain the detailed breakdown required by subparagraph(d). The awarding authority shall make further direct payments to the subcontractor forthwith after the removal of the basis for deductions from direct payments made as provided in parts (i) and(ii) of this subparagraph. (f) The awarding authority shall forthwith deposit the amount deducted from a direct payment as provided in part (iii) of subparagraph (e) in an interest-bearing joint account in the names of the general contractor and the subcontractor in a bank in Massachusetts selected by the awarding 12/12/2019 00830-B-6 authority or agreed upon by the general contractor and the subcontractor and shall notify the general contractor and the subcontractor of the date of the deposit and the bank receiving the deposit. The bank shall pay the amount in the account, including accrued interest, as provided in an agreement between the general contractor and the subcontractor or as determined by decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. (g) All direct payments and all deductions from demands for direct payments deposited in an interest-bearing account or accounts in a bank pursuant to subparagraph (f) shall be made out of amounts payable to the general contractor at the time of receipt of a demand for direct payment from a subcontractor and out of amounts which later become payable to the general contractor and in the order of receipt of such demands from subcontractors. All direct payments shall discharge the obligation of the awarding authority to the general contractor to the extent of such payment. (h) The awarding authority shall deduct from payments to a general contractor amounts which, together with the deposits in interest-bearing accounts pursuant to subparagraph(f),are sufficient to satisfy all unpaid balances of demands for direct payment received from subcontractors. All such amounts shall be earmarked for such direct payments, and the subcontractors shall have a right in such deductions prior to any claims against such amounts by creditors of the general contractor. (i) If the subcontractor does not receive payment as provided in subparagraph (a) or if the general contractor does not submit a periodic estimate for the value of the labor or materials performed or furnished by the subcontractor and the subcontractor does not receive payment for same when due less the deductions provided for in subparagraph(a),the subcontractor may demand direct payment by following the procedure in subparagraph(d)and the general contractor may file a sworn reply as provided in that same subparagraph. A demand made after the first day of the month following that for which the subcontractor performed or furnished the labor and materials for which the subcontractor seeks payment shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the time payment was due on a periodic estimate from the general contractor. Thereafter the awarding authority shall proceed as provided in subparagraph(e), (f), (g), and(h). (2) Any assignment by a subcontractor of the rights under this section to a surety company furnishing a bond under the provisions of section twenty-nine of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall be invalid. The assignment and subrogation rights of the surety to amounts included in a demand for direct payment which are in the possession of the awarding authority or which are on deposit pursuant to subparagraph (f) of paragraph (1) shall be subordinate to the rights of all subcontractors who are entitled to be paid under this section and who have not been paid in full. (3) "Subcontractor" as used in this section (i) for contracts awarded as provided in sections forty-four A to forty-four H, inclusive, of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall mean a person who files a sub-bid and receives a subcontract as a result of that filed sub-bid or who is approved by the awarding authority in writing as a person performing labor or both performing labor and furnishing materials pursuant to a contract with the general contractor,(ii)for contracts awarded as provided in paragraph (a) of section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty shall mean a person approved by the awarding authority in writing as a person performing labor or both performing labor and furnishing materials pursuant to a contract with the general contractor, and (iii) for contracts with the commonwealth not awarded as provided in forty-four A to forty-four H, inclusive, of chapter one 12/12/2019 00830-B-7 hundred forty-nine shall also mean a person contracting with the general contractor to supply materials used or employed in a public works project for a price in excess of five thousand dollars. (4) A general contractor or a subcontractor shall enforce a claim to any portion of the amount of a demand for direct payment deposited as provided in subparagraph(f)of paragraph 1 by a petition in equity in the superior court against the other and the bank shall not be a necessary parry. A subcontractor shall enforce a claim for direct payment or a right to require a deposit as provided in subparagraph (f) of paragraph 1 by a petition in equity in the superior court against the awarding authority and the general contractor shall not be a necessary parry. Upon motion of any party the court shall advance for speedy trial any petition filed as provided in this paragraph. Sections fifty-nine and fifty-nine B of chapter two hundred thirty-one shall apply to such petitions. The court shall enter an interlocutory decree upon which execution shall issue for any part of a claim found due pursuant to sections fifty-nine and fifty-nine B and, upon motion of any party, shall advance for speedy trial the petition to collect the remainder of the claim. Any party aggrieved by such interlocutory decree shall have the right to appeal therefrom as from a final decree. The court shall not consolidate for trial the petition of any subcontractor with the petition of one or more subcontractors or the same general contract unless the court finds that a substantial portion of the evidence of the same events during the course of construction (other than the fact that the claims sought to be consolidated arise under the same general contract)is applicable to the petitions sought to be consolidated and that such consolidation will prevent unnecessary duplication of evidence. A decree in any such proceeding shall not include interest on the disputed amount deposited in excess of the interest earned for the period of any such deposit. No person except a subcontractor filing a demand for direct payment for which no funds due the general contractor are available for direct payment shall have a right to file a petition in court of equity against the awarding authority claiming a demand for direct payment is premature and such subcontractor must file the petition before the awarding authority has made a direct payment to the subcontractor and has made a deposit of the disputed portion as provided in part (iii) of subparagraph (e) and in subparagraph (f) of paragraph M. (5) In any petition to collect any claim for which a subcontractor has filed a demand for direct payment the court shall,upon motion of the general contractor,reduce by the amount of any deposit of a disputed amount by the awarding authority as provided in part(iii) of subparagraph(e) and in subparagraph(f) of paragraph(1) any amount held under a trustee writ or pursuant to a restraining order or injunction." Section 39G. Completion of public works; semi-final and final estimates; payments; extra work; disputed items. "Upon substantial completion of the work required by a contract with the commonwealth, or any agency or political subdivision thereof,for the construction,reconstruction,alteration,remodeling, repair or improvement of public ways, including bridges and other highway structures, sewers and water mains,airports and other public works,the contractor shall present in writing to the awarding authority its certification that the work has been substantially completed. Within twenty-one days thereafter,the awarding authority shall present to the contractor either a written declaration that the work has been substantially completed or an itemized list of incomplete or unsatisfactory work items required by the contract sufficient to demonstrate that the work has not been substantially completed. 12/12/2019 00830-B-8 The awarding authority may include with such list a notice setting forth a reasonable time, which shall not in any event be prior to the contract completion date, within which the contractor must achieve substantial completion of the work. In the event that the awarding authority fails to respond, by presentation of a written declaration or itemized list as aforesaid,to the contractor's certification within the twenty-one-day period, the contractor's certification shall take effect as the awarding authority's declaration that the work has been substantially completed. Within sixty-five days after the effective date of a declaration of substantial completion, the awarding authority shall prepare and forthwith send to the contractor for acceptance a substantial completion estimate for the quantity and price of the work done and all but one percent retainage,if held by the awarding authority, on that work, including the quantity, price and all but one percent retainage, if held by the awarding authority, for the undisputed part of each work item and extra work item in dispute but excluding the disputed part thereof,less the estimated cost of completing all incomplete and unsatisfactory work items and less the total periodic payments made to date for the work. The awarding authority also shall deduct from the substantial completion estimate an amount equal to the sum of all demands for direct payment filed by subcontractors and not yet paid to subcontractors or deposited in joint accounts pursuant to section thirty-nine F,but no contract subject to said section thirty-nine F shall contain any other provision authorizing the awarding authority to deduct any amount by virtue of claims asserted against the contract by subcontractors, material suppliers or others. If the awarding authority fails to prepare and send to the contractor any substantial completion estimate required by this section on or before the date herein above set forth,the awarding authority shall pay to the contractor interest on the amount which would have been due to the contractor pursuant to such substantial completion estimate at the rate of three percentage points above the rediscount rate then charged by the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston from such date to the date on which the awarding authority sends that substantial completion estimate to the contractor for acceptance or to the date of payment therefor,whichever occurs first. The awarding authority shall include the amount of such interest in the substantial completion estimate. Within fifteen days after the effective date of the declaration of substantial completion,the awarding authority shall send to the contractor by certified mail,return receipt requested,a complete list of all incomplete or unsatisfactory work items, and, unless delayed by causes beyond his control, the contractor shall complete all such work items within forty-five-days after the receipt of such list or before the then contract completion date,whichever is later. If the contractor fails to complete such work within such time,the awarding authority may, subsequent to seven days'written notice to the contractor by certified mail, return receipt requested, terminate the contract and complete the incomplete or unsatisfactory work items and charge the cost of same to the contractor. Within thirty days after receipt by the awarding authority of a notice from the contractor stating that all of the work required by the contract has been completed,the awarding authority shall prepare and forthwith send to the contractor for acceptance a final estimate for the quantity and price of the work done and all retainage, if held by the awarding authority, on that work less all payments made to date, unless the awarding authority's inspection shows that work items required by the contract remain incomplete or unsatisfactory, or that documentation required by the contract has not been completed. If the awarding authority fails to prepare and send to the contractor the final estimate 12/12/2019 00830-B-9 within thirty days after receipt of notice of completion, the awarding authority shall pay to the contractor interest on the amount which would have been due to the contractor pursuant to such final estimate at the rate hereinabove provided from the thirtieth day after such completion until the date on which the awarding authority sends the final estimate to the contractor for acceptance or the date of payment therefor,whichever occurs first,provided that the awarding authority's inspection shows that no work items required by the contract remain incomplete or unsatisfactory. Interest shall not be paid hereunder on amounts for which interest is required to be paid in connection with the substantial completion estimate as hereinabove provided. The awarding authority shall include the amount of the interest required to be paid hereunder in the final estimate. The awarding authority shall pay the amount due pursuant to any substantial completion or final estimate within thirty-five days after receipt of written acceptance for such estimate from the contractor and shall pay interest on the amount due pursuant to such estimate at the rate hereinabove provided from that thirty-fifth day to the date of payment.Within 15 days,30 days in the case of the commonwealth,after receipt from the contractor,at the place designated by the awarding authority, if such place is so designated, of a periodic estimate requesting payment of the amount due for the preceding periodic estimate period, the awarding authority shall make a periodic payment to the contractor for the work performed during the preceding periodic estimate period and for the materials not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at some location agreed upon in writing,to which the contractor has title or to which a subcontractor has title and has authorized the contractor to transfer title to the awarding authority,upon certification by the contractor that he is the lawful owner and that the materials are free from all encumbrances. The awarding authority shall include with each such payment interest on the amount due pursuant to such periodic estimate at the rate herein above provided from the due date. In the case of periodic payments,the contracting authority may deduct from its payment a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the contractor, a retention for direct payments to subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of section thirty-nine F, and a retention to secure satisfactory performance of the contractual work not exceeding five per cent of the approved amount of any periodic payment,and the same right to retention shall apply to bonded subcontractors entitled to direct payment under section thirty-nine F of chapter thirty;provided,that a five per cent value of all items that are planted in the ground shall be deducted from the periodic payments until final acceptance. No periodic, substantial completion or final estimate or acceptance or payment thereof shall bar a contractor from reserving all rights to dispute the quantity and amount of, or the failure of the awarding authority to approve a quantity and amount of, all or part of any work item or extra work item. Substantial completion,for the purposes of this section, shall mean either that the work required by the contract has been completed except for work having a contract price of less than one percent of the then adjusted total contract price,or substantially all of the work has been completed and opened to public use except for minor incomplete or unsatisfactory work items that do not materially impair the usefulness of the work required by the contract." Section 39I. Deviations from plans and specifications. 12/12/2019 00830-13-10 "Every contractor having a contract for the construction, alteration, maintenance, repair or demolition of, or addition to, any public building or public works for the commonwealth, or of any political subdivision thereof,shall perform all the work required by such contract in conformity with the plans and specifications contained therein. No wilful and substantial deviation from said plans and specifications shall be made unless authorized in writing by the awarding authority or by the engineer or architect in charge of the work who is duly authorized by the awarding authority to approve such deviations. In order to avoid delays in the prosecution of the work required by such contract such deviation from the plans or specifications may be authorized by a written order of the awarding authority or such engineer or architect so authorized to approve such deviation. Within thirty days thereafter,such written order shall be confirmed by a certificate of the awarding authority stating: (1) if such deviation involves any substitution or elimination of materials, fixtures or equipment,the reasons why such materials,fixtures or equipment were included in the first instance and the reasons for substitution or elimination, and, if the deviation is of any other nature, the reasons for such deviation, giving justification therefor; (2) that the specified deviation does not materially injure the project as a whole;(3)that either the work substituted for the work specified is of the same cost and quality, or that an equitable adjustment has been agreed upon between the contracting agency and the contractor and the amount in dollars of said adjustment; and(4)that the deviation is in the best interest of the contracting authority. Such certificate shall be signed under the penalties of perjury and shall be a permanent part of the file record of the work contracted for. Whoever violates any provision of this section wilfully and with intent to defraud shall be punished by a fine of not more than five thousand dollars or by imprisonment for not more than six months,or both." Section 39J. Public construction contracts; effect of decisions of contracting body or administrative board. "Notwithstanding any contrary provision of any contract for the construction, reconstruction, alteration, remodeling, repair or demolition of any public building or public works by the commonwealth,or by any county,city,town,district,board,commission or other public body,when the amount of the contract is more than five thousand dollars in the case of the commonwealth and more than two thousand dollars in the case of any county,city,town,district,board,commission or other public body, a decision, by the contracting body or by any administrative board, official or agency, or by any architect or engineer, on a dispute, whether of fact or of law, arising under said contract shall not be final or conclusive if such decision is made in bad faith, fraudulently, capriciously, or arbitrarily is unsupported by substantial evidence, or is based upon error of law." Section 39K. Public building construction contracts; payments. "Every contract for the construction,reconstruction, alteration,remodeling,repair or demolition of any public building by the commonwealth,or by any county,city,town,district,board,commission or other public body, when the amount is more than five thousand dollars in the case of the commonwealth and more than two thousand dollars in the case of any county, city, town, district, board,commission or other public body,shall contain the following paragraph: Within fifteen days 12/12/2019 00830-B-11 (30 days in the case of the commonwealth,including local housing authorities)after receipt from the contractor, at the place designated by the awarding authority if such a place is so designated, of a periodic estimate requesting payment of the amount due for the preceding month, the awarding authority will make a periodic payment to the contractor for the work performed during the preceding month and for the materials not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at the site(or at some location agreed upon in writing)to which the contractor has title or to which a subcontractor has title and has authorized the contractor to transfer title to the awarding authority, upon certification by the contractor that he is the lawful owner and that the materials are free from all encumbrances,but less(1)a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the contractor and less (2) a retention for direct payments to subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of section thirty-nine F, and less (3) a retention not exceeding five percent of the approved amount of the periodic payment. After the receipt of a periodic estimate requesting final payment and within sixty-five-days after(a)the contractor fully completes the work or substantially completes the work so that the value of the work remaining to be done is,in the estimate of the awarding authority,less than one percent of the original contract price, or(b)the contractor substantially completes the work and the awarding authority takes possession for occupancy, whichever occurs first, the awarding authority shall pay the contractor the entire balance due on the contract less (1) a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the contractor and of the cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work and less (2) a retention for direct payments to subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of section thirty-nine F, or based on the record of payments by the contractor to the subcontractors under this contract if such record of payment indicates that the contractor has not paid subcontractors as provided in section thirty-nine F. If the awarding authority fails to make payment as herein provided,there shall be added to each such payment daily interest at the rate of three percentage points above the rediscount rate then charged by the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston commencing on the first day after said payment is due and continuing until the payment is delivered or mailed to the contractor;provided,that no interest shall be due,in any event, on the amount due on a periodic estimate for final payment until fifteen days (twenty-four days in the case of the commonwealth) after receipt of such a periodic estimate from the contractor, at the place designated by the awarding authority if such a place is so designated. The contractor agrees to pay to each subcontractor a portion of any such interest paid in accordance with the amount due each subcontractor. The awarding authority may make changes in any periodic estimate submitted by the contractor and the payment due on said periodic estimate shall be computed in accordance with the changes so made,but such changes or any requirement for a corrected periodic estimate shall not affect the due date for the periodic payment or the date for the commencement of interest charges on the amount of the periodic payment computed in accordance with the changes made,as provided herein;provided, that the awarding authority may, within seven days after receipt, return to the contractor for correction, any periodic estimate which is not in the required form or which contains computations not arithmetically correct and,in that event,the date of receipt of such periodic estimate shall be the date of receipt of the corrected periodic estimate in proper form and with arithmetically correct computations. The date of receipt of a periodic estimate received on a Saturday shall be the first working day thereafter. The provisions of section thirty-nine G shall not apply to any contract for the construction,reconstruction,alteration,remodeling,repair or demolition of any public building to which this section applies. 12/12/2019 00830-B-12 All periodic estimates shall be submitted to the awarding authority, or to its designee as set forth in writing to the contractor, and the date of receipt by the awarding authority or its designee shall be marked on the estimate. All periodic estimates shall contain a separate item for each filed subtrade and each sub-subtrade listed in sub-bid form as required by specifications and a column listing the amount paid to each subcontractor and sub-subcontractor as of the date the periodic estimate is filed. The person making payment for the awarding authority shall add the daily interest provided for herein to each payment for each day beyond the due date based on the date of receipt marked on the estimate. A certificate of the architect to the effect that the contractor has fully or substantially completed the work shall, subject to the provisions of section thirty-nine J,be conclusive for the purposes of this section. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, at any time after the value of the work remaining to be done is, in the estimation of the awarding authority, less than 1 per cent of the adjusted contract price, or the awarding authority has determined that the contractor has substantially completed the work and the awarding authority has taken possession for occupancy, the awarding authority may send to the general contractor by certified mail,return receipt requested,a complete and final list of all incomplete and unsatisfactory work items, including, for each item on the list, a good faith estimate of the fair and reasonable cost of completing such item. The general contractor shall then complete all such work items within 30 days of receipt of such list or before the contract completion date,whichever is later. If the general contractor fails to complete all incomplete and unsatisfactory work items within 45 days after receipt of such items furnished by the awarding authority or before the contract completion date,whichever is later,subsequent to an additional 14 days'written notice to the general contractor by certified mail, return receipt requested, the awarding authority may terminate the contract and complete the incomplete and unsatisfactory work items and charge the cost of same to the general contractor and such termination shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies the awarding authority may have under the contract. The awarding authority shall note any such termination in the evaluation form to be filed by the awarding authority pursuant to the provisions of section 44D of chapter 149." Section 39L. Public construction work by foreign corporations; restrictions and reports. "The commonwealth and every county,city,town,district,board,commission or other public body which, as the awarding authority, request proposals, bids or sub-bids for any work in the construction,reconstruction, alteration,remodeling,repair or demolition of any public building or other public works (1) shall not enter into a contract for the work with, and shall not approve as a subcontractor furnishing labor and materials for a part of the work, a foreign corporation which has not filed with such awarding authority a certificate of the state secretary stating that the corporation has complied with requirements of section 15.03 of subdivision A of Part 15 of chapter 156D and the date of compliance,and further has filed all annual reports required by section 16.22 of subdivision B of Part 16 of said chapter 1561),and(2)shall report to the state secretary and to the department of corporations and taxation any foreign corporation performing work under such contract or subcontract, and any person, other than a corporation, performing work under such contract or subcontract, and residing or having a principal place of business outside the commonwealth." 12/12/2019 00830-13-13 Section 39M. Contracts for construction and materials; manner of awarding. "(b) Specifications for such contracts, and specifications for contracts awarded pursuant to the provisions of said sections forty-four A to forty-four L of said chapter one hundred and forty-nine, shall be written to provide for full competition for each item of material to be furnished under the contract;except,however,that said specifications may be otherwise written for sound reasons in the public interest stated in writing in the public records of the awarding authority or promptly given in writing by the awarding authority to anyone making a written request therefor, in either instance such writing to be prepared after reasonable investigation. Every such contract shall provide that an item equal to that named or described in the said specifications may be furnished; and an item shall be considered equal to the item so named or described if, in the opinion of the awarding authority: (1) it is at least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength and design, (2) it will perform at least equally the function imposed by the general design for the public work being contracted for or the material being purchased,and(3)it conforms substantially,even with deviations,to the detailed requirements for the item in the said specifications.For each item of material the specifications shall provide for either a minimum of three named brands of material or a description of material which can be met by a minimum of three manufacturers or producers, and for the equal of any one of said named or described materials." Forprojects estimated to cost more than$10,000,the followingprovision,section 39Msubsection c, applies: "(c) The term "lowest responsible and eligible bidder" shall mean the bidder: (1) whose bid is the lowest of those bidders possessing the skill, ability and integrity necessary for the faithful performance of the work; (2) who shall certify, that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed in the work; (3) who shall certify that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; (4) who, where the provisions of section 8B of chapter 29 apply, shall have been determined to be qualified thereunder; and (5) who obtains within 10 days of the notification of contract award the security by bond required under section 29 of chapter 149; provided that for the purposes of this section the term "security by bond" shall mean the bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority; provided further, that if there is more than 1 surety company, the surety companies shall be jointly and severally liable." Section 39N. Construction contracts; equitable adjustment in contract price for differing subsurface or latent physical conditions. "Every contract subject to section forty-four A of chapter one hundred and forty-nine or subject to section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty shall contain the following paragraph in its entirety and an awarding authority may adopt reasonable rules or regulations in conformity with that paragraph concerning the filing, investigation and settlement of such claims: 12/12/2019 00830-B-14 If,during the progress of the work,the contractor or the awarding authority discovers that the actual subsurface or latent physical conditions encountered at the site differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the contract documents either the contractor or the contracting authority may request an equitable adjustment in the contract price of the contract applying to work affected by the differing site conditions. A request for such an adjustment shall be in writing and shall be delivered by the party making such claim to the other party as soon as possible after such conditions are discovered. Upon receipt of such a claim from a contractor, or upon its own initiative, the contracting authority shall make an investigation of such physical conditions,and,if they differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the contract documents or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the plans and contract documents and are of such a nature as to cause an increase or decrease in the cost of performance of the work or a change in the construction methods required for the performance of the work which results in an increase or decrease in the cost of the work,the contracting authority shall make an equitable adjustment in the contract price and the contract shall be modified in writing accordingly." Section 390. Contracts for construction and materials; suspension,delay or interruption due to order of awarding authority; adjustment in contract price; written claim. "Every contract subject to the provisions of section thirty-nine M of this chapter or subject to section forty-four A of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall contain the following provisions(a)and(b)in their entirety and, in the event a suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act of the awarding authority increases the cost of performance to any subcontractor, that subcontractor shall have the same rights against the general contractor for payment for an increase in the cost of his performance as provisions (a) and(b) give the general contractor against the awarding authority,but nothing in provisions (a) and (b) shall in any way change, modify or alter any other rights which the general contractor or the subcontractor may have against each other. (a) The awarding authority may order the general contractor in writing to suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the work for such period of time as it may determine to be appropriate for the convenience of the awarding authority;provided however,that if there is a suspension,delay or interruption for fifteen days or more or due to a failure of the awarding authority to act within the time specified in this contract,the awarding authority shall make an adjustment in the contract price for any increase in the cost of performance of this contract but shall not include any profit to the general contractor on such increase;and provided further,that the awarding authority shall not make any adjustment in the contract price under this provision for any suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act to the extent that such is due to any cause for which this contract provides for an equitable adjustment of the contract price under any other contract provisions. (b) The general contractor must submit the amount of a claim under provision(a)to the awarding authority in writing as soon as practicable after the end of the suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act and, in any event, not later than the date of final payment under this contract and, except for costs due to a suspension order,the awarding authority shall not approve any costs in the claim incurred more than twenty days before the general contractor notified the awarding authority in writing of the act or failure to act involved in the claim." 12/12/2019 00830-B-15 Section 39P. Contracts for construction and materials; awarding authority's decisions on interpretation of specifications, etc.; time limit; notice. "Every contract subj ect to section thirty-nine M of this chapter or section forty-four A of chapter one hundred forty-nine which requires the awarding authority, any official, its architect or engineer to make a decision on interpretation of the specifications,approval of equipment,material or any other approval,or progress of the work,shall require that the decision be made promptly and,in any event, no later than thirty days after the written submission for decision; but if such decision requires extended investigation and study, the awarding authority, the official, architect or engineer shall, within thirty days after the receipt of the submission, give the party making the submission written notice of the reasons why the decision cannot be made within the thirty day period and the date by which the decision will be made." Section 39Q. Contracts for capital facility construction; contents; annual claims report. "(1) Every contract awarded by any state agency as defined by section thirty-nine A of chapter seven for the construction,reconstruction,alteration,remodeling,repair or demolition of any capital facility as defined by the aforesaid section thirty-nine A shall contain the following subparagraphs (a)through (d) in their entirety: (a) Disputes regarding changes in and interpretations of the terms or scope of the contract and denials of or failures to act upon claims for payment for extra work or materials shall be resolved according to the following procedures, which shall constitute the exclusive method for resolving such disputes. Written notice of the matter in dispute shall be submitted promptly by the claimant to the chief executive official of the state agency which awarded the contract or his designee. No person or business entity having a contract with a state agency shall delay, suspend, or curtail performance under that contract as a result of any dispute subject to this section. Any disputed order, decision or action by the agency or its authorized representative shall be fully performed or complied with pending resolution of the dispute. (b)Within thirty days of submission of the dispute to the chief executive official of the state agency or his designee, he shall issue a written decision stating the reasons therefor, and shall notify the parties of their right of appeal under this section. If the official or his designee is unable to issue a decision within thirty days,he shall notify the parties to the dispute in writing of the reasons why a decision cannot be issued within thirty days and of the date by which the decision shall issue. Failure to issue a decision within the thirty-day period or within the additional time period specified in such written notice shall be deemed to constitute a denial of the claim and shall authorize resort to the appeal procedure described below. The decision of the chief executive official or his designee shall be final and conclusive unless an appeal is taken as provided below. (c) Within twenty-one calendar days of the receipt of a written decision or of the failure to issue a decision as stated in the preceding subparagraph, any aggrieved party may file a notice of claim for an adjudicatory hearing with the division of hearing officers or the aggrieved party may file an action directly in a court of competent jurisdiction and shall serve copies thereof upon all other parties in the form and manner prescribed by the rules governing the conduct of adjudicatory proceedings of the division of hearing officers. In the event an aggrieved party exercises his option 12/12/2019 00830-13-16 to file an action directly in court as provided in the previous sentence, the twenty-one day period shall not apply to such filing and the period of filing such action shall be the same period otherwise applicable for filing a civil action in superior court. The appeal shall be referred to a hearing officer experienced in construction law and shall be prosecuted in accordance with the formal rules of procedure for the conduct of adjudicatory hearings of the division of hearing officers, except as provided below. The hearing officer shall issue a final decision as expeditiously as possible,but in no event more than one hundred and twenty calendar days after conclusion of the adjudicatory hearing, unless the decision is delayed by a request for extension of time for filing post-hearing briefs or other submissions assented to by all parties. Whenever,because an extension of time has been granted,the hearing officer is unable to issue a decision within one hundred and twenty days, he shall notify all parties of the reasons for the delay and the date when the decision will issue. Failure to issue a decision within the one hundred and twenty-day period or within the additional period specified in such written notice shall give the petitioner the right to pursue any legal remedies available to him without further delay. (d) When the amount in dispute is less than ten thousand dollars, a contractor who is parry to the dispute may elect to submit the appeal to a hearing officer experienced in construction law for expedited hearing in accordance with the informal rules of practice and procedure of the division of hearing officers. An expedited hearing under this subparagraph shall be available at the sole option of the contractor. The hearing officer shall issue a decision no later than sixty days following the conclusion of any hearing conducted pursuant to this subparagraph. The hearing officer's decision shall be final and conclusive, and shall not be set aside except in cases of fraud. (2) The commissioner of administration shall require the division of hearings officers to prepare annually a report concerning the construction contract claims submitted to the division during the preceding twelve months, in such form as the commissioner shall prescribe. The report shall contain,at a minimum,the following information:the number of claims submitted;the names of all parties to each such claim;a brief description of the claim:the date of submission and of disposition of the claim; its disposition,whether by settlement,withdrawal,default or written decision;and the number of claims currently pending. The original of the report shall be submitted to the commissioner of administration by January fifteenth,and a copy shall be filed with the state librarian and shall be a public document." Section 39R. Keeping and maintaining of books, records and accounts; statement of management on internal accounting control; financial statements; enforcement. "(a) The words defined herein shall have the meaning stated below whenever they appear in this section: (1) "Contractor" means any person, corporation, partnership,joint venture, sole proprietorship, or other entity awarded a contract pursuant to sections thirty-eight A 1/2 to thirty-eight O,inclusive,of chapter seven and any contract awarded or executed pursuant to section eleven C of chapter twenty- five A, section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty,or sections forty-four A to forty-four H,inclusive,of chapter one hundred and forty-nine, which is for an amount or estimated amount greater than one hundred thousand dollars. 12/12/2019 00830-B-17 (2) "Contract" means any contract awarded or executed pursuant to sections thirty-eight A 1/2 to thirty-eight O,inclusive,of chapter seven and any contract awarded or executed pursuant to section eleven C of chapter twenty-five A, section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty, or sections forty-four A through forty-four H, inclusive, of chapter one hundred and forty-nine, which is for amount or estimated amount greater than one hundred thousand dollars. (3) "Records" means books of original entry, accounts, checks, bank statements and all other banking documents,correspondence,memoranda,invoices,computer printouts,tapes,discs,papers and other documents or transcribed information of any type, whether expressed in ordinary or machine language. (4) "Independent Certified Public Accountant"means a person duly registered in good standing and entitled to practice as a certified public accountant under the laws of the place of his residence or principal office and who is in fact independent. In determining whether an accountant is independent with respect to a particular person, appropriate consideration should be given to all relationships between the accountant and that person or any affiliate thereof. Determination of an accountant's independence shall not be confined to the relationships existing in connection with the filing of reports with the awarding authority. (5) "Audit," when used in regard to financial statements, means an examination of records by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards for the purpose of expressing a certified opinion thereon, or, in the alternative, a qualified opinion or a declination to express an opinion for stated reasons. (6) "Accountant's Report,"when used in regard to financial statements,means a document in which an independent certified public accountant indicates the scope of the audit which he has made and sets forth his opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole with a listing of noted exceptions and qualifications, or an assertion to the effect that an overall opinion cannot be expressed. When an overall opinion cannot be expressed the reason therefor shall be stated. An accountant's report shall include as a part thereof a signed statement by the responsible corporate officer attesting that management has fully disclosed all material facts to the independent certified public accountant, and that the audited financial statement is a true and complete statement of the financial condition of the contractor. (7) "Management," when used herein, means the chief executive officers, partners, principals or other person or persons primarily responsible for the financial and operational policies and practices of the contractor. (8) Accounting terms, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have a meaning in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards. (b) Subsection (a)(2) hereof notwithstanding, every agreement or contract awarded or executed pursuant to sections thirty-eight A 1/2 to thirty-eight O, inclusive, of chapter seven, or eleven C of chapter twenty-five A,and pursuant to section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty or to section forty-four A through H, inclusive, of chapter one hundred and forty-nine, shall provide that: 12/12/2019 00830-13-18 (1) The contractor shall make, and keep for at least six years after final payment, books, records, and accounts which in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the contractor, and (2) until the expiration of six years after final payment, the office of inspector general, and the commissioner of capital asset management and maintenance shall have the right to examine any books,documents,papers or records of the contractor or of his subcontractors that directly pertain to, and involve transactions relating to, the contractor or his subcontractors, and (3) if the agreement is a contract as defined herein, the contractor shall describe any change in the method of maintaining records or recording transactions which materially affect any statements filed with the awarding authority,including in his description the date of the change and reasons therefor, and shall accompany said description with a letter from the contractor's independent certified public accountant approving or otherwise commenting on the changes, and (4) if the agreement is a contract as defined herein, the contractor has filed a statement of management on internal accounting controls as set forth in paragraph (c) below prior to the execution of the contract, and (5) if the agreement is a contract as defined herein,the contractor has filed prior to the execution of the contracts and will continue to file annually, an audited financial statement for the most recent completed fiscal year as set forth in paragraph (d)below. (c) Every contractor awarded a contract shall file with the awarding authority a statement of management as to whether the system of internal accounting controls of the contractor and subsidiaries reasonably assures that: (1) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general and specific authorization; (2) transactions are recorded as necessary: i. to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, and ii. to maintain accountability for assets; (3) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (4) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action was taken with respect to any difference. Every contractor awarded a contract shall also file with the awarding authority a statement prepared and signed by an independent certified public accountant,stating that he has examined the statement of management on internal accounting controls, and expressing an opinion as to: 12/12/2019 00830-B-19 (1) whether the representations of management in response to this paragraph, and paragraph(b) above are consistent with the result of management's evaluation of the system of internal accounting controls; and (2) whether such representations of management are, in addition, reasonable with respect to transactions and assets in amounts which would be material when measured in relation to the applicant's financial statements. (d) Every contractor awarded a contract by the commonwealth or by any political subdivision thereof shall annually file with the commissioner of capital asset management and maintenance during the term of the contract a financial statement prepared by an independent certified public accountant on the basis of an audit by such accountant. The final statement filed shall include the date of final payment. All statements shall be accompanied by an accountant's report. Such statements shall be made available to the awarding authority upon request. (e) The office of inspector general,the commissioner for capital asset management and maintenance and any other awarding authority shall enforce the provisions of this section. The commissioner of capital asset management and maintenance may after providing an opportunity for the inspector general and other interested parties to comment, promulgate pursuant to the provisions of chapter thirty A such rules, regulations and guidelines as are necessary to effectuate the purposes of this section. Such rules, regulations and guidelines may be applicable to all awarding authorities. A contractor's failure to satisfy any of the requirements of this section may be grounds for debarment pursuant to section forty-four C of chapter one hundred and forty-nine. (f) Records and statements required to be made, kept or filed under the provisions of this section shall not be public records as defined in section seven of chapter four and shall not be open to public inspection;provided,however,that such records and statements shall be made available pursuant to the provisions of clause (2) of paragraph (b)." Section 395. Contracts for construction; requirements. "(a) As used in this section the word "person" shall mean any natural person,joint venture, partnership corporation or other business or legal entity. Any person submitting a bid for, or signing a contract to work on, the construction, reconstruction, alteration, remodeling or repair of any public work by the commonwealth, or political subdivision thereof, or by any county, city, town, district, or housing authority, and estimated by the awarding authority to cost more than $10,000, and any person submitting a bid for, or signing a contract to work on, the construction, reconstruction, installation, demolition, maintenance or repair of any building by a public agency, estimated to cost more than $10,000, shall certify on the bid, or contract, under penalties of perjury, as follows: (1) That he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed in the work; (2) that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful 12/12/2019 00830-13-20 completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and(3)that all employees to be employed in the work subject to this bid have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration. (b)Any employee found on a worksite subject to this section without documentation of successful completion of a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration shall be subject to immediate removal. (c)The attorney general, or his designee, shall have the power to enforce this section including the power to institute and prosecute proceedings in the superior court to restrain the award of contracts and the performance of contracts in all cases where, after investigation of the facts, he has made a finding that the award or performance has resulted in violation,directly or indirectly, of subsection (b), and he shall not be required to pay to the clerk of the court an entry fee in connection with the institution of the proceeding." Section 40. Discharge or release of bonds. "Bonds given to the commonwealth, any county, city, town or political subdivision to secure the performance of contracts for the construction or repair of public buildings or other public works may be discharged or released by the awarding authority,upon such terms as it deems expedient,after the expiration of one year from the time of completion, subject to section thirty-nine K, of the work contracted to be done;provided that no claim filed under said bond is pending,and provided further, that no such bonds shall be discharged or released prior to the expiration of all special guarantees provided for in the contract unless new bonds in substitution therefor specifically relating to the unexpired guarantees shall be taken." Attention is directed to the following sections of Chapter 82 (the Laying Out, Alteration, Relocation and Discontinuance of Public Ways,and Specific Repairs Thereon)of the General Laws of Massachusetts as amended to date. Section 40. Definitions. "The following words, as used in this section and sections 40A to 40E, inclusive, shall have the following meanings: "Company", natural gas pipeline company, petroleum or petroleum products pipeline company, public utility company,cable television company,and municipal utility company or department that supply gas, electricity, telephone, communication or cable television services or private water companies within the city or town where such excavation is to be made. "Description of excavation location", such description shall include the name of the city or town, street,way,or route number where appropriate,the name of the streets at the nearest intersection to the excavation, the number of the buildings closest to the excavation or any other description, including landmarks, utility pole numbers or other information which will accurately define the location of the excavation. 12/12/2019 00830-B-21 "Emergency",a condition in which the safety of the public is in imminent danger,such as a threat to life or health or where immediate correction is required to maintain or restore essential public utility service. "Excavation",an operation for the purpose of movement or removal of earth,rock or the materials in the ground including, but not limited to, digging, blasting, augering, backfilling, test boring, drilling, pile driving, grading, plowing in, hammering, pulling in,jacking in, trenching, tunneling and demolition of structures, excluding excavation by tools manipulated only by human power for gardening purposes and use of blasting for quarrying purposes. "Excavator", any entity including, but not limited to, a person, partnership, joint venture, trust, corporation,association,public utility,company or state or local government body which performs excavation operations. "Premark", to delineate the general scope of the excavation or boring on the paved surface of the ground using white paint, or stakes or other suitable white markings on nonpaved surfaces. No premarking shall be acceptable if such marks can reasonably interfere with traffic or pedestrian control or are misleading to the general public. Premarking shall not be required of any continuous excavation that is over 500 feet in length. "Safety zone",a zone designated on the surface by the use of standard color-coded markings which contains the width of the facilities plus not more than 18 inches on each side. "Standard color-coded markings",red-electric power lines,cables,conduit or light cables;yellow -gas, oil, street petroleum, or other gaseous materials; orange-communications cables or conduit, alarm or signal lines;blue-water,irrigation and slurry lines; green- sewer and drain lines;white- premark of proposed excavation. "System", the underground plant damage prevention system as defined in section 76D of chapter 164." Section 40A. Excavations; notice. "No excavator installing a new facility or an addition to an existing facility or the relay or repair of an existing facility shall,except in an emergency,make an excavation,in any public or private way, any company right-of-way or easement or any public or privately owned land or way,unless at least 72 hours, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays but not more than 30 days before the proposed excavation is to be made, such excavator has premarked not more than 500 feet of the proposed excavation and given an initial notice to the system. Such initial notice shall set forth a description of the excavation location in the manner as herein defined.In addition,such initial notice shall indicate whether any such excavation will involve blasting and,if so,the date and the location at which such blasting is to occur. The notice requirements shall be waived in an emergency as defined herein;provided,however,that before such excavation begins or during a life-threatening emergency,notification shall be given to the system and the initial point of boring or excavation shall be premarked. The excavator shall 12/12/2019 00830-B-22 ensure that the underground facilities of the utilities in the area of such excavation shall not be damaged or jeopardized. In no event shall any excavation by blasting take place unless notice thereof, either in the initial notice or a subsequent notice accurately specifying the date and location of such blasting shall have been given and received at least 72 hours in advance, except in the case of an unanticipated obstruction requiring blasting when such notice shall be not less than four hours prior to such blasting.If any such notice cannot be given as aforesaid because of an emergency requiring blasting, it shall be given as soon as may be practicable but before any explosives are discharged." Section 40B. Designation of location of underground facilities. "Within 72 hours, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, from the time the initial notice is received by the system or at such time as the company and the excavator agree, such company shall respond to the initial notice or subsequent notice by designating the location of the underground facilities within 15 feet in any direction of the premarking so that the existing facilities are to be found within a safety zone. Such safety zone shall be so designated by the use of standard color-coded markings. The providing of such designation by the company shall constitute prima facie evidence of an exercise of reasonable precaution by the company as required by this section; provided,however,that in the event that the excavator has given notice as aforesaid at a location at which because of the length of excavation the company cannot reasonably designate the entire location of its facilities within such 72 hour period, then such excavator shall identify for the company that portion of the excavation which is to be first made and the company shall designate the location of its facilities in such portion within 72 hours and shall designate the location of its facilities in the remaining portion of the location within a reasonable time thereafter. When an emergency notification has been given to the system, the company shall make every attempt to designate its facilities as promptly as possible." Section 40C. Excavator's responsibility to maintain designation markings;damage caused by excavator. "After a company has designated the location of its facilities at the location in accordance with section 4013, the excavator shall be responsible for maintaining the designation markings at such locations, unless such excavator requests remarking at the location due to the obliteration, destruction or other removal of such markings.The company shall then remark such location within 24 hours following receipt of such request. When excavating in close proximity to the underground facilities of any company when such facilities are to be exposed,non-mechanical means shall be employed,as necessary,to avoid damage in locating such facility and any further excavation shall be performed employing reasonable precautions to avoid damage to any underground facilities including, but not limited to, any substantial weakening of structural or lateral support of such facilities,penetration or destruction of any pipe,main,wire or conduit or the protective coating thereof,or damage to any pipe,main,wire or conduit. 12/12/2019 00830-B-23 If any damage to such pipe,main,wire or conduit or its protective coating occurs,the company shall be notified immediately by the excavator responsible for causing such damage. The making of an excavation without providing the notice required by section 40A with respect to any proposed excavation which results in any damage to a pipe, main, wire or conduit, or its protective coating,shall be prima facie evidence in any legal or administrative proceeding that such damage was caused by the negligence of such person." Section 40D. Local laws requiring excavation permits; public ways. "Nothing in this section shall affect or impair local ordinances or by-laws requiring a permit to be obtained before excavation in a public way or on private property;but notwithstanding any general or special law, ordinance or by-law to the contrary, to the extent that any permit issued under the provisions of the state building code or state fire code requires excavation by an excavator on a public way or on private property, the permit shall not be valid unless the excavator notifies the system as required pursuant to sections 40 and 40A, before the commencement of the excavation, and has complied with the permitting requirements of chapter 82A." Section 40E. Violations of Secs. 40A to 40E; punishment. "Any person or company found by the department of telecommunications and energy, after a hearing, to have violated any provision of sections 40A to 40E, inclusive, shall be fined$1000 for the first offense and not less than$5,000 nor more than$10,000 for any subsequent offense within 12 consecutive months as set forth by the rules of said department;provided,however,that nothing herein shall be construed to require forfeiture of any penal sum by a state or local government body for violation of section 40A or 40C; and provided, further,that nothing herein shall be construed to require the forfeiture of any penal sum by a residential property owner for the failure to premark for an excavation on such person's residential property." Attention is directed to the following sections of Chapter 30 (An Act Mobilizing Economic Recovery in the Commonwealth) of the Acts of 2009. Section 33. "(a) Notwithstanding any general or special law to the contrary, the following requirements shall apply to any public works project funded by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 where the amount of construction costs under any contract awarded is likely to exceed$1,000,000. For the purposes of this section, "public works" shall mean building or work the construction of which is carried on by authority of the commonwealth,or by a county,town,authority or district,or with funds of a federal agency or the commonwealth or a county, city,town, authority or district to serve the interest of the general public,regardless of whether title thereof is in the commonwealth or in a county, city, town, authority or district; provided, however, that for the purposes of this definition, "construction" shall have the meaning provided in section 27D of chapter 149 of the General Laws. 12/12/2019 00830-B-24 (b)For any public works project subject to subsection(a),the specifications set forth in any request for responses shall include a requirement that,on a per project basis,not less than 20 per cent of the total hours of employees receiving an hourly wage who are directly employed on the site of the project, employed by the contractor or a subcontractor and subject to the prevailing wage, shall be performed by apprentices in bona fide apprentice training programs as provided in sections 11 H and 11 I of chapter 23 of the General Laws which are approved by the division of apprentice training in the executive office of labor and workforce development. (c) During the performance of a public works project subject to subsections (a) and (b), the contractor shall submit periodic reports to the awarding authority with records indicating the total hours worked by all journeymen and apprentices in positions subject to the apprentice requirement. In any instance in which the apprentice hours do not constitute 5 per cent of the total hours of employees subject to the apprentice requirement,the contractor shall submit a plan to the awarding authority describing how the contractor shall comply with the apprentice requirement. (d) The attorney general shall have all the necessary powers to require compliance with the requirements of subsections(a),(b)and(c)therewith,including the power to institute and prosecute proceedings in the superior court to restrain the award of contracts and the performance of contracts. Prior to award of the contract,an awarding authority may petition the attorney general for approval to adjust the requirements set forth in said subsections (a), (b) and (c). The attorney general may adjust these requirements only if he determines that compliance with these requirements is not feasible or if application of the requirements would be preempted by federal law. (e) An awarding authority serving a low-income population may require additional specifications that address the needs of its clients including,but not limited to,preferential hiring for residents of public housing authorities for available apprenticeship positions. (f) Subject to appropriation,the division of apprentice training shall enhance its outreach efforts to underserved populations in order to increase and diversify the number of apprentices in the commonwealth." Section 39. "Any entity located in the commonwealth that receives federal funds through the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 shall provide information as directed by the secretary of administration and finance regarding the use of the funds. The required information shall include, but not be limited to, the reporting information required by the federal government and any other information deemed necessary by the secretary to administer the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 responsibly, efficiently and transparently. To the extent possible, the secretary shall work to streamline the reporting of this information, minimize duplication of data entry by recipients and ensure data consistency. The secretary may issue regulations to effectuate this reporting requirement." Section 40. 12/12/2019 00830-B-25 "Employers and hiring agents on all projects funded in whole or in part by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 shall post notices of available employment opportunities to the commonwealth's job bank or the one-stop career centers closest to where the projects shall be located. The postings shall contain such information as directed by the secretary of labor and workforce development. The secretary may issue regulations to effectuate this job posting requirement." END OF SECTION \\Wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455-AMI and Residential Meters FB Design\Specifications\00830-Att.B MGL.docx 12/12/2019 00830-B-26 SECTION 00830 ATTACHMENT D CHANGE ORDERS ATTACHMENT D CHANGE ORDERS Policy: This section supplements Article 11,Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work, in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. All executed change orders submitted to the Engineer for review and processing must be prepared in accordance with the attached change order format (Appendix A) with the appropriate number of copies, calculation sheet(s) (Appendix B) and all other supporting documentation necessary for evaluation. Failure to comply with these instructions will result in delays in processing the change order. In order to avoid possible delays with approval of change orders, at the beginning of the project and as circumstances warrant, the Contractor shall submit a list of construction equipment, identifying major pieces of equipment to be utilized on the project. The list shall include the Contractor's designation, if any,the manufacturer,model,year of manufacture, serial number, size and horsepower of equipment. The Contractor shall also provide for approval a proposed bluebook equipment rental rate development that separately lists for each piece of equipment the monthly rental rate, area adjustment factor, depreciation factor, estimated operating cost per hour and total hourly rate. In the event the Contractor fails or is unable to provide appropriate rate information the Engineer may develop equipment rental rates for use on change orders. Pavment of Change Orders: Payment of all change orders shall be in accordance with the relevant provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 30, Section 39G for non-building construction and Section 39K for building construction as amended from time to time. Payment of change orders shall be made in accordance with one of the following three methods: A. Existing unit prices as set forth in the contract; or B. Agreed upon lump sum or unit prices; or C. Time and materials A. Pavment for work for which there is a unit price in the contract: Where the contract contains a unit price for work and the Engineer orders a change for work of the same kind as other work contained in the contract and is performed under similar physical conditions, the Contractor shall accept full and final payment at the contract unit price(s) for the acceptable quantities. Under certain circumstances, the unit prices may be subject to revaluation and adjustment. See Article 13 in the Supplementary 03/13/2020 00830-D-l Conditions. B. Pavment for work or materials for which no price is contained in the contract: If the Engineer directs, the Contractor shall submit promptly in writing to the Engineer an offer to do the required work on a lump sum or unit price basis, as specified by the Engineer. The stated price, either lump sum or unit price, shall be divided so as to show that it is the sum of: 1. The estimated cost of Labor,plus 2. Direct Labor Cost,plus 3. Material and Freight Costs,plus 4. Equipment Costs, plus 5. An amount not to exceed 15% of the sum of items 1 through 4 for overhead and profit,plus (if applicable), 6. In the case of work done by a subcontractor an amount not to exceed 5%, for the general contractor of the sum of the cost (not including subcontractor's overhead and profit) of items 1 through 4 for his overhead and profit (less, if applicable), 7. Credits for work deleted from the contract, including actual costs of the deleted work plus the percentage of overhead, profit, bonds and insurance attributable to such credit amount. C. Pavment for work on a time and materials basis: Unless an agreed lump sum and/or unit price is obtained as noted above and is so stated in the change price, the Contractor shall accept as full payment for which no agreement is contained in contract, an amount equal to: 1. The estimated cost of Labor,plus 2. The Direct Labor Costs, plus 3. Equipment Costs, plus 4. Material and Freight Costs,plus 5. An amount not to exceed 15% of the sum of items 1 through 4 for overhead and profit,plus, if applicable, 6. In the case of work done by a subcontractor an amount not to exceed 5%, for the general contractor of the sum of the cost (not including subcontractor's overhead and profit) of items 1 through 4 for his overhead and profit (less, if applicable), 7. Credit for work deleted from the Contract, including actual costs of the deleted work plus the percentage of overhead, profit, bonds and insurance attributable to such credit amount. Explanation of items 1 through 7 as outlined in "B" and "C" above: 1. Labor - Only those workers employed on the project who are doing the extra work, 03/13/2020 00830-D-2 including the foreman in charge,are allowable. General foremen,superintendents,or other supervisory personnel are considered to be included in the overhead markup as provided in items 5 and/or 6. Hourly labor rates in excess of those as listed in the contract wage rates require documentation. As a minimum, an explanation and the appropriate copy of the certified payroll are required. 2. Direct Labor Costs - These costs are limited to those which are required in the contract document. Coverage in excess of the contract provisions, secured by the contractor/subcontractor(s) at his option, are ineligible. The following list of typical direct labor charges is provided for your assistance and is in no way intended to be complete or all encompassing: Workman's Compensation Federal/State: Social Security Tax and Unemployment Tax; Health,Welfare and Pension Benefits; (this cost is included in the wage rates appearing in the Attachment A Massachusetts Wage Rates. Liability insurance: Bodily injury; excess umbrella; property damage; public liability Blasters insurance: If applied to any required direct labor costs Builders risk insurance: If applied to any required direct labor costs Experience modification If applied to any required direct labor costs insurance: Surcharges: If applied to any required direct labor costs Following award and prior to execution of a construction contract, the Contractor and filed subbidders (where applicable) shall submit for review by the Owner, documentation to establish the markup percentage(s). The documented direct labor markup for this contract may be adjusted on an annual basis as measured from the date the contract is executed. The contract agreement will provide for the establishment of the Direct Labor Cost percentage. 3. Material and Freight - Only those materials required as a result of the change order and reasonable freight charges for delivery of same are allowable. 4. Eauipment - Only the equipment required as a result of the change order is allowable. Equipment rental rates shall be governed by the current EquipmentWatch, division of Intertec Publishing [Formerly Nielson/Dataquest] Rental Rate Bluebook for Construction 03/13/2020 00830-D-3 Eauipment(the 'Bluebook"). In determining the rental rate, the following shall apply: a. For equipment already on the project - the monthly prorated rental rate by the hourly use shall be applicable; b. For equipment not on the project the daily rate,the weekly rate, or monthly rate will prevail, whichever will prove to be most cost effective. Small tools and manual equipment are examples of costs not allowable under this item. These costs are considered to be included in the overhead markup as provided in items 5 and/or 6. (1 Month (Normal Use) = 176 hours) 5.& 6. Overhead and Profit - All other costs not previously mentioned are considered to be included in this item,be it for the general contractor or subcontractor(s). 7. Credits - Work deleted, material and equipment removed from the contract, stored and/or returned shall be credited to the cost of the change order, less documented costs. This change order will be prepared in such manner as to clearly separate Eligible and Ineligible Costs (as applicable to state-funded projects). The Contractor shall furnish itemized statements of the cost of the work ordered and shall give the Engineer access to all accounts,bills and vouchers relating thereto; and unless the Contractor shall furnish such itemized statements, and access to all accounts, bills and vouchers, he shall not be entitled to payment for any items of extra work for which such information is sought by the Engineer. 03/13/2020 00830-D-4 APPENDIX A Change Order Sheet:of_ (Enter Project Name) (Enter Location) Date Project No. SRF No. (if applicable) Contract No. Change Order No. Contract Amount(As Bid) $ Amount of Previous Change Orders $ Net Chanize in Contract Price (this Chanize Order) $ Total Adiusted Contract Price (including this Change Order$ This Change Order extends the time to complete the work by calendar days. The extended completion date is This Change Order checked by: Resident Representative Date This Change Order is requested by: This Change Order is recommended by: Consultant Engineer P.E.# Date The undersigned agree to the terms of the Change Order. Contractor Date Owner Date Certification of Appropriation under M.G.L. c.44, s.31C: Adequate funding in an amount sufficient to cover the total cost of this change order is available. By: 03/13/2020 00830-D-5 Certification Officer(Auditor,Accountant,Treasurer) Date Do not write below this space: this space reserved for STATE AGENCY APPROVAL CHANGE ORDER(continued) Sheet:of (Enter Project Name) (Enter Location) Date Project No. SRF No. (if applicable) Contract No. Change Order No. Owner's Name: Owner's Address: Contractor's Name: Contractor's Address: Item 1: Description of Change: Reason for Change: Backup Information: Cost: $ Item 2 Description of Change: Reason for Change: Backup Information: Cost: $ 03/13/2020 00830-D-6 Appendix B Example Calculation Sheet 1. Labor Foreman 10 hours @ $10.00/hour $100.00 Engineer 10 hours @ 8.80/hour 85.00 Operator 10 hours @ 9.50/hour 95.00 Laborers 24 hours @ 7.00/hour 168.00 $448.00 2. Direct Labor Cost (use the agreed upon Direct Labor Cost) *(30)% of$448. *(used for example purposes only) $ 134.00 3. Materials & Freight 150 Lf. of 12"pipe @ $2.00/l.f. $ 300.00 15 v.f. precast SMH 1,700.00 Freight (slip# enclosed) 25.00 $2,025.00 4. Equipment D 1 Backhoe 80. �j $ 800.00 1 Truck-craneZou4rT00..1u/rlour 1000.00 $1800.00 TOTAL (items 1 through 4): $4,407.00 5. (20%) markup for Overhead, Profit (20%) of$4,407 $ 881.00 6. (71/2%)markup on subcontractor's cost for general contractor(if subcontractor is involved) (71/2 %) of$4,407 $ 331.00 7. Credits (deductibles) -$323.00 TOTAL COST: $5,296.00 Reminder: Provide support documentation as necessary i.e. vouchers, correspondence, calculation,photographs, reports. END OF SECTION \\Wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455 - AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\00830-3 ATT. D-Change Order used with 2013 EJCDC GC UP.docx 03/13/2020 00830-D-7 SECTION 00830 ATTACHMENT E COVID-19 GUIDELINES 4�5 SAC fl t~ C. L4J6 n, SECTOR SPECIFIC WORKPLACE SAFETY STANDARDS FOR CONSTRUCTION SITES TO ADDRESS COVID-19 As of March 22,2021 A. Enforcement and Oversight • A site-specific COVID-19 Officer(who may also be the Health and Safety Officer)shall be designated for every site except as provided below for construction and remodeling in 1-3 family residences • Except as provided below for construction and remodeling in 1-3 family residences,the Contractor's site-specific project COVID-19 Officer shall submit a written daily report to the Owner's Representative.The COVID-19 Officer shall certify that the contractor and all subcontractors are in full compliance with sections B to D, inclusive (the "COVID-19 Construction Safety Guidance") • For large, complicated construction projects a city or town may additionally require the Owner to develop and submit a site-specific risk analysis and enhanced COVID-19 safety plan, which may include additional requirements to address risks specific to the project or type of project. The city or town shall review and approve such plan and may require such projects to pause construction until such a risk analysis and plan is submitted and approved. Once such an enhanced COVID-19 safety plan is approved, a violation of the plan shall be treated the same as a violation of the COVID-19 Construction Safety Guidance • For all projects undertaken, managed or funded by a state agency or authority there shall be joint enforcement responsibility between the project's public Owner and the city or town where the project is located.The Owner of a public project has the lead responsibility for compliance and enforcement including frequent on-site inspections by an employee or contractor of the state agency or authority who is familiar with the COVID-19 Construction Safety Guidance and is authorized to enforce that guidance and shut down work at the site if violations are found. The Owner of the project is required to notify the municipality where the work is taking place whenever a site is shut down or of any violations of the COVID-19 Construction Safety Guidance and the resulting corrective action plan, as well as to provide copies of the COVID-19 Officer's written daily reports upon request. While the public Owner has the lead responsibility for enforcement, cities and towns retain the authority to take enforcement action against public projects found not in compliance with the COVID-19 Construction Safety Guidance, including the authority to order the project to shut down until a corrective action plan is developed, approved and implemented • Cities and towns are authorized to enforce the COVID-19 Construction Safety Guidance using their public health staff, building inspectors or any other appropriate official or contractor 8 • Cities and towns may enforce the safety and distance protocols including, if multiple violations are found, requiring the Owner and/or Contractor to safely secure the site and pause construction activities until a corrective action plan is prepared, submitted and approved by the city or town • The city or town may require the Owner of a large, complicated private project to pay for an independent,third party inspector or inspection firm (or to pay into a pool to pay for such inspections).The third party inspector shall be accountable solely to the city or town and shall be responsible for enforcement on behalf of the city or town. A city or town may require private projects to pause construction until such a third-party inspector has been secured B. Employee Health Protection—ZERO Tolerance ZERO TOLERANCE FOR SICK WORKERS REPORTING TO WORK. IF YOU ARE SICK, STAY HOME! IF YOU FEEL SICK, GO HOME! IF YOU SEE SOMEONE SICK, SEND THEM HOME! If you are exhibiting any of the symptoms below, you are to report this to your supervisor(via phone, text or email) right away, and head home from the job site or stay home if already there If you notice a co-worker showing signs or complaining about such symptoms, he or she should be directed to their supervisor(via phone,text or email) and asked to leave the project site immediately COVID-19 Typical Symptoms: • Fever • Cough • Shortness of Breath • Sore Throat Self-certify prior to shift Prior to starting a shift, each employee will self-certify to their supervisor that they: • Have no signs of a fever or a measured temperature above 100.3 degrees or greater, a cough or trouble breathing within the past 24 hours • Have not had "close contact" with an individual diagnosed with COVID-19. "Close contact" means living in the same household as a person who has tested positive for COVID-19, caring for a person who has tested positive for COVID-19, being within 6 feet of a person who has tested positive for COVID-19 for about 15 minutes, or coming in direct contact with secretions (e.g., sharing utensils, being coughed on)from a person who has tested positive for COVID-19,while that person was symptomatic • Have not been asked to self-isolate or quarantine by their doctor or a local public health official 8 Employees exhibiting symptoms or unable to self-certify should be directed to leave the work site and seek medical attention and applicable testing by their health care provider.They are not to return to the work site until cleared by a medical professional General On-the-Job Guidance to Prevent Exposure& Limit the Transmission of the Virus • No handshaking • Wash hands often with soap for at least 20 seconds or use an alcohol-based hand sanitizer with at least 60%ethanol or 70% isopropanol • Contractor and State Agency Field Offices are locked down to all but authorized personnel • Each jobsite should develop cleaning and decontamination procedures that are posted and shared.These Procedures must cover all areas including trailers, gates, equipment,vehicles, etc. and shall be posted at all entry points to the sites, and throughout the project site. • A "No Congregation" policy is in effect, individuals must implement social distancing by maintaining a minimum distance of 6-feet from other individuals • Avoid face to face meetings—critical situations requiring in-person discussion must follow social distancing • Conduct all meetings via conference calls, if possible. Do not convene meetings of more than 10 people. Recommend use of cell phones,texting, web meeting sites and conference calls for project discussion • All individual work crew meetings/tailgate talks should be held outside and follow social distancing • Please keep all crews a minimum of 6 feet apart at all times to eliminate the potential of cross contamination • At each job briefing/tool box talk, employees are asked if they are experiencing any symptoms, and are sent home if they are • Each jobsite should have laminated COVID-19 safety guidelines and handwashing instructions • All restroom facilities/porta-potties should be cleaned and handwashing stations must be provided with soap, hand sanitizer and paper towels • All surfaces should be regularly cleaned, including surfaces, door handles, laptops, etc. • All common areas and meeting areas are to be regularly cleaned and disinfected at least once a day but preferably twice a day • Be sure to use your own water bottle, and do not share • To avoid external contamination,we recommend everyone bring food from home • Please maintain Social Distancing separation during breaks and lunch 8 • Cover coughing or sneezing with a tissue,then throw the tissue in the trash and wash hands, if no tissue is available then cough into your elbow • Avoid touching eyes, nose, and mouth with your hands • To avoid sharing germs, please clean up after Yourself. DO NOT make others responsible for moving, unpacking and packing up your personal belongings • If you or a family member is feeling ill, stay home! Work Site Risk Prevention Practices • At the start of each shift, confirm with all employees that they are healthy • We will have a 100%glove policy from today going forward. All construction workers will be required to wear cut-resistant gloves or the equivalent • Use of eye protection (safety goggles/face shields) is recommended • In work conditions where required social distancing is impossible to achieve affected employees shall be supplied PPE including as appropriate a standard face mask, gloves, and eye protection • All employees should drive to work site/parking area in a single occupant vehicle. Contractors/ State staff should not ride together in the same vehicle • When entering a machine or vehicle which you are not sure you were the last person to enter, make sure that you wipe down the interior and door handles with disinfectant prior to entry • In instances where it is possible, workers should maintain separation of 6 feet from each other per CDC guidelines • Multi person activities will be limited where feasible (two person lifting activities) • Large gathering places on the site such as shacks and break areas will be eliminated and instead small break areas will be used with seating limited to ensure social distancing. • Contact the cleaning person for your office trailer or office space and ensure they have proper COVID- 19 sanitation processes. Increase their cleaning visits to daily • Clean all high contact surfaces a minimum of twice a day in order to minimize the spread of germs in areas that people touch frequently.This includes but is not limited to desks, laptops and vehicles Wash Stations All site-specific projects with outside construction sites without ready access to an indoor bathroom MUST install Wash Stations. • Install hand wash stations with hot water, if possible, and soap at fire hydrants or other water sources to be used for frequent handwashing for all onsite employees • All onsite workers must help to maintain and keep stations clean • If a worker notices soap or towels are running low or out, immediately notify supervisors 8 • Garbage barrels will be placed next to the hand wash station for disposal of tissues/towels Do all you can to maintain your good health by: getting adequate sleep; eating a balanced, healthy diet, avoid alcohol; and consume plenty of fluids. Please Note:This document is not intended to replace any formalized procedures currently in place with the General Contractor. Where these guidance does not meet or exceed the standards put forth by the General Contractor, everyone shall abide by the most stringent procedure available. A site-specific COVID-19 Officer(who may also be the Health and Safety Officer)shall be designated for every site. The Contractor's site specific project COVID-19 Officer shall submit a written daily report to the Owner's Representative.The COVID-19 Officer shall certify that the contractor and all subcontractors are in full compliance with these guidelines. Any issue of non-compliance with these guidelines shall be a basis for the suspension of work.The contractor will be required to submit a corrective action plan detailing each issue of non-conformance and a plan to rectify the issue(s).The contractor will not be allowed to resume work until the plan is approved by the Owner. Any additional issues of non-conformance may be subject to action against the contractor's prequalification and certification status. Limiting Exposures Workers should follow the General On-the-Job Guidance to Prevent Exposure & Limit the Transmission of the Virus of the COVID-19 Employee Health, protection, guidance and prevention guide. In addition, Contractors should advise workers of best practice to limit exposures off the construction site. When leaving a construction site for breaks, lunch, or other reasons are required to wash hands with soap for at least 20 seconds or use an alcohol-based hand sanitizer with at least 60%ethanol or 70% isopropanol before leaving the site and must maintain social distancing and wear face coverings if traveling to other locations off the construction site. Frequent use of handwashing or alcohol-based hand sanitizers should be encouraged and handwashing facilities and/or alcohol-based hand sanitizers should be made readily available at work sites. C. Construction and Remodeling in 1-3 Family Residences 8 For construction and remodeling work in 1-3 family residential constructions, section B shall be modified as follows: • The contractor does not need to designate a site-specific COVID-19 Officer (who may also be the Health and Safety Officer)for every site if there are 5 or less workers at the site at any given time. Instead,the contractor may designate a COVID-19 Officer for all such small sites in a given city or town who shall be in daily contact with each of the sites to ensure that the contractor and all subcontractors are in full compliance with this safety guidance. This COVID-19 safety officer shall prepare a written daily report covering all the small sites in each city or town and make a copy of that report available to a municipal official and/or the owner of the residence upon request • If the project has restroom facilities/porta-potties they must be cleaned and handwashing stations must be provided with soap, hand sanitizer and paper towels. For outside construction sites without ready access to an indoor bathroom,the contractors must either install Wash Stations with hot water, if possible, and soap at fire hydrants or other water sources to be used for frequent handwashing for all onsite employees or provide each employee and subcontractor with a sufficient quantity of hand sanitizer to allow for frequent handwashing D. Worker Infection Protocol As stated above,there is a zero tolerance for sick workers reporting to work. Employees should be instructed that even those with mild symptoms of respiratory infection (cough, shortness of breath, sore throat) or fever should stay off work. Contractors shall take immediate steps to limit infections at the job site in the event that a worker discovered to have tested positive for COVID-19 or has COVID-19 related symptoms. Although it is understood that contractors are enforcing Work Site Risk Prevention Practices including social distancing rules and use of PPE, consistent with guidelines it is also recognized that there may be occasions where someone who has tested positive for COVID-19 or who has COVID-19 symptoms has been present in a work area. Prompt identification and isolation of potentially infectious individuals is a critical step in protecting workers,vendors,visitors, and others at a worksite. Identification of Exposure The Contractor shall direct workers with COVID-19 related symptoms to leave the jobsite immediately and contact their healthcare provider.The Massachusetts Department of Health (DPH) or a local board of health will make appropriate notifications to those who had direct prolonged contact with the COVID- 19 positive workers. The Contractor shall work with the local board of health to identify any potential job site exposures, including: 8 • Other workers,vendors, inspectors, or visitors to the work site with close contact to the individual • Work areas such as supply cabinets and designated work stations or rooms • Work tools and equipment • Common areas such as break rooms and tables,vending machines, and sanitary facilities Notification and Quarantine Requirements As provided by law,the identity of the worker must be kept confidential Upon learning of an infection,the contractor must immediately notify the designated COVID-19 safety officer,the site safety officer, and the owner Sanitation Requirements After a worker with COVID-19 related symptoms has been asked to leave the job site, the contractor shall take immediate steps to sanitize common areas and direct work places.This includes all on-site bathrooms facilities, any break facilities, and any other common areas on the job site that may have been in close contact with the infected worker. Sanitation will be conducted with personnel, equipment, and material approved for COVID-19 sanitization. Identified areas should remain isolated from workers until sanitation process has been completed and area is deemed safe for use. Returning to Work All impacted workers should follow CDC and DPH recommended steps concerning return to work. Workers who are considered close contacts to a COVID-19 case by public health authorities should not return for 14 days and are subject quarantine by public health. Workers who leave during the work day due to COVID-19 symptoms and develop COVID-19 as confirmed by laboratory testing or diagnosis by a healthcare provider shall not return to the site until either released from isolation by healthcare provider or public health official. In All Cases • Keep all employee names confidential as required by law • Other employees may be sent home while a workspace is being cleaned but will return to work after cleaning unless advised otherwise by a health care provider • Other employees should be asked to contact their health provider if they have any questions • Remind other employees to continue to practice proper sanitation and monitor for flu like symptoms 8 SECTION 00890 PERMITS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: This Section provides specific information and defines specific requirements of the Contractor regarding the preparation and acquisition of permits required to perform the work of this project. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 01110, CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. The Contractor shall assist, obtain, and pay for all permits required, as defined under the Permits subsection of Section 00700, GENERAL CONDITIONS. Permits Status Plumbing Permit *It is not anticipated that there will be a Plumbing Permit required for this project, however, if there is work that is required to be performed on the downstream side of the meter, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain a Plumbing Permit. This fee will not be waived. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 —EXECUTION 3.01 PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS: A. The Contractor shall perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including the attached permits/order of conditions, and any applicable municipal requirements. B. Prior to commencing any construction activities, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the Owner and the Engineer, through on-site inspection and submitting copies of permits or 07/31/2018 00890-1 approvals, that it is in full compliance with the terms and conditions of all permits specified herein. The Contractor shall maintain full compliance with all permits throughout the performance of the work, and upon request, grant access to permitting authorities to inspect the site for the purpose of verifying such compliance. END OF SECTION \\wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455-AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\00890-Pernuts.docx 07/31/2018 00890-2 SECTION 01014 SCOPE AND SEQUENCE OF WORK PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Furnish all labor materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to remove existing water meters,registers,wiring and reading devices, including those in meter pits, and install approximately 9,844 water meters ranging in size from 5/8-inch to 6-inch with new registers,new wiring, and new AMI modules, including all work as specified in section 15120, INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS, REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES. B. The Owner, under a separate contract, is purchasing the water meters, registers and AMI Modules. C. Furnish all labor,materials and equipment necessary to install adapters,water valves, meter setters,tail pieces, flange conversion kits, couplings and other required fittings for Non-Standard and right-sizing meter installations. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner as required for curb stop shut offs, as specified in Section 15120, INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS, REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES. D. The Contractor shall coordinate ordering the extension wiring for the AMI Modules with the Owner and Supply Contractor. E. During all meter installations, the contractor shall ensure there is adequate electrical bonding on both sides of the newly installed composite body water meter. If the required bonding is not present,the contractor shall install a jumper across the newly installed water meter. F. During all meter installations, the contractor is responsible for conducting a visual inspection of the immediate area around the water meter and document whether a sump pump is present and where it discharges. Photo documentation will be required. This documentation shall be provided together with the weekly installation files. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. SECTION 01110—CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS B. Section 15120—INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS, REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES 04/18/2013 01014 - 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: A. The Contractor shall fully complete the project within 730 consecutive days of the start date fixed in the "Notice to Proceed". B. The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling its activities, and the activities of any subcontractors involved, to meet the completion date, or milestones, established for the contract. Scheduling of the work shall be in accordance with Section 15120,INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS,REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES. C. Installation sequencing will be based off the Owner's meter reading schedule. A copy of the meter reading schedule will be provided to the Contractor by the Owner within 15 consecutive days of the Notice to Proceed. Any deviation from the meter reading schedule must be submitted, in writing, to the Engineer and coordinated with the Owner. Such deviations must be approved by the Engineer and Owner prior to the start of any work outside of the previously authorized installation schedule. Adhering to the established schedule is important to ensure the Owner will have to sufficient time to procure all of the materials that will be furnished under a separate contract. D. The Construction Sequence Requirements shall be used by the Contractor to form a complete schedule for the project,which shall be coordinated with the Owner and Engineer. Prior to performing any work at the site, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Engineer for review. The plan shall describe the proposed sequence, methods, and timing of the work, including, but not limited to, first set of mailings, second set of mailings, and door to door canvasing. The local Police Department shall be notified whenever door to door canvasing is to take place. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING REQUIREMENTS: A. Meters, registers and AMI Modules will be delivered to the Owner by the Supply Contractor within 90 calendar days of an order. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with an installation schedule detailing when meters are needed. This schedule shall be updated on a monthly basis, at a minimum, and allow sufficient time for the Owner to order and take delivery of meters, registers and AMI Modules. The Contractor shall assist and provide input on quantities of orders and order frequency and schedule. B. During the contract, the Contractor shall submit a weekly, electronic file in a format 04/18/2013 0 l 0 l 4 - 2 agreed upon by the Owner, Contractor, and Owner's billing system provider for the Owner to use to automatically transfer the new meter,register, and AMI Module data into the Owner's billing system. The file may be in addition to the weekly production file. The Contractor shall assist the Owner in generating test files at the Owner's request to test the Mass Meter Replacement File at the start of the project. C. The Contractor shall submit the following within 4-weeks of the start date in the signed Notice to Proceed: 1. Control and Management Plan 2. Shop drawings as called for in the specifications 3. Complete project schedule 4. Cash flow projection 5. Weekly installation report template 6. List of qualified plumbers with license#'s D. The Contractor shall complete the following within 4-weeks of the start date in the signed Notice to Proceed: 1. Personnel screening and identification (per Section 15120) i. ID Badges for all installers ii. OSHA 10 for all installers(if applicable) iii. Vehicle VIN#'s iv. Driver's License#'s V. Drug and Alcohol Screenings a. Contractor to give directly to Police Department vi. CORI& SORI checks for MA and state of residence (if different) a. Contractor to give directly to Police Department vii. Personnel and vehicle signage a. Contractor to provide example signage to Engineer for approval and distribution 2. Personnel certification letter 3. Installation training verification 4. Configuration of customer telephone and web services END OF SECTION \\wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455 -AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\01014-Scope and Sequence of Work.docx 04/18/2013 01014 - 3 SECTION 01110 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS PART 1 —GENERAL Not Used PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 HAULING, HANDLING AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS: A. The Contractor shall, at its own expense, handle and haul all materials furnished by it and shall remove any of its surplus materials at the completion of the work. B. The Contractor shall provide suitable and adequate storage for equipment and materials furnished by it that are liable to injury and shall be responsible for any loss of or damage to any equipment or materials by theft,breakage, or otherwise. C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work shall be placed so as not to injure any part of the Work or existing facilities and so that free access can be had at all times to all parts of the Work and to all public utility installations in the vicinity of the work. Materials and equipment shall be kept neatly piled and compactly stored in such location as will cause a minimum of inconvenience to public travel and adjoining owners, tenants and occupants. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the work under construction during its progress and until final completion and acceptance even though partial payments have been made under the Contract. 3.02 CARE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY: The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage thereto. If any direct or indirect damage is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work on the part of the Contractor, such property shall be promptly restored by the Contractor, at its expense, to a condition similar or equal to that existing before the damage was done, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 10/27/2016 01110-1 3.03 PROTECTION AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES: A. All property damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be restored to a condition at least equal to that in which it was found immediately before work was begun. Suitable materials and methods shall be used for such restoration. B. Restoration of existing property and structures shall be carried out as promptly as practicable and shall not be left until the end of the construction period. 3.04 REJECTED MATERIALS AND DEFECTIVE WORK: A. Materials furnished by the Contractor and condemned by the Engineer as unsuitable or not in conformity with the specifications shall forthwith be removed from the work by the Contractor, and shall not be made use of elsewhere in the work. B. Any errors,defects or omissions in the execution of the work or in the materials furnished by the Contractor, even though they may have been passed or overlooked or have appeared after the completion of the work, discovered at any time before the final payment is made hereunder, shall be forthwith rectified and made good by and at the expense of the Contractor and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. C. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for any expense, losses or damages incurred in consequence of any defect, error, omission or act of the Contractor or its employees, as determined by the Engineer, occurring previous to the final payment. 3.05 SANITARY REGULATIONS: Sanitary conveniences for the use of all persons employed on the work,properly screened from public observation, shall be provided in sufficient numbers in such manner and at such locations as may be approved. The contents shall be removed and disposed of in a satisfactory manner as the occasion requires. The Contractor shall rigorously prohibit the committing of nuisances within, on or about the work. Any employees found violating these provisions shall be discharged and not again employed on the work without the written consent of the Engineer. The sanitary conveniences specified above shall be the obligation and responsibility of the Contractor. 3.06 SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS: This project is subject to the Safety and Health regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR, Part 1926, and to the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Industries, Division of Industrial Safety "Rules and Regulations for the Prevention of Accidents in Construction Operations (454 CMR 10.0 et. seq.)." The Contractor shall be familiar with the requirements of these regulations. 10/27/2016 01110-2 3.07 SITE INVESTIGATION: The Contractor acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to the conditions existing at the site of the work,the type of equipment required to perform this work,the quality and quantity of the materials furnished insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site, as well as from information presented by the drawings and specifications made a part of this contract. Any failure of the Contractor to acquaint itself with available information will not relieve it from the responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. The Owner assumes no responsibility for any conclusion or interpretation made by the Contractor on the basis of the information made available by the Owner. 3.08 HAZARDOUS WASTE: Should the Contractor, while performing work under this contract, uncover hazardous materials, as defined in Massachusetts Hazardous Waste Regulations 310 CMR 30.00, he shall immediately notify the Engineer. The Contractor is not, and has no authority to act as, a handler, generator, operator or disposer of hazardous or toxic substances found or identified at the site, and the Owner shall undertake all such functions. END OF SECTION \\wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455 - AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\01110 - Control of Work and Materials.docx 10/27/2016 01110-3 SECTION 01140 SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL Not used PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURES: Where the dimensions and locations of existing structures are of critical importance in the installation or connections of new work,the Contractor shall verify such dimensions and locations in the field before the fabrication of any material or equipment that is dependent on the correctness of such information. 3.02 OCCUPYING PRIVATE PROPERTY: The Contractor shall not enter upon nor occupy with men, equipment or materials any property outside of the public highways or Owner's property, except with the written consent of the property owner or property owner's agent. 3.03 COORDINATION OF WORK: The General Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating its own work as well as that of any subcontractors. It shall be responsible for notification of the Engineer when each phase of work is expected to begin and the approximate completion date. 3.04 TIME FOR COMPLETION OF CONTRACT: The Bidder hereby agrees that if selected as the Contractor it will commence work under this contract on or before a date to be fixed in the written "Notice to Proceed" given by the Owner to the Contractor and to fully complete the project within 730 consecutive days of the start date fixed in the "Notice to Proceed". 3.05 COMPLIANCE WITH PERMITS: A. The Contractor shall perform all work in conformance with requirements of the Permits, which appear in Section 00890, PERMITS. 07/30/2018 01140-1 3.06 CUTTING, FITTING AND PATCHING: A. The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, or patching of its work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly. 3.07 HOURS OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY: A. The Contractor shall conduct all construction activity between the hours specified in Section 15120, INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS, REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES. No construction work shall be allowed outside of these hours without written authorization from the Owner. B. The Owner will provide personnel for assistance in locating and operating valves at no cost to the Contractor during the Owner's normal working hours (Monday through Friday 7:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m.). When this assistance is required by the Contractor outside of the Owner's normal working hours the cost will be incurred by the Contractor at the prevailing overtime rate of pay for the personnel providing the assistance. The Owner will bill the Contractor directly. 3.08 CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION MEETING The Contractor shall plan to attend at least bi-weekly construction meetings during the project. The frequency of which shall be determined by the Owner and the Engineer. The purpose of these meetings is to coordinate the meter installations. 3.09 GROUNDING AND BONDING The Contractor shall conduct all grounding and bonding,as required,in compliance with Section 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING. 3.10 MASSACHUSETTS DATA SECURITY REGULATIONS: The Contractor is required to comply with data security regulations contained in 201 CMR 17.00 that have been established to safeguard personal information of Massachusetts residents contained in paper or electronic records. The Contractor shall not submit to the Engineer or Owner documents in paper or electronic form that contain personal information (person's name combined with one or more of the following — Social Security Number, driver's license number or state-issued identification card number, financial institution account number, or credit or debit card number). Any document submitted to the Engineer that violates this provision shall be returned to the Contractor and the Contractor shall remove personal information from the document prior to resubmitting it to the Engineer. The Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to also comply with the MA data security regulations insofar as they involve submittal of personal information to the Engineer and Owner. END OF SECTION \\Wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455 - AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\01140 - Special Provisions.docx 07/30/2018 01140-2 SECTION 01270 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 —DESCRIPTION 1.01 GENERAL: A. The following subsections describe the measurement of and payment for the work to be done under the items listed in Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID. B. All work performed as described in these contract documents shall be paid for under one or more of the items listed in Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID. All other activities required in connection with performance of the work, including all work required under Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, whether described in the contract documents or mandated by applicable codes, permits and laws, will not be separately paid for unless specifically provided for in the FORM OF GENERAL BID, but will be considered incidental to performance of the overall project. C. Each unit or lump sum price stated in the Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID shall constitute full compensation as herein specified for each item of work completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. D. The payment items listed herein and in Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID are intended to provide full payment for the work shown on the drawings and specified herein. Any work called for or implied in the documents but not listed as a payment item shall be considered incidental to the overall project. E. The Contractor will not be paid for delays and installations not completed due to either customer "lockout" or pre-existing conditions that prevent the installation as described in Section 15120, INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS, REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES. F. The Contractor will not be paid for an installation until all documentation and photos are submitted as detailed in Section 15120, INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS, REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES. G. Work associated with shutting off the water service by the Owner if necessary;furnishing and installing the meter seal,tamper tag and tamper warning sticker; and reattachment of any existing grounding wire clamps or jumper cables that were detached to complete the meter replacement shall not be separately measured for payment, but shall be considered incidental to the removal of the existing meter and installation of the new meter. 01270-1 01/22/2020 H. Work associated with the control and management plan, public notifications, care and protection of property, clean up, documentation, and testing, shall not be separately measured for payment and shall be considered incidental to the project. I. In those cases where the Contractor completes an installation that fails the operational test through no fault of the installer (examples include malfunctioning register or AMI Module) AND which after correction by the Owner and Supply Contractor result in an operational system, Contractor shall be entitled to a payment of 100% of the unit bid price. J. No separate compensation will be provided for resources expended at issue-accounts which are not resolved through the course of contract work (long-term unresponsive, inadequate plumbing, refusals, etc.). No separate compensation will be provided for delays incurred as a result of customer cancellations, customer no shows, or issues with existing plumbing which require support by the Owner or property owner. Such issues are inherent to work, incidental to the project, and if bidders deem required, should be accommodated-for in established bid unit pricing. K. The older meters, registers and wiring shall be disposed of by the Contractor at its expense. Disposal as described in Section 15120, INSTALLATION OF WATER METER, REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES shall not be separately measured for payment but shall be considered incidental to the project. L. A five (5)percent retainage will be withheld until the project is considered substantially complete, as determined by the Owner and Engineer. PART 2—PAYMENT ITEMS 2.01 GENERAL: A. The lump sum price for Item la shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for the general mobilization necessary to make the contract operational including all insurance, bonds, temporary facilities, and tools/equipment/systems required for the project and not included in other items listed herein. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain all handhelds, tablets, Sensus CommandLink activation devices, and/or other devices required by the Contractor for successful implementation of meters and reading system. The contractor shall submit for approval by the Owner prior to the first payment application a lump sum breakdown detailing proposed drawdown of the lump sum over the contract duration. The proposed drawdown shall be for no more than 20%in the first payment application and no more than 10% in subsequent payment applications. The lump sum cost for mobilization shall not exceed 10% of the total cost of items 2 through 5 in the Form of Bid. 01270-2 01/22/2020 2.02 METER INSTALLATION: A. Water meter installation and pit water meter installation shall be measured per unit installed, and shall be paid at the contract unit prices under the subdivisions of the item "Meter Installation". The installation shall include all work as specified in Section 15120 including all installation documentation. B. The unit price for all items under the subdivisions of"Meter Installation" are valid for a "Standard Installation" as specified in Section 15120, INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS, REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for storing the removed meter, register, and radio modules (if applicable) for a minimum of nine (9) months so that the units may be accessed at the Owner's request. Following the holding period, the removed units shall be disposed of by the Contractor at its expense. Disposal as described in Section 15120, INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS, REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES, shall not be separately measured for payment but shall be considered incidental to the project. A credit shall be applied back to the Owner, per unit salvaged, and shall be paid at the contract unit prices under the subdivisions of the item"Salvaged Meters". 2.03 IRRIGATION VALVE BOX INSTALLATION: A. Work associated with installing an irrigation valve box to house an AMI Module and 3/4- inch conduit to connect an AMI Module to a meter pit located in a driveway or otherwise inaccessible location shall be measured per location installed, and shall be paid at the contract unit price under the item "Irrigation Valve Box and Conduit Installation for Meter Pits". B. For all items under"Irrigation Valve Box Installation",this work is considered in addition to the unit price for meter installation under the items "Meter Installation". 2.04 NON-STANDARD METER INSTALLATIONS: A. "Non-Standard, Type-I", shall include instances where new couplings, fittings, flanges, tailpieces, and spool pieces are required for installation of the meters, including those in pits. The work shall include furnishing and installing necessary couplings, fittings, flanges, tailpieces, and spool pieces. The Contractor shall perform non-standard meter installations on meters of all sizes ranging from 5/8-inch to 6-inch. The installation shall include shut down of the water service by the Owner if required for the installation. The installation shall be measured per unit completed and paid at the contract unit prices under the subdivisions of the item"Non-Standard Meter Installation". B. "Non-Standard, Type-2", shall include instances where a meter valve, meter setter, or threaded to flange conversion kit for meters of all sizes ranging from 5/8-inch to 6-inch 01270-3 01/22/2020 is required in addition to the work included in a Non-Standard Installation Type-1. The work shall include pit meters. Note that Non-Standard Type-1, will not additionally be paid when rendering Non-Standard,Type-2 work. The work shall include furnishing and installing necessary materials for installing the valve, meter setter, or flange conversion kit. The installation shall include shut down of the water service by the Owner if required for the installation. The installation shall be measured per unit completed and paid at the contract unit prices under the subdivisions of the item"Non-Standard Meter Installation". C. For all items under "Non-Standard Meter Installation", this work is considered in addition to the unit price for meter installation under the items "Meter Installation". 2.05 WATER METER RIGHT-SIZING A. "Water Meter Right-Sizing" shall be measured per meter right-sized and shall be paid at the contract unit prices under the subdivisions of the item"Water Meter Right- sizing". The right-sizing shall include all work as specified in Section 15120, INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS, REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES. B. For all items under"Water Meter Right-Sizing", this work is considered in addition to the unit price for meter installation under the subdivisions of the item, "Meter Installation". C. "Water Meter Right-Sizing" shall not be paid in addition to any"Non-Standard Water Meter Installations." D. The existing water meter size that is being removed shall be the basis for payment. For example, if a 3-inch water meter is being removed and replaced with a smaller water meter, the Contractor shall be paid under the item for right-sizing a 3-inch water meter. 2.06 SALVAGED METERS: A. Salvaged meters shall be measured per meter salvaged. Credit shall be made at the contract unit price under the subdivisions of the item"Salvaged Meters." B. Storage and disposal costs associated with the salvaged meters shall not be separately measured for payment but shall be considered incidental to the salvage of the meter. C. The cost of removing the existing meter for the purposes of the salvage is included for payment under appropriate subdivisions of the item"Meter Installation". 01270-4 01/22/2020 2.07 SUMP PUMP INSPECTIONS: A. Sump Pump Inspections shall include a visual inspection of the immediate area of the water meter installation, noting whether there is a sump pump present and documenting where the sump pump is discharging. The Contractor is responsible for taking photographs of the sump pump and discharge area. The Contractor shall be responsible for performing a Sump Pump Inspection at each water meter installation location. Sump Pump Inspections shall be measured per inspection performed and paid at the contract unit prices under the item "Sump Pump Inspections". All sump pump inspections shall include the work specified in 15120. 2.08 ELECTRICAL BONDING: A. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring there is adequate electrical bonding on both sides of the newly installed composite body water meter. If the required bonding is not present, the contractor shall install a jumper across the newly installed water meter. The installer shall note incoming pipe material and conditions. If the incoming pipe is weathered iron pipe, the contractor shall flag the service and notify the Owner. The installer shall note that no bonding was performed due to existing pipe conditions and a photo documenting shall be required. This work shall be performed in accordance to Section 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING. This work shall be included in the cost for"Electrical Bonding." END OF SECTION \\wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455 - AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\01270 - Measurement & Payment.docx 01270-5 01/22/2020 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with submittals as required by the contract documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Divisions 1 — 15 of these specifications that require submittals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: A. As required by the General Conditions, Contractor shall submit a schedule of shop and working drawing submittals. B. The Contractor shall submit the shop and working drawing submittals electronically. 3.02 ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS: A. In accordance with the accepted schedule, the Contractor shall submit promptly to the Engineer by email (davida@wseinc.com), one electronic copy in Portable Document Format (PDF) of shop or working drawings required as noted in the specifications, of equipment, structural details and materials fabricated especially for this Contract. B. Each electronic copy of the shop or working drawing shall be accompanied by the Engineer's standard shop drawing transmittal form,included as Exhibit 1 of this section (use only for electronic submittals), on which is a list of the drawings, descriptions and numbers and the names of the Owner, Project, Contractor and building, equipment or structure. C. The Contractor shall receive a shop drawing memorandum with the Engineer's approval or comments via email. D. The Contractor shall submit a letter intended for each customer that details how the meter operates and how to read the meter. This letter shall be submitted to the Engineer 03/12/2019 01330-1 for review and approval prior to water meter installations. 3.03 SHOP AND WORKING DRAWINGS: A. Shop and working drawings shall show the principal dimensions,weight, structural and operating features, space required, clearances,type and/or brand of finish of shop coat, grease fittings, etc., depending on the subject of the drawings. When it is customary to do so, when the dimensions are of particular importance, or when so specified, the drawings shall be certified by the manufacturer or fabricator as correct for this Contract. B. All shop and working drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer by and/or through the Contractor,who shall be responsible for obtaining shop and working drawings from his subcontractors and returning reviewed drawings to them. All shop and working drawings shall be prepared on standard size, 24-inch by 36-inch sheets, except those, which are made by changing existing standard shop or working drawings. All drawings shall be clearly marked with the names of the Owner,Project, Contractor and building, equipment or structure to which the drawing applies, and shall be suitably numbered. Each shipment of drawings shall be accompanied by the Engineer's (if applicable) standard shop drawing transmittal form on which is a list of the drawings, descriptions and numbers and the names mentioned above. C. Only drawings that have been prepared, checked and corrected by the fabricator should be submitted to the Contractor by his subcontractors and vendors. Prior to submitting drawings to the Engineer, the Contractor shall check thoroughly all such drawings to satisfy himself that the subject matter thereof conforms to the Contract Documents in all respects. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and marked with the date, checker's name and indication of the Contractor's approval, and only then shall be submitted to the Engineer. Shop drawings unsatisfactory to the Contractor shall be returned directly to their source for correction, without submittal to the Engineer. Shop drawings submitted to the Engineer without the Contractor's approval stamp and signature will be rejected. Any deviation from the Contract Documents indicated on the shop drawings must be identified on the drawings and in a separate submittal to the Engineer, as required in this section of the specifications and General Conditions. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt submittal and resubmittal, as necessary, of all shop and working drawings so that there will be no delay in the work due to the absence of such drawings. E. The Engineer will review the shop and working drawings as to their general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Corrections of comments made on the drawings during the review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. The review of the 03/12/2019 01330-2 shop drawings is general and shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for details of design, dimensions, code compliance, etc., necessary for interfacing with other components,proper fitting and construction of the work required by the Contract and for achieving the specified performance. The Engineer will review submittals two times: once upon original submission and a second time if the Engineer requires a revision or corrections. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner amounts charged to the Owner by the Engineer for performing any review of a submittal for the third time or greater. F. With few exceptions, shop drawings will be reviewed and returned to the Contractor within 30 days of submittal. G. No material or equipment shall be purchased or fabricated especially for this Contract nor shall the Contractor proceed with any portion of the work,the design and details of which are dependent upon the design and details of equipment or other features for which review is required, until the required shop and working drawings have been submitted and reviewed by the Engineer as to their general conformance and compliance with the project and its Contract Documents. All materials and work involved in the construction shall then be as represented by said drawings. H. Two copies of the shop and working drawings and/or catalog cuts will be returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish additional copies of such drawings or catalog cuts when he needs more than two copies or when so requested. END OF SECTION \\wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455-AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\01330-OSubmittals.docx 03/12/2019 01330-3 EXHIBIT 1 TO SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS SHOP DRAWING TRANSMITTAL FORM 03/12/2019 01330-4 Shop Drawing Transmittal Weston @sampso n8" Instruction for Preparing Transmittal DRAWING NO: Identification of document(s). No action will be taken on any item unless accompanied by this form. CONTRACT DRAWING REFERENCE: Contract drawing number(s) showing TRANSMITTAL NOS. to be consecutive (1, 2, 3, etc.). details of document(s). Each resubmittal of same item shall use same number with suffix letter(A, B, etc.). SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: Special cases and emergencies, changes in SPEC. SECT. NO: Only one spec. section no. to each transmittal. distribution and special handling requests, etc. should be entered here. DESCRIPTION: Complete identification of document or group of documents. SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR: Signature of individual who reviews and SOURCE: Originator of document(s) being submitted. approves material prior to submittal to engineer. THIS SECTION TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR TRANSM. NO. SPEC. SECT. NO. DATE CONTRACTORS JOB NO. W&S JOB NO. PROJECT NAME &CONTRACT NO. LOCATION Attention: CSD (Davida(o-)wseinc.com) F T Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. R O 55 Walkers Brook Drive O Reading, MA 01867 M BY W&S ITEM DRAWING NO. NO. CONTRACT ACTION DESCRIPTION SOURCE CATALOG NO. OF DRAWING REVIEWED BY NO. BROUCHURE, ETC COPIES REF. CODE 1 2 3 4 THIS CERTIFIES THAT ALL ITEMS SUBMITTED HEREWITH HAVE BEEN CHECK=D BY THE CONTRACTOR,ARE IN SIGNATURE& CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, EXCEPT AS NOTED,AND ARE TITLE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS PROJECT. THIS SECTION TO BE COMPLETED BY W&S ACTION CODE: son Weston & Sam 1.FURNISH AS SUBMITTED a.INSTALLATION SHALL PROCEED ONLY WHEN ACTION CODE IS 1 OR 2 p 2.FURNISH AS NOTED b.ACTION CODED 3 SHALL BE RESUBMITTED WITHIN TIME LIMIT SET IN CONTRACT 3.REVISE AND RESUBMIT c.REVIEW DOES NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY OF COMPLIANCE WITH 4.REJECTED-SEE REMARKS ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5.ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 6.SUBMITTAL NOT REQUIRED,RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW SECTION 01740 CLEANING UP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The Contractor must employ at all times during the progress of its work adequate cleanup measures and safety precautions to prevent injuries to persons or damage to property. The Contractor shall immediately, upon request by the Engineer provide adequate material, equipment and labor to cleanup and make safe any and all areas deemed necessary by the Engineer. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS B. Section 01110 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS C. Section 01140 SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DAILY CLEANUP: A. The Contractor shall clean up, at least daily, all refuse,rubbish, scrap and surplus material, debris and unneeded construction equipment resulting from the construction operations and sweep the area. The site of the work and the adjacent areas affected thereby shall at all times present a neat, orderly and workmanlike appearance. B. Upon written notification by the Engineer, the Contractor shall within 24 hours clean up those areas, which in the Engineer's opinion are in violation of this section and the above referenced sections of the specifications. C. If in the opinion of the Engineer, the referenced areas are not satisfactorily cleaned up, all other work on the project shall stop until the cleanup is satisfactory. 3.02 MATERIAL OR DEBRIS IN DRAINAGE FACILITIES: 01/24/2018 01740-1 A. Where material or debris has washed or flowed into or has been placed in existing watercourses, ditches, gutters, drains, pipes, structures, such material or debris shall be entirely removed and satisfactorily disposed of during progress of the work, and the ditches, channels, drains, pipes, structures, and work shall, upon completion of the work, be left in a clean and neat condition. 3.03 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT: A. On or before completion of the work, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically required or permitted in writing, tear down and remove all temporary buildings and structures it built; shall remove all temporary works, tools and machinery or other construction equipment it furnished; shall remove all rubbish from any grounds which it has occupied; shall remove silt fences and hay bales used for trapping sediment; and shall leave the roads and all parts of the property and adjacent property affected by its operations in a neat and satisfactory condition. 3.04 RESTORATION OF DAMAGED PROPERTY: A. The Contractor shall restore or replace,when and as required, any property damaged by its work, equipment or employees, to a condition at least equal to that existing immediately prior to the beginning of operations. To this end the Contractor shall do as required all necessary highway or driveway, walk and landscaping work. Materials, equipment, and methods for such restoration shall be as approved by the Engineer. 3.05 FINAL CLEANUP: A. Before acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor shall perform a final cleanup to bring the construction site to its original or specified condition. This cleanup shall include removing all trash and debris off of the premises. Before acceptance, the Engineer shall approve the condition of the site. END OF SECTION \\Wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455-AMI and Residential Meters\IEB Design\Specifications\01740-Cleaning Up.docx 01/24/2018 01740-2 SECTION 15120 INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS, REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Furnish all labor,materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to remove existing water meters, registers, wiring and radio modules, including those in meter pits, and install new Sensus iPERL Smart water meters, Sensus OMNI Compound (C2) water meters, new OMNI+ electronic registers, new wiring and new Sensus SmartPoint 510M modules and 520M pit modules. The existing AMI modules shall be removed and properly disposed of by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. B. Water meters,registers and AMI Modules are being supplied, as part of a separate contract, to the Owner by Everett J.Prescott,Inc.,otherwise referred to as the Supply Contractor.The Engineer and Owner shall coordinate with the Supply Contractor and orders shall be placed per the requirements of Section 01014,SCOPE AND SEQUENCE OF WORK.Interference and delay resulting from lack of coordination and cooperation by the Contractor shall not be a basis for claims against the Owner. C. All new AMI modules shall be installed in the basement of buildings attached to rafters. If this is not feasible,an alternate location shall be presented and approved by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for installing the correct type of AMI Module, as described later in this specification. D. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install adapters, water valves, meter setters, tail pieces, flange conversion kits, couplings, spool pieces, and other required fittings for pit meter,Non-Standard and right-sizing meter installations. E. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install a jumper across the newly installed water meter to comply with the Massachusetts Electrical Code, as required. F. Conduct a visual inspection of the immediate area around the newly installed water meter and document whether a sump pump is present and whether there is proper discharge. G. Contractor shall provide suitable and adequate storage for materials and equipment and shall be responsible for any loss or damage to any equipment or materials by theft,breakage, or any damage otherwise. Contractor shall be present to receive all equipment and material deliveries and shall obtain signature from a Watertown representative. 1.02 RELATED WORK: 08/10/2015 15120-1 A. Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.03 REFERENCES: The following works and standards form a part of this specification. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) ANSI/ASME B-16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125,250 and 800 B-16.24 Bronze Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150 and 300 B-16.5 Pipe Flanges, and Flanged Fittings, NPS '/z through NPS 24 American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) ASTM B-62 Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings ASTM B-88 Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube ASTM D429 Test Method for Rubber Property Adhesion to Rigid Substrate American Water Works Association(AWWA) AWWA C509 Resilient-Seated Gate Valves, for Water Supply Service AWWA C550 Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants AWWA C700 Cold-Water Meters— Displacement Type,Metal Alloy Main Case AWWA C707 Encoder-Type Remote-Registration Systems for Cold-Water Meters AWWA C715 Cold-Water Meters—Ultrasonic Type AWWA C800 Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings AWWA M6 Water Meters—Selection,Installation, Testing and Maintenance National Sanitation Foundation(NSF) NSF 61 Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects NSF 372 Drinking Water System Components—Lead Content 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall prepare Submittals in accordance with Section 01330,SUBMITTALS. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 08/10/2015 15120-2 All water meters, registers and AMI Modules shall be supplied by the Owner through the Supply Contractor and can be obtained by the Contractor during normal working hours, from a facility designated by the Owner. All spool pieces, fittings, adapters, water valves, meter setters, tail pieces, flange conversion kits, and couplings required to perform Type 1, Type 2 or Type 3 non-standard installations and right- sizing meters shall be furnished by the Contractor. 2.01 WATER METERS: A. Water meters, 5/8-inch through 1-inch, shall be Sensus iPERL Smart Water meters, as manufactured by Sensus. B. Water meters, 1-1/2-inch through 6-inch, shall be Sensus OMNI Compound (C2) Water meters, as manufactured by Sensus. 2.02 REGISTERS A. The registers shall be sealed electronic registers that are part of the iPERL Smart Water Meter or the OMNI Compound(C2) Water Meter, as manufactured by Sensus. 2.03 AMI MODULES A. The AMI Modules shall be SmartPoint 510M Non-Pit Set Modules and SmartPoint 520M Pit-Set Modules for pit meters, as manufactured by Sensus. B. The AMI Modules and AMI pit modules shall include a 25-foot wire.Additional 25-foot extension wires shall be supplied by the Owner through the Supply Contractor and can be obtained by the Contractor during normal working hours, as stated in Section 01140, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, from a facility designated by the Owner. 2.04 WATER VALVES: A. All 5/8-inch through 2-inch inlet valves shall be of the ball type design supplied with handles. All valves shall be constructed of waterworks brass per ASTM B-62, and shall confirm to the latest revision of NSF 61 and NSF 372 where applicable. B. The ball valves shall contain a ball that rotates within two EPDM rubber seats. The brass shall be fluorocarbon coated or made of no lead bronze.The valve must contain two EPDM "O" rings in the stem to assure a permanent watertight seal at the top. The valve shall be constructed of a solid one-piece tee-head and stem. The valve handle shall be constructed of waterworks brass per ASTM B-62,and shall confirm to the latest revision of NSF 61 and NSF 372 where applicable. C. The valve must be non-directional and designed to withstand a working pressure of up to 300 psi. D. The valve must be available in all of the following end configurations: 08/10/2015 15120-3 • Meter connection x Compression • Female Iron Pipe x Compression • Male Iron Pipe x Compression • Compression x Compression E. The compression ends must include: CTS, IP, PET, PEP, and PCV. The compression end of the CTS, PET, and Class 250 PBT or PEP transition coupling shall have an EPDM-N gasket for a watertight seal, and a bronze split ring to ensure a mechanical seal and lock on the pipe. F. All inlet valves shall be installed only at the written direction of the Owner or Engineer to replace defective valves or as new shutoff valves. G. Ball valves shall be manufactured by Watts Water Technologies,Inc.,North Andover,MA; Ford Meter Box Company, Inc.,Wabash, IN; or approved equal. 2.05 GATE VALVES: A. All gate valves required for water meters 3-inch through 6-inch in size,shall be resilient seat, wedge type and shall be manufactured to meet all applicable requirements of AWWA C509. Valves shall be bubble-tight at 200 psi water working pressure, tested in both directions. Valves shall open right(clockwise). B. An NSF 61-approved epoxy coating, which is safe for potable water, shall be applied to exterior and interior valve surfaces. C. Valve bodies shall be of cast iron and shall have non-rising threaded bronze stems acting through a bronze stem nut. Operation shall be by handwheel and shall open as specified above. All valves within structures shall have flanged ends. D. The wedge shall be of cast iron with resilient seating surfaces permanently bonded to the wedges in strict accordance with ASTM D429 or attached to the face of the wedge with stainless steel screws. Each valve shall have a smooth, unobstructed water way free from any sediment pockets. E. Valves shall have low friction, torque-reduction thrust bearings. The top two O-rings and gaskets shall be removable without taking the valve out of service. F. A non-toxic epoxy coating which is safe for potable water shall be applied to exterior and interior valve surfaces in accordance with AWWA C550. G. Resilient seat gate valves shall be as manufactured by Clow Valve Co., Oskaloosa, IA' Meuller Co.,Decatur,IL;American Valve and Hydrant,Birmingham,AL;Ford Meter Box Co.,Waterous Co., St. Paul, MN; MH Valve,Anniston,AL; Kennedy Valve,Elmira,NY; or approved equal. 08/10/2015 15120-4 H. All gate valves shall be installed only at the written direction of the Owner or Engineer to replace defective valves or as new shutoff valves. 2.06 METER SETTERS A. Meter setters(or horns as required for particular situations)shall be designed for installation close to the cellar wall, in a corner, or to change a meter orientation from vertical to horizontal, right or left fit, and shall include compression couplings for quick, watertight connection to existing piping without threading, flaring, or soldering existing piping. B. The meter setting equipment must have fully interchangeable couplings for the meter sizes 5/8-inch through 1-inch. The meter setting compression couplings must provide for the following services and types: • Copper Tubing: 1/2-inch, 3/4-inch, 1-inch, 1-1/4-inch, 1-1/2-inch, and 2-inch. • Iron and Brass Pipe: 1/2-inch, 3/4-inch, 1-inch, 1-1/4-inch, 1-1/2-inch, and 2-inch. C. All meter setter and meter setter coupling materials used in the construction shall confirm to the latest revision of NSF 61 and NSF 372 where applicable, and shall be comprised of one of the following materials: • Copper: ASTM B-88. • Bronze: ASTM B-62 (AWWA C800). • Gaskets and"O"Rings: EPDM. D. The meter setter body shall consist of bent copper tubing with spun rolled flanges and nuts connected to a cast bronze fitting in such a manner as to make the unit rigid.The bent copper tubing shall be soldered to the cast bronze fitting with lead-free solder. All copper tubing shall meet or exceed ASTM B-88. The tubing minimum size for meter sizes 5/8-inch, 5/8- inch by 3/4-inch,and 3/4-inch shall be 13/16-inch. The tubing minimum size for the 1-inch meter size shall be 15/16-inch. The cast bronze fitting shall provide for the bent copper tubing and shall have separate water ways for the inlet and outlet. The inlet and outlet connections shall have fine threads for mechanical continuity and an "O"-ring face seal to ensure a watertight connection. E. Meter setter compression couplings shall be designed for quick, watertight, connections. All gaskets shall be made of EPDM.All meter setter connection threads shall be fine thread for direct connection to the meter setter. F. All meter setters shall be installed only at the written direction of the Owner or Engineer. 2.07 PIPING AND FITTINGS: A. All pipe and fittings shall conform to the listed ASTM and ANSI Specifications as applicable,unless otherwise indicated. 08/10/2015 15120-5 B. Water piping for building services shall be as specified in Section 15140, PROCESS PIPE AND FITTINGS and Section 15408,PLUMBING. 2.08 ANCILLARY MATERIALS: A. Contractor shall furnish water meter seals. Seal wire shall be stainless steel. Seals shall be constructed for toolless installation and shall be heat stamped with a distinct serial number and the text"Town of Watertown". B. Contractor shall furnish and install tamper tags and tamper warning stickers for the water meter and AMI Module,respectively.The language to be printed on the tag shall be provided by the Owner. C. Contractor shall furnish all equipment and incidentals required to change out meters and install AMI Modules, such as gaskets, cables, wiring, zip-ties, screws, staples and other materials. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT PLAN: A. SCOPE 1. The Contractor shall furnish all labor,transportation,tools, equipment, and incidental materials necessary to remove existing water meters and registers, install new water meters, new high resolution encoder registers, new wiring, and AMI system components as specified herein. 2. The Contractor shall coordinate installation areas with the Owner and Engineer. 3. The Contractor must be trained on the programming and installation of the water meters,registers and radio frequency equipment prior to the start of installation. The Owner, through the Supply Contractor, will provide a minimum of six (6) eight (8) hour days of on-site instruction for up to fifteen (15) Water Division staff and all Contractor Personnel (who shall then train any additional Contractor staff). A letter from the Supply Contractor certifying that the training has occurred must be submitted to the Engineer prior to starting the installations. 4. The Contractor shall submit their policies regarding COVID-19. The Contractor shall reference Attachment D of Section 00830, STATE REGULATIONS for the Massachusetts state guidelines for COVID-19. 5. The Control and Management Plan shall be submitted prior to the start of the installation of meters. All costs associated with the Control and Management Plan shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL AND WORKING HOURS 08/10/2015 15120-6 1. The Contractor shall provide a Project Manager to oversee the water meter replacement program. The Project Manager shall be thoroughly familiar with and experienced in municipal water meter installation, repair, maintenance, and water meter system management. The Project Manager shall have the authority to speak for and make decisions on behalf of the Contractor. 2. The Contractor shall employ a competent Superintendent or Foreman present at all times when work is in progress to receive orders and to perform work. 3. The Contractor must obtain a suitable local office within Watertown to provide support to this Contract. The Contractor must supply a sufficient number of toll-free telephone lines to receive all incoming requests for appointments, and suitable for handling a large volume of calls for both field support and appointments. The Contractor must be available from 7:30 AM to 8:30 PM, local time,Monday through Friday of each week except holidays. 4. The Contractor shall designate a customer service representative to meet with and resolve problems related to this Contract. The representative shall also be involved with the public relations activities described elsewhere in this specification section. 5. The Contractor shall make a good faith effort to hire project personnel locally. Only people who are technically competent and are of acceptable character and personality for work that entails unsupervised entry into individual facilities shall be hired. 6. All potential employees shall complete pre-employment drug and alcohol screening tests. A Massachusetts Criminal Offender Record Information (CORI) and A Massachusetts Sex Offender Register Information (SORI) pertaining to conviction and pending criminal data shall be obtained by the Contractor for all potential employees who have the potential for unmonitored access to persons in their homes. The Contractor is responsible for getting certified by the Massachusetts Criminal History Systems Board (CHSB), if required. If the employee is not a resident of Massachusetts an equivalent background check shall be conducted in the employee's state of residence in addition to the Massachusetts CORI and SORI. The Contractor shall certify that these pre-employment screenings have been conducted, but the Owner shall not view the results. The costs associated with coordinating and conducting pre-employment drug and alcohol screening tests, criminal CORI and SORI background checks of potential employees shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The drug and alcohol screening, CORI, and SORI checks must be completed prior to a potential employee starting work. 7. The Contractor shall provide a list of personnel assigned to the project inclusive of chain of command rankings to the Police Department allowing them to do additional background checks. This list must be provided prior to commencement of any work performed on the project site. The Contractor shall maintain this list and notify the Engineer and the Owner of any revisions throughout the duration of the work. 08/10/2015 15120-7 8. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the local Police Department on a daily basis. Any reports of lack of courtesy or workmanship must be investigated by the Contractor within 24 hours. Contractor personnel must always be aware of being representatives of the Owner and behave accordingly. The technician shall not enter a facility without the permission or presence of an adult, of age eighteen(18)years or older. The technician shall not accept payment for work performed during the meter replacement. The technician shall not perform any work in the facility other than that necessary to complete the meter replacement. Under no circumstances is the Contractor, its employees or representatives to solicit additional business, plumbing or otherwise, from the Owner's customers. Any inappropriate conduct will be grounds for termination of the Contract. The recommendation of a particular plumber or company and/or the performance of work other than the supply and installation of equipment included under this contract is prohibited. 9. The Contractor shall have a complete,formal,training program for all technicians and supervisors employed on this Contract. Training and certification program for employees working under this contract shall be submitted for review prior to the start of construction and are subject to approval of the Owner. During this program, the Contractor's personnel shall be trained in the technical and procedural aspects of the program as well as the professional and courteous manner in which they shall conduct themselves with regard to the Owner's customers. 10. Work under this Contract may be performed during the hours of 8:00 AM to 3:00 PM,weekdays,or other reasonable hours on any day with the consent of the customer and the Town provided that the Contractor does not create a nuisance or disturb the peace. The Contractor shall be available to complete commercial accounts, which may be highly dependent on water during the day, during off hours overnight when water demands are low and a shutdown is feasible. The Contractor shall take this into account when preparing its bid and no claim for additional payment will be allowed. In accordance with state regulations no individual worker shall be permitted to work more than eight(8)hours in one day except in cases of emergency. C. PERSONNEL AND VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION 1. All personnel assigned to the project by the Contractor shall wear an approved uniform with company logo and with picture identification badge displayed in a conspicuous manner. Employees without proper uniform or identification will not be allowed to work. The identification badge shall display the Contractor's name, employee name, title and signature, employee's picture, and employee ID number. The Contractor's employees shall have uniforms of the same type and color. The uniform shall include shirts, pants,jackets and hats. Uniforms and identification are subject to the approval of the Owner. Employees who, for whatever reason, are no longer employed by the Contractor shall be required to return to the Contractor their identification material upon termination of employment. 08/10/2015 15120-8 2. All vehicles used by the Contractor shall display identification signs acceptable to the Owner at all times. The approved identification signs shall be on both sides of the vehicles. D. COMMUNICATIONS 1. The Contractor shall maintain adequate local telephone service where a representative can be reached twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week to receive emergency telephone calls. The Contractor must have capabilities in every vehicle, such as cell phones or two-way radios, so as to allow communication between the Contractor's installation crews,the Project Manager,the Superintendent or Foreman, and the Contractor's main office. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner and the Engineer with the necessary information in order to provide fail-safe communication between itself and the Owner at any time of the day or night. If Contractor receives a call during normal business hours,the Contractor shall respond and investigate within thirty(30)minutes. If the Contractor receives a call during other times,the Contractor shall respond and investigate within two(2)hours of notification. 2. The Contractor shall provide a web interface for customer appointment scheduling. The interface shall be customized for this project and include links to Owner's web resources. The web interface shall display up-to-date appointment availability and prevent overbooking installation resources. E. PUBLIC RELATIONS 1. The Contractor shall provide a press release, with wording and format acceptable to the Owner,to inform customers of the meter replacement program. Such notice shall be published monthly in the local newspaper, on the Owner's website and on cable television. All costs associated with such advertising shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. F. CUSTOMER CONTACT AND APPOINTMENT SCHEDULING 1. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with an electronic list that indicates customer name, address, account number, and meter size for each location to which a meter, register, and AMI module shall be installed under this Contract. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with the customer telephone numbers if on file in the Owner's database,but the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining telephone numbers for other customers. 2. The Contractor is required to contact the individual, commercial, industrial, and/or municipal users for the purpose of gaining access to the facilities or structures. An initial mailing shall be made to all water customers to inform them of the water meter replacement program, the procedure for scheduling appointments, and any other information required. A sample letter shall be submitted to the Owner and Engineer for approval prior to the initial mailing. In accordance with the approved work 08/10/2015 15120-9 schedule, the Contractor will be responsible for scheduling appointments for meter replacements with the property Owner. 3. The Contractor will mail two(2)additional letters to request that water customers call the Contractor for an appointment. The first of these will give two weeks advance notice of the Contractor's arrival in a particular area. The final notice letter will be mailed to customers to announce the Contractor's arrival. This final notice will request that the customer call immediately for an appointment. All mailings shall be sent first class and shall originate from Massachusetts. 4. It is expected that the Contractor may be able to proceed with some of the installations by door-to-door canvassing. The Contractor's field personnel shall use the following procedures for door-to-door contact with customers. • Attempt to contact customer by knocking on door, using door bell, or entering a commercial facility. Refrain from knocking on windows or entering backyards. • If the customer is present, inform him/her of the meter replacement program and attempt to complete the work. If the installation cannot be accomplished due to customer inconvenience, assist the customer in calling the Contractor's office to schedule an appointment. At no time shall a Contractor threaten any resident with termination of service or any other action for failure to consent to the installation. • The Contractor shall not enter a residence or business without the permission or presence of an adult, of age eighteen(18)years or older. • If the customer is not present, the Contractor shall leave the approved notice in a visible location. The notice shall not be left in the mailbox. 5. If a"lockout" occurs as a result of the customer failing to contact the Contractor to set up an appointment, the Contractor shall make at least three visits: one visit on a weekday in the AM;one visit on a weekday after 6:00 PM; and one visit on Saturday. A notice must be left after each attempted contact explaining the purpose of the contact, together with a toll-free telephone number where the Contractor may be reached. A sample of the notice shall be submitted to the Owner and Engineer for approval prior to the first visit. If a telephone number for the water customer is available, the Contractor will continue to try and contact the customer over a two- week-long period. The Contractor is to document ALL of its attempts to complete this installation. All appointments for installation and all call-backs are the Contractor's responsibility and no claim for additional payment shall be allowed. If after the three(3)notification letters,three(3)visits, and telephone calls the customer has not responded, the Contractor shall provide the Owner and Engineer with a complete listing of the no-response contacts on a monthly basis showing all documented attempts to contact the customer. The Owner shall then attempt to schedule the installation on the Contractor's behalf. 6. Once the lockout information has been submitted, the Owner shall send out a final certified letter to the customer requiring the customer to contact the Contractor to schedule the installation. If the customer fails to schedule an appointment within a two(2)week period,the Owner may terminate the water service. 08/10/2015 15120-10 7. All installations shall be made at the convenience of the customer. The appointment for the installation shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply a minimum of two toll-free lines. 8. The Contractor shall notify all customers of a scheduled appointment 24 hours in advance of the appointment either with a confirmation email or phone call. 9. The Contractor shall use a computerized tracking system that coordinates appointment scheduling and actual production totals. The system must be fully integrated with all phases of scheduling production, customer contact documentation, and accounting. The system must be able to generate weekly and monthly production status,exception lists, and refusal/no response list reports. The Contractor shall provide electronic copies of the reports to the Owner and Engineer on a weekly and monthly basis depending on the report. The Contractor shall also provide access to the computerized tracking system, for viewing only, to the Owner and Engineer for the duration of the project. 10. The weekly production reports shall be generated from an interactive database and exported in a Microsoft Excel format for the Owner's approval. All fields in columns A through AQ shall be included as listed below. Any non-applicable fields within columns A through AQ shall remain as blank placeholders. Additional fields can be added after column AQ. This format may only be altered with prior written approval of the Engineer. Column Column Title Description A Account Number This number shall be a unique account identifier that is included (or other unique both on the Contractors work order database and the Owners billing identifier) database B Date Installation date in the MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM AM/PM format C New Meter Size Size listed in the following formats: 5/8, 3/4, 1, 1.5, 2, 3,4 ,6 D New Meter Example: Sensus iPERL Smart Water Meter or Sensus OMNI Manufacturer and Compound(C2) Water Meter Model E New Meter Type Positive Displacement,Ultrasonic, etc. F New Meter Serial New meter serial number(utilizing barcode tag affixed to meter) Number G New Meter Serial Link to a photo clearly showing the new meter serial number Number Photo H Tamper Tag Serial number for the new tamper tag Serial Number I Tamper Tag Link to a photo clearly showing the installed tamper tag with the Photo serial number J AMI Module New AMI Module number (utilizing barcode tags affixed to Number module) K AMI Module Link to a photo clearly showing the new AMI Module number Photo 08/10/2015 15120-11 L AMI Module Description of AMI Module location, some examples include: Location Integrated w/register, floor joist, outside—east side of house, etc. M AMI Module Coordinates of location of AMI Module: Longitude, Latitude, Coordinates Elevation,Accuracy N AMI Module Sensus SmartPoint 510M or 520M Type O AMI Module Confirmation that the activation of the AMI Module was successful Activation and that the AMI Module is successfully communicating. Confirmation Activation achieved using Sensus CommandLink. P AMI Activation Link to a photo clearly showing the Sensus CommandLink with the Device Photo Activate Success confirmation message displayed and that is it successfully communicating Q Final Meter Read Final meter reading off the old register R Final Meter Read Link to a photo clearly showing the old register with the final read Photo S Conditions Upon Link to a photo clearly showing the newly installed meter, meter Departure Photo orientation, street side and house side valves,AMI Module(or wire if not integrated in the register), etc. T Installer Name The full name of the installer or their employee ID number (or employee ID) U Install Type Standard Installation,Non Standard Type 1, etc. V WSE Comment Leave this field blank(For WSE comments) Field W Owner Include information only if the Owner was called to the property for Assistance assistance, examples include: Curb Stop Shutdown, Locating the Required Meter, etc. X Water Service Copper,Iron,HDPE,Lead, etc. Material Y Water Service Excellent, Good,Poor,Needs Repair Condition Z Street Side Valve Gate valve,Ball valve, etc. Type AA Street Side Valve Excellent, Good,Poor,Needs Repair Condition AB House Side Gate valve,Ball valve, etc. Valve Type AC House Side Excellent, Good,Poor,Needs Repair Valve Condition AD Confirmation of Yes/No Presence of Backflow Device AE Customer Name Customer's name, or name of representative present during installation. AF Service Address Street Number, Street, Town, State,Zip Code AG Mailing Address Street Number, Street, Town, State,Zip Code 08/10/2015 15120-12 AH Telephone Customer's telephone number Number Al Email Address Customer's email address AJ Old Meter Size Size listed in the following formats: 5/8, 3/4, 1, 1.5, 2, 3,4 ,6 AK Old Meter Type Positive Displacement,Turbine, Compound, Fire, etc. AL Old Meter Serial Manually type the old meter serial number Number AM Old AMI Module Manually type the old AMI Module number Number AN Connections List all connections before the meter. Include these connections in Prior to Meter the Conditions Upon Departure Photo above. AO Installation Notes Any installation notes AP Sump Pump Yes/No/Unsure (Provide Photo) Inspection— Sump Pump Present AQ Where Does Outside/Sewer Drain/Hose/Unsure (Provide Photo) Sump Pump Discharge? AR Electrical Yes/No Bonding Required? AS Electrical Yes/No (Provide photo) Bonding Performed? G. MISSED APPOINTMENTS AND POOR PERFORMANCE 1. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of one(1)hour advance notice if a scheduled appointment will be missed by an installer or the installer will arrive late. Missing an appointment is defined by arriving anytime beyond the scheduled appointment window. The Contractor shall also provide priority in rescheduling an appointment to the affected Customer(s), including an attempt to reschedule the appointment upon notice of the cancelation. Failure to notify the Customer may result in installers being removed from the project. 2. The Engineer and/or Owner reserve the right to have any installer removed from the project if that installer has demonstrated a pattern of missing scheduled appointments. No installer shall miss more than three (3) appointments in one week or more than twenty (20) appointments over the length of the project. If multiple installers are missing,and/or arriving late to appointments,the Contractor shall be required to extend the scheduled appointment window so installers have amble time to complete difficult installations without inconveniencing customers. 3. Installers that demonstrate repeated poor performance, including but not limited to; backwards meter installations, data entry discrepancies, poor interaction with customers, and poor cleanup practices, shall be removed from the project. Installers 08/10/2015 15120-13 cited for three (3) or more instances within a single month or more than twenty (20) appointments over the length of the project shall be removed from the project.Amongst others indications, customer complaints will be cited as poor performance by the installer. 4. Installers that are removed from the project due to tardiness and/or poor performance by the Engineer and/or Owner will not be a basis of claims for more time to complete the project or additional compensation for hiring costs by the Contractor. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. GENERAL I. The Contractor shall replace existing meters in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and instructions. The Contractor shall install the water meter and related equipment in the existing location. The installation shall include a letter to the customer explaining how the meter operates and how to read the meter. 2. To the extent practical, the Contractor shall install the AMI Module on the rafters in the basement of the buildings. If the new AMI Module cannot be installed on the rafters, the Contractor shall present an alternate location and get approval from the Town. 3. Currently, there are external strainers on some of the existing large meters. The Contractor is responsible for removing the external strainer and replacing it with a spacer. This work will be included in Type I Non-standard meter installation costs. 4. Standard installation work includes removal of the existing meter, register, and radio module, installation of the new meter, new register, new AMI Module, new wiring between the meter and AMI Module, mounting fasteners for the new AMI Module, activation and field programming of the new AMI Module(as required),confirmation of AMI Module successful communication using the Sensus CommandLink, meter seal, tamper tag and warning sticker, reattachment of any existing grounding wire clamps or jumper cables that were detached to complete the meter replacement, continuity check, water flow verification test, processing of all meter installation documentation,including required photos,and job site clean-up. For situations where an AMI Module is being installed in a meter pit, the installation work also includes the installation of a mounting bracket or pit mount device per the manufacturer's specifications. The Contractor shall notify the Owner at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to starting any work in meter pits 5. For situations where the existing radio module is in a location that does not provide for successful communication of the new AMI Module, the Contractor shall install extension wire(s) as necessary to locate the AMI Module in a location where the Sensus CommandLink signals a successful communication.If an irrigation box would be required for a signal,the Contractor shall furnish and install all irrigation boxes. 08/10/2015 15120-14 6. The Owner,through the Supply Contractor, shall provide the Contractor with a list of all accounts and the type of AMI Module (510M or 520M) that shall be installed at each account. The type of AMI Module is dependent upon the carrier that provides the most sufficient coverage for each account. The Contractor shall be responsible for installing the correct AMI Module in accordance with this list. 7. Water Meter Right-Sizing installation work includes installations where a 1-inch or larger meter,including those in pits,is removed and replaced with a smaller meter and reconfiguration of existing plumbing is required to accommodate the smaller diameter water meter. The work shall include the additional labor and materials required to right-size the plumbing of the existing meter to be compatible with the smaller diameter water meter. The work includes the supply and installation of required piping(including spool pieces to cover the lay length where a large meter is replaced with a smaller meter), valves and/or meter setters, and the necessary materials for installing the new valves or setters, including couplings, fittings, flanges and tailpieces. 8. During all meter installations, the Contractor shall conduct a visual inspection of the immediate area around the water meter and document whether a sump pump is present and document where the sump pump is discharging. The Contractor shall take photographs of the sump pump and the discharge area at each account. 9. Each customer will be informed that the water service will be shut off to accomplish the meter changeout. The water service shall be shut off for as short a time period as necessary. 10. Installations shall fall into one of the following categories for payment as described in Section 01270,MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: • Standard Installation • Non-Standard Meter Installation—Type 1 • Non-Standard Meter Installation—Type 2 • Water Meter Right-Sizing 11. The Contractor shall determine that the pipes and couplings around the meter are in acceptable condition for meter replacement. If the inside valve is not capable of shutdown,the Contractor shall not freeze the service.These locations shall be put onto Exception Reports and the Owner will assist as able by locating and operating the curb stop. The Owner shall locate and operate the curb stop during normal working hours and in emergency situations to obtain a shut off for the Contractor to perform the work. The Owner does not own shut off valves and Contractor shall not replace shut off valves without written approval from the Owner. 12. If, in the opinion of the Contractor, the existing meter or register cannot be removed without unreasonable risk of damage to the customer's premises,the Contractor shall notify the Owner and the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the water customer, 08/10/2015 15120-15 the Owner, and the Engineer of any pre-existing leaks that are observed upon reasonable inspection prior to meter installation. 13. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the Owner of any installations that are special or unusual cases(for example,meter buried in concrete or finished basements with paneling requiring additional work). In these instances,the Owner will make the installation. 14. All installation work shall be first class in all respects. The meter and appurtenances shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner by technicians who have been trained and informed of the technical and procedural requirements of the work. 15. Installations that have been delayed or have not been completed due to either "lockout"or pre-existing conditions as described above will not be paid for and shall be considered incidental to the project. 16. Plumbers licensed in Massachusetts will be required for installations requiring modifications to existing plumbing downstream of the water meter. The Contractor shall obtain a plumbing permit for these installations and shall furnish all labor, transportation, tools, equipment, and incidental materials necessary to obtain the plumbing permit, as stated in Section 00890,PERMITS. 17. The Contractor shall ensure there is proper electrical bonding at the water meter. If bonding is not present, the Contractor shall install a jumper wire across the water meter. This work shall be documented, and photographs shall be taken. B. INSTALLATION DETAILS 1. The following summary describes the general steps of the standard installation work to be performed. The actual work may differ from this description and is not necessarily limited to these actions. • Notify customer of water service shut-off. • Select suitable location for the AMI Module in accordance with the AMI System Manufacturer's recommendations. • Photograph the old meter register (with a digital camera and a clear final read) before the old meter is replaced. • Replace old meter and register with new meter and register. • Install new AMI Module in rafters of basement, in accordance with the AMI System Manufacturer's recommendations, and remove old radio module if present. • Install extension wires between the AMI Module and meter register as necessary if the factory wiring supplied with the AMI Module is not sufficient. • Activate and program the meter and AMI Module and confirm the AMI Module is receiving an adequate signal. • Install jumper wires across water meter for adequate bonding, if required. 08/10/2015 15120-16 • Test and confirm activation with manufacturer's CommandLink or AMI System handheld device. Photograph (with a digital camera) the Sensus CommandLink with the Activate Success confirmation message displayed. • Obtain meter reading through new AMI Module using manufacturer's CommandLink handheld device. • Install tamper tag on the meter, tamper warning sticker on the AMI Module and seal meter. Photograph (with a digital camera) the new meter setting with the meter seal clearly visible after the meter installation is complete. • Record latitude and longitude of AMI Module location. • Clean work area. • Complete all documentation. • Inform building occupant of actions, obtain customer signature,and leave written explanation of meter operation, and notification period for defects of thirty (30) days. • Conduct a visual inspection of the immediate area around the newly installed water meter and document whether a sump pump is present and whether there is proper discharge. C. TESTING 1. The Contractor shall check the operation of each installed water meter,meter register, and AMI equipment using the manufacturer's test equipment upon completion of the meter installation. Should any meter fail to operate during the test,the Contractor shall be responsible for determining what the problem is and correcting it on the spot at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. The Owner will test the operation of the meter and AMI module installation within two (2) weeks of the installation. The project shall not be considered substantially complete until it has been determined by the Owner and Engineer that all installations have been completed as specified. A test shall be considered successful upon the fixed network receiving seven(7) consecutive days of hourly consumption data. i. Faulty Installation If it is determined that the installation was faulty, then the Contractor shall immediately correct, replace and install the equipment at no cost to the Owner. Following repair and/or correction of the system components, the system shall be retested as described above. ii. Faulty Equipment If it is determined that the equipment furnished by others (the Supply Contractor) is faulty, then the Supply Contractor or Owner will be responsible for the replacement and installation of the equipment. Contractor shall be paid in full for completed installation. 08/10/2015 15120-17 D. SEALING AND INSTALLATION 1. Upon completion of testing, the Contractor shall furnish and install a lead-free wire seal to seal the register head, all meter screws, bottom cap bolts, and inlet meter coupling.A separate inlet meter nut with a guard-nut seal is not required. E. TAMPER TAG AND WARNING STICKER 1. The Contractor shall furnish and install a tamper tag on each meter and tamper warning sticker on each AMI Module to advise the customer of the penalties for tampering with a meter or AMI Module. The Owner shall approve the language on the tamper tag and warning sticker prior to installation. F. REJECTION OF WORK 1. If upon inspection by the Engineer or the Owner it is found that any installation is defective, the Contractor shall repair the defect at no additional cost to the Owner. The Engineer and the Owner will re-inspect the installation within a reasonable period of time. Rejected installations will count against an installer's performance record in accordance with sub-section 3.01 Control and Management Plan. G. GUARANTEE AND WARRANTY 1. All faulty installations within the warranty period shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. It will be presumed that any leaks or defects that occur before the first fitting upstream and downstream of the meter,and are visible from the meter,and reported by the customer to either the Contractor or the Owner within ninety (90) calendar days after completion of the replacement, are the result of the replacement efforts, and the Contractor shall repair the damage at no additional cost. This presumption will not apply to leaks or other preexistent conditions noted by the Contractor during the replacement and reported to the Owner and the Engineer. This provision does not limit the duration of the Contractor's liability in case of negligence. H. DAMAGES 1. During the replacement program, some breakage(s) may occur to customer service lines. The Contractor shall have sufficient equipment and materials on-hand and shall be prepared to immediately repair any damage to customer service lines at no additional cost to the Owner. I. EMERGENCY CONTACT 1. The Owner will investigate defective installations resulting in service interruption or reduced quality of service or leaking settings. The Owner will attempt to advise the 08/10/2015 15120-18 Contractor within 90 minutes of notification, so that the Contractor has the option to investigate with the Owner. Depending on the severity of the emergency, the Owner may elect to make the repairs and may elect to back charge the Contractor for this work. If the Owner directs the Contractor to make the repairs, the problem shall be corrected by the Contractor within four(4)hours of notification. The Contractor must provide a reliable means for contact and must be available for emergency work twenty-four(24)hours per day, seven(7)days per week. J. OLD METERS AND REGISTERS 1. Upon removal, all old meters, register heads, and radio modules shall be tagged and identified by address to allow verification of the final reading of the meter. Approved tags shall be provided by the Contractor for this purpose. The Contractor shall be responsible for storing the old meters, register heads, and reading devices for a minimum period of nine (9) months so that the meters may be accessed should any final reading be challenged. 2. Following the holding period described above, the old meters and registers shall be disposed of by the Contractor at his expense. K. CUSTOMER COMPLAINTS 1. The Contractor shall designate a representative to meet with and resolve problems related to the meter replacement program. The Contractor shall investigate all customer complaints with respect to this project within twenty-four (24) hours of notification. 2. The Contractor shall correct any installations where the Owner received a complaint from property Owners dissatisfied with the installation,before payment is made. The decision by the Owner regarding the credibility of a homeowner or business Owner's complaint shall be final. The Contractor shall promptly correct any deficiencies, including but not limited to,leaks that are a direct or indirect result of the installation, when directed to do so by the Owner. 3. If it is in the opinion of the Owner that customers complaint is credible,the complaint will count against the installer's performance record in accordance with Sub-Section 3.01 Control and Management Plan. 3.03 CARE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY: A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property as stated in Section 01110, CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS. 3.04 CLEAN UP: 08/10/2015 15120-19 A. During the course of the work,the Contractor shall keep the site of its operations in as clean and neat a condition as possible at all times, as referenced in Section 01740, CLEANING UP. 3.05 DOCUMENTATION AND REPORTING: A. The Contractor shall collect all documentation of meter, register, and AMI Module installation,and sump pump inspection on a paperless,electronic work order data collection device. The device shall operate on a windows mobile platform, shall have a scanner that enables the Contractor to scan meter and AMI Module serial numbers. The use of paper meter installation forms to collect installation documentation is not acceptable. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of information reported to the Owner and shall be strictly liable for issues and costs resulting from false or incorrect information submitted. Liability shall include, but not be limited to, the labor of the Owner and the Engineer to mitigate the issue and may include payment of water and sewer bills if published incorrectly as a result. Unacceptable issues include, but are not limited to, incorrect recording of meter, register and AMI Module serial numbers, incorrect association of installation information with existing accounts,lost installation records,and failure to record final reads on old meter registers. A Meter Installation File submitted with any false information may lead to immediate dismissal of that installer from any more WORK in the Town of Watertown. C. The Contractor shall submit an electronic Meter Installation File and all documentation of meter, register, and AMI Module installations to the Owner and Engineer within one (1) week of completing each installation. The file and documentation shall provide, at a minimum,the following data, and shall be in a layout acceptable to the Owner. In addition to the weekly Meter Installation File, the Owner will require an additional file in a format agreed upon by the Owner, Owner's billing system manufacturer, and Contractor, after the contract is awarded to assist the Owner in automatically transferring the new meter, new register, and new AMI module data into the Owner's utility billing system. Failure to complete any documentation including summary reports may lead to dismissal of the installer or Contractor. 1. For the old meter, register, and reading device removed: location of meter, date of removal, size and type of meter,manufacturer,serial number,and FINAL READING from meter register. Failure to record the final reading may result in the Contractor being responsible for uavment of the final water and sewer bill. 2. Regarding the new meter and/or new register installed: location of meter, date of installation, size and type of meter, manufacturer, meter serial number, register serial number, and initial reading (following all testing). 3. Regarding the AMI Module: location at the facility (including the latitude and longitude for each location at sub-meter accuracy),date of installation,manufacturer, and serial number. 08/10/2015 15120-20 4. Miscellaneous data: inoperative valves, corroded pipes,presence of electrical ground connections(for example, service pipes that are grounded to the buildings' internal electrical system), condition of water service,unusual situations, extra parts required to complete the installation, etc. The installer shall note incoming pipe material and conditions. If the incoming pipe is weathered iron pipe, the contractor shall flag the service and notify the Owner. The installer shall note that no bonding was performed due to existing pipe conditions and a photo documenting shall be required. 5. Photographs shall be taken as specified herein.Photograph of the old meter register shall show the final read and the new meter setting shall show the meter seal clearly visible. Photographs of electrical bonding and sump pump inspections shall be taken as required. D. The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Engineer with summary reports containing, at a minimum,the following information: • Installation production status, as described in 3.01.F.9 of this specification. • Listing of accounts where the meters are not transmitting a reading, or are not functioning properly, even after the corrective measures described in 3.02.0 have been taken. • Listing of accounts that have been non-responsive or have refused entry. For accounts that have been non-responsive, the listing must also include documentation that the Contractor has attempted to contact the customer as required in 3.011.5 of this specification. • Listing of"exception" accounts where the Contractor could not install meters due to conditions such as blocked access to meter, faulty plumbing,meter sizing issues, or any other situation that prevents the Contractor from installing a meter. The summary reports containing the above-listed information must be submitted to the Owner and Engineer on a monthly basis. Reports shall be submitted electronically as a Microsoft Excel File. Monthly summaries MUST be submitted for the Contractor to receive payment for its work. E. Digital photographs as specified herein shall be submitted to the Engineer electronically on a weekly basis. A whiteboard shall be included in each photograph showing the address, meter size, meter serial number, final register reading, and domestic or irrigation service. Files shall be JPEG color images. Photograph file names shall be uniquely identified and shall begin with the service address, followed by "R" for existing register and "A" for after/new meter setting with meter seal. The Contractor shall submit an example photograph to the Engineer for approval within one (1)month of the start of the contract. Photos must be submitted for the Contractor to receive payment for its work. 3.06 COMPLETION PROCESS: A. As total metering installations approach the eighty (80) percent completion stage, a customer service representative(CSR) shall be assigned by the Contractor specifically to 08/10/2015 15120-21 analyze each outstanding installation to ascertain the reason why the installation has not been carried out. B. Upon reaching eighty(80)percent,the CSR shall remain focused in attempting to obtain appointments by whatever method is available. The Project Manager shall meet with the Owner to determine any other avenues to find other customer contacts. C. The CSR shall continue to attempt to obtain appointments for the outstanding installations until the total installation reaches ninety five (95)percent complete. D. A Clean-up Crew shall work to complete the outstanding installations over a minimum period of approximately two (2) weeks working split shifts when necessary in order to obtain the best results and clear up the maximum number of outstanding installations. E. At the end of the two (2) week period, a schedule shall be prepared by the Contractor detailing account number, account name, address, city/town and zip and evidence of the date and time during which the number of contractual attempts were made. This schedule shall be sent to the Owner sorted by meter route. F. Upon receipt of the schedule from the Contractor, the Owner shall assist the Contractor in obtaining an appointment with the customer to install the meter. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with available days during which personnel will be available to complete these outstanding installations. The Owner shall attempt to schedule outstanding installations to fill the Contractor's available days. G. Substantial completion for the project will not be acknowledged until the Contractor has achieved a ninety five (95) percent completion rate for the project unless otherwise agreed upon by the Owner. END OF SECTION \\wse03.local\W SE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455-AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\15120-Installation of Water Meters, Registers and Reading Devices.docx 08/10/2015 15120-22 SECTION 15140 PROCESS PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: This section covers furnishing, laying, jointing, and testing of process pipe for meter installation with existing piping 3-inch and larger, including fittings, special castings and appurtenant work, as specified. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15120, INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS, REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES B. Section 15408,PLUMBING 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. All pipe and fittings shall be inspected and tested at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to which the material is manufactured. B. The Owner reserves the right to have any or all pipe, fittings, and special castings inspected and/or tested by an independent service at either the manufacturer's plant or elsewhere. Such inspection and/or tests shall be at the Owner's expense. 1.04 REFERENCES: The following standards form a part of this specification and indicate the minimum standards required: American National Standards Institute(ANSI) ANSI A21.4 Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water ANSI A21.10 Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3-inches through 48-inches, for Water and Other Liquids ANSI A21.11 Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings ANSI A21.15 Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges ANSI A21.50 Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe O1/10/2013 15140-1 ANSI A21.51 Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal or Sand-Lined Molds for Water or Other Liquids ANSI A21.53 Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 inch Through 16 inch., for Water and Other Liquids. American Water Works Association(AWWA) AWWA C606 Standard for Grooved and Shouldered Joints AWWA C651 Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM A53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless ASTM A307 Low-Carbon Steel, Externally and Internally Threaded Standard Fasteners 1.05 SUBMITTALS: IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01330: A. Shop drawings shall consist of manufacturer's scale drawings, cuts, or catalogs including descriptive literature and complete characteristics and specifications and code requirements. Shop drawings shall be submitted for the ductile iron pipe,type of joint, fittings, couplings, filling rings, and lining and coating in accordance with specifications. B. Sworn certificates shall be furnished to the Engineer verifying the results of tests called for in subsection 1.03, Quality Assurance. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE: A. All ductile iron pipe shall be designed in accordance with ANSI A21.50 and shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.51. B. Pipe for use with sleeve type couplings shall be as specified above except that the ends shall be plain (without bells or beads). The ends shall be cast or machined at right angles to the axis. C. Pipe for use with grooved type couplings shall have ends grooved in accordance with AWWA C606. D. Pipe thickness class,unless otherwise indicated: 1. Minimum thickness class shall be Class 53 for use with threaded flanges. 01/10/2013 15140-2 2. For grooved couplings, minimum thickness class shall be Class 53 for pipe smaller than 18-inches and Class 56 for pipe 18-inches and larger. E. Machined surfaces shall be cleaned and coated with a suitable rust-preventative coating at the shop immediately after being machined. F. The inside of pipe and fittings shall be given a cement lining and bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI A21.4. The thickness of lining shall be double that specified in the above referenced specification. G. The outside of pipe and fittings within structures shall not be coated with the bituminous coating,but shall be thoroughly cleaned as recommended by the coating manufacturer and given one shop coat of 69-1211 H.B. Epoxoline II primer made by Tnemec Company, Inc.; Multiprime made by Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co., Pittsburgh, PA; Recoatable Epoxy Primer B67H5/R5 made by Sherwin-Williams Company; or an approved equal product. 2.02 JOINTS: A. Flanged joints shall conform to ANSI A21.15 except that special drilling or tapping shall be provided as necessary to ensure correct alignment and bolting. B. Flanged pipe shall use long-hub flanges which shall be screwed on tight at the foundry by machine before they are faced and drilled. 2.03 FITTINGS: A. Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.10 and shall be of a pressure classification at least equal to that of the pipe with which they are used. B. Flanged fittings shall be faced and drilled in accordance with ANSI A21.10 except that special drilling or tapping shall be provided as necessary to ensure correct alignment and bolting. C. Provide ductile-iron grooved-end fittings conforming to ANSI A21.10 for center-to-face dimensions. 1. End preparation for grooved-ends conforming to AWWA C606 for flexible or rigid joints as required by type of joint. 2. Minimum wall thickness of grooved fittings 12-inch and smaller conforming to ANSI A21.53. 3. Minimum wall thickness of grooved fittings larger than 12-inch conforming to ANSI A21.10. D. Fittings shall be provided with standard bosses where so indicated. 01/10/2013 15140-3 2.04 SLEEVE TYPE COUPLINGS: A. To ensure correct fitting of pipe and couplings, all flexible couplings and accessories shall be furnished by the supplier of the pipe and shall be of a pressure rating at least equal to that of the pipeline in which they are to be installed. B. Flexible couplings shall be Style 38 by Dresser Mfg. Div., Bradford, PA; Style 441 Smith-Blair, Inc., San Francisco, CA; R.H. Baker& Co., Inc., Huntington Park, CA; Clow Corporation,Rochester,NY; or approved equal products. C. All couplings shall be furnished with the pipe stop removed. D. Couplings shall be provided with gaskets of a composition suitable for exposure to the liquid within the pipe. 2.05 GROOVED COUPLINGS: A. Couplings shall conform to AWWA C606. B. Minimum pipe wall thickness shall be as specified under"Pipe For Use With Couplings." C. Unless otherwise indicated, when grooved couplings are used,joint to be of rigid type with pipe grooves cut to bring pipe ends together. Beam strength of joint shall be equal to or greater than that of flanged joint. Flexible type joint to be used only as specified or indicated. D. Where grooved couplings are indicated to provide for expansion or flexibility, cut pipe grooves to provide necessary expansion or flexibility. 2.06 FILLING RINGS: The Contractor shall provide suitable filling rings where the layout of the flanged piping is such as to necessitate their use. In materials, workmanship, facing and drilling, such rings shall conform to the 125-lb. ANSI Standard. Filling rings shall be of suitable length with nonparallel faces and corresponding drilling if necessary, to ensure correct assembly of the adjoining piping or equipment. 2.07 GASKETS,BOLTS,AND NUTS: A. For flanged joints, gaskets shall be a minimum of 1/8-inch thick full face gaskets. B. Gaskets shall be of a composition suitable for exposure to the liquid within the pipe. C. Flanged joints shall be either made with bolts, bolt studs with a nut on each end, or studs with nuts where the flange is tapped. The number and size of bolts shall conform to the same ANSI Standard as the flanges. Bolts and nuts shall, except as otherwise specified or noted on the drawings, be heavy hex Grade B conforming to ASTM A307. Bolt studs and 01/10/2013 15140-4 studs shall be of the same quality as machine bolts. 2.08 JOINT RESTRAINT: A. Where indicated or necessary to prevent joints or flexible couplings from pulling apart under pressure, suitable socket pipe clamps, tierods, and bridles shall be provided. Bridles and tierods shall be at least 3/4-inch diameter except where they replace flange bolts of smaller size, in which case they shall be fitted with a nut on each side of the pair of flanges. The socket clamps and tierods or bridles shall be coated with an approved primer paint after assembly, or, if necessary,prior to assembly. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 HANDLING AND CUTTING PIPE: A. Any pipe or fitting which has a damaged lining,scratched or marred machine surface,and/or abrasion of the pipe coating or lining shall be rejected and removed from the job site. B. Any fitting showing a crack and any fitting or pipe which has received a severe blow that may have caused an incipient fracture, even though no such fracture can be seen, shall be marked as rejected and removed at once from the work. C. In any pipe showing a distinct crack and in which it is believed there is no incipient fracture beyond the limits of the visible crack, the cracked portions, if so approved, may be cut off by and at the expense of the Contractor before the pipe is laid so that the pipe used may be perfectly sound. The cut shall be made in the sound barrel at a point at least 12-inches from the visible limits of the crack. D. Except as otherwise approved, all cutting shall be done with a machine suitable for cutting ductile iron pipe. Hydraulic squeeze cutters are not acceptable. Travel type cutters or rotary type abrasive saws may be used. All cut ends shall be examined for possible cracks caused by cutting. E. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that damage to the lining of pipe or fittings will render them unfit for use; he shall use the utmost care in handling and installing lined and coated pipe and fittings to prevent damage. Protective guards shall not be removed until the pipe is to be installed. F. Lined and coated pipe and fittings shall be assembled and installed with approved packing or gaskets of the type recommended by the pipe manufacturer for the particular lining used. G. Castings to be encased in masonry or concrete shall be accurately set with the bolt holes, if any, carefully aligned. OMNI*SLEEVE shall be installed per manufacturer's instructions. H. Immediately prior to being set, castings shall be thoroughly cleaned of all rust, scale and other foreign matter. 3.02 INSTALLING PIPE AND FITTINGS: 01/10/2013 15140-5 A. No defective pipe or fittings shall be laid or placed in the piping, and any piece discovered to be defective after having been laid or placed shall be removed and replaced by a sound and satisfactory piece. B. Pipes and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection and a hammer test just before being installed. C. Before the pieces are assembled, rust-preventive coatings shall be removed from machined surfaces. Pipe ends, sockets,sleeves,housings,and gaskets shall be thoroughly cleaned and all burrs and other defects shall be carefully smoothed. D. Each pipe and fitting shall be cleared of all debris, dirt, etc., before being laid and shall be kept clean until accepted in the completed work. E. Flanged joints shall be made up tight, care being taken to prevent undue strain upon pump nozzles,valves, and other pieces of equipment. F. Pipe and fittings shall be laid accurately to the lines and grades indicated on the drawings or as required by the Engineer. Care shall be taken to ensure good alignment both horizontally and vertically. G. Castings to be encased in masonry shall be accurately set with the bolt holes,if any,carefully aligned. H. Immediately prior to being set, castings shall be thoroughly cleaned of all rust, scale and other foreign material. 3.03 ASSEMBLING SLEEVE TYPE COUPLINGS: A. Prior to the installation of flexible couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly for a distance of 8-inches. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket,in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6-inches from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the already laid pipe and until it is properly centered over the joint. The other pipe end shall be inserted into the middle ring and brought to proper position in relation to the pipe already laid. The gaskets and followers shall then be pressed evenly and firmly into the middle ring flares. B. After the bolts have been inserted and all nuts have been made up finger tight,diametrically opposite nuts shall be progressively and uniformly tightened all around the joint,preferably by use of a torque wrench of the appropriate size and torque for the bolts. C. The correct torque as indicated by a torque wrench shall not exceed 90 foot-pounds. 3.04 ASSEMBLING GROOVED COUPLINGS 01/10/2013 15140-6 A. Clean grooves and other parts. B Coat ends of pipe and outside of gasket with soft soap or silicone and slip gasket over one pipe end. C. Bring pipes to correct position and center gasket over pipe ends with lips against pipe. D. Place housing section, insert bolts and tighten nuts until housing sections are in metal-to- metal contact. E. If grooves must be cut in the field, the equipment used shall be as recommended by the coupling manufacturer. Finished grooves shall comply with AWWA C606. 3.05 PIPING SUPPORT: A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all supports necessary to hold the piping and appurtenances in a firm,substantial manner at the lines and grades indicated on the drawings or specified. Pipe supports shall be furnished with one shop coat of rust inhibitive primer. B. All pipe and appurtenances connected to equipment shall be supported in such a manner as to prevent any strain being imposed on the equipment. When manufacturers have indicated requirements that piping loads shall not be transmitted to their equipment, the Contractor shall submit a certification from the manufacturer stating that such requirements have been complied with. C. Piping within buildings shall be adequately supported from floors,walls, ceilings or beams. Supports from the floor shall be by approved saddle stands, or suitable concrete piers as indicated or approved. Pipe saddles shall be shaped to fit the pipe with which they will be used and shall be capable of screw adjustment. Brick and concrete piers shall conform accurately to the bottom one-third to one-half of the pipe. Piping along walls shall be supported by approved wall brackets with attached pipe rolls or saddles or by wall brackets with adjustable hanger rods. For piping supported from the ceiling, approved rod hangers of a type capable of screw adjustment after erection of the piping and with suitable adjustable concrete inserts or beam clamps shall be used. END OF SECTION PAMA\Watertown MA\2180455-AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\15140-Process Pipe and Fittings.docx 01/10/2013 15140-7 SECTION 15408 PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. This section of the specification covers the complete interior and exterior plumbing work, including but not limited to the following: 1. Pipe and fittings 2. Flange conversion kits 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15120, INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS, REGISTERS AND AMI MODULES B. Section 15140,PROCESS PIPE AND FITTINGS 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all plumbing fixtures. B. All materials and workmanship shall be suitable for the respective positions in the work and the type of service encountered. All equipment shall be constructed to operate safely without water hammer or undue wear. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall do all work required by and in accordance with applicable State and local plumbing codes; shall arrange for all permits, inspections, and tests required by those codes;and shall do everything necessary to provide complete systems which will be ready for use without further expense to the Owner. B. Work and materials shall conform to applicable codes, utility company standards, and the rules and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Should work or material called for in the specification or on the drawings not conform to the requirements of the previous paragraphs, above,the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer when submitting his proposal. Failing to do this, the Contractor shall comply with these requirements at his own expense. 03/02/2018 15408-l 1.05 REFERENCES: A. The following standards form a part of this specification: American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM A53 Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe ASTM A120 Specification for Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Ordinance Uses ASTM A72 Specification for Welded Wrought Iron Pipe ASTM A74 Specification for Hub and Spigot Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM A167 Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip ASTM B62 Specification for Composition Bronze Ounce Metal Castings ASTM B88 Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube ASTM C564 Standard Specifications for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3034 Specification for Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. ASTM D3212 Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) ANSI B 16.3 Malleable-Iron Screwed Fittings 150 and 300 lb. ANSI B 16.12 Cast Iron Screwed Drainage Fittings ANSI B 16.26 Cast Bronze Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes ANSI B 16.18 Cast Bronze Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings ANSI B 16.22 Wrought Copper and Bronze Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings American Water Works Associations (AWWA) AWWA C651 Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains 03/02/2018 15408-2 1.06 SUBMITTALS: IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01330: A. Shop drawings shall consist of manufacturer's scale drawings, cuts, or catalogs, including descriptive literature and complete characteristics, code requirements, and motor drive. Shop drawings shall be identified by name and number of equipment, as indicated on contract drawings or in the specification. Catalog data submitted without proper identification of model number or type will not be accepted or acted upon by the Engineer. Information on shop drawings which applies to models or systems which are not to be provided hereunder and which does not specifically apply to the item submitted shall be deleted. B. Shop drawings of the following equipment and materials shall be submitted for review: Pipe and fittings Flange conversion kits PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. PIPE AND FITTINGS: 1. All pipe and fittings shall conform to the listed ASTM and ANSI Specifications as applicable,unless otherwise indicated. 2. All water piping in buildings shall be Type L, drawn, copper water tubing. Underground water piping shall be Type K, annealed, copper water tubing with flared joints. B. FLANGE CONVERSION KITS: 1. Flange conversion kits shall be provided to convert all 1.5-inch and 2-inch threaded meters to flanged meters. If the meter replacement requires the use of a flange conversion kit, the installation shall be considered a Non-Standard Type 2 meter installation. 2. Flange conversion kits shall include all flanges (shaped to match the flanges on the meter manufacturer's 1.5-inch and 2-inch flanged meters), gaskets, nuts and bolts to complete the threaded to flanged conversion. 3. No-lead flanges are required to comply with the latest revision of AWWA C800 in both design and alloy and shall comply with NSF 61 Annex F, which sets the maximum allowable lead leach limit to 5 ppb, and NSF 372, which sets the maximum lead content for a product to be 0.25% (15 ppb) lead for all wetted components. PART 3 -EXECUTION 03/02/2018 15408-3 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. PIPE AND FITTINGS: 1. All piping shall be installed in a neat, workmanlike manner, and the various lines shall be parallel to building walls wherever possible. Piping shall be installed to accurate lines and grades, and shall be supported by hangers of the type and spacing hereinafter specified. Where temporary supports are used, they shall be sufficiently rigid to prevent shifting or distortion of the pipe. Suitable provision shall be made for expansion where necessary. 2. Before assembly, all dirt and chips shall be removed from inside the pipe and fittings and from the threads. 3. After being cut to final lengths, the ends of steel pipe and copper tubing shall be reamed to remove burrs. 4. Threads of all screwed joints shall be clean-cut and of long taper. Screwed joints shall be made up with an approved pipe joint compound applied to the male threads only. 5. All pipe connected to recessed drainage fitting shall be screwed against the shoulder of the fittings. 6. Pipe joint compound, for pipe carrying flammable or toxic gas, must bear the approval of the Underwriter's Laboratories or Factory Mutual Engineering Division. 7. No close nipples will be allowed. 8. Solder joints for copper tubing shall be prepared by cleaning the ends of the tubing and the inner surfaces of the fittings with steel wool until they are bright. The cleaned surface shall be given a thin coating of approved non-lead soldering flux, and the tubing end inserted into the fittings as far as possible. Heating and finishing of the joint shall be done in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the fittings, using solid string or wire solder with no more than 0.2 percent lead. Solder shall be 95 percent tin and 5 percent antimony, or other approved composition. The use of cored solder will not be permitted. 9. A sufficient number of unions shall be used to allow for the dismantling of all water pipe, valves, and equipment. Unions shall be 250 WSP and shall be made of brass or bronze for joining nonferrous pipe and malleable iron or steel with brass or bronze seats for joining ferrous pipe. In vent piping, Tucker connections shall be used instead of unions. 10. Where ferrous pipes join nonferrous pipes carrying liquid either underground or 03/02/2018 15408-4 elsewhere, such as at electric water heaters, dielectric bushings or unions shall be used to make the joint. B. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: 1. All piping and equipment shall be supported rigidly from the building structure by approved hangers and supports. Piping shall be supported to maintain the necessary pitch,to prevent vibration, and to provide for expansion and contraction. 2. Hangers shall be secured to beams or approved malleable-iron inserts wherever practicable. The Contractor shall furnish and set all inserts before the concrete is placed. 3. Hangers shall be adjustable wrought-band,or wrought-clevis hangers with iron rods. 4. Hangers in contact with copper tubing shall be copper plated. 5. Hangers in contact with galvanized pipe shall be galvanized. 6. Vertical pipes shall be supported at each floor level by means of steel friction clamps. Long vertical drops shall be suitably braced at the top to prevent vibration. 7. Hangers shall be installed at locations not more than 8 feet from ends of each runout, nor more than one foot from each change in direction. The maximum spacing of hangers for the various sizes and types of pipe shall be as follows: Up to 1 in. 7 ft. 1-1/2 in. to 2 in. 9 ft. 2-1/2 in. to 3 in. 1 l ft. 4 in. and larger 14 ft. Cast iron soil pipe, all sizes 5 ft. 3.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Upon completion of installation, all pipelines shall be tested by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer or the plumbing or building inspector, and in accordance with the requirements of local or applicable plumbing or building code. B. All materials, equipment,tools and labor for testing shall be furnished by the Contractor. C. Piping which carries water or liquid under pressure shall be filled with water and subjected to a pressure of 125 psig. or 1-1/2 times the normal working pressure,whichever is greater, for a period of two hours or longer as may be necessary to examine the piping for leaks. D. Should leaks be found, faulty joints shall be repaired, even to the extent of disassembling and remaking the joint. Caulking of threads or the use of chemical compounds to correct leaks will not be permitted. The Contractor shall replace defective pipe or fittings, and the tests shall be repeated until test requirements are met to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 03/02/2018 15408-5 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Apparatus shall be thoroughly lubricated and cleaned before being placed in final operation. Finished surfaces shall be restored if damaged, and the entire installation shall be delivered in an approved condition. END OF SECTION \\Wse03.local\WSE\Projects\MA\Watertown MA\2180455-AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\15408-Plumbing.docx 03/02/2018 15408-6 SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rod electrodes. 2. Wire. 3. Mechanical connectors. 4. Exothermic connections. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16010 - General Electrical Requirements. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers: 1. IEEE 142 - Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. B. International Electrical Testing Association: 1. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. C. Code of Massachusetts Regulations: 1. 527 CMR 12.00 - Massachusetts Electrical Code. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grounding systems use the following elements as grounding electrodes: 1. Rod electrode. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Grounding System Resistance: 5 ohms maximum. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals. B. Test Reports: Indicate overall resistance to ground. 07/26/05 16060 - 1 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Section 01770—Project Closeout: Requirements for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and grounding electrodes. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Products and Installation: 527 CMR 12.00. B. Products: UL labeled for products in category for which UL labeling is available. C. Products: New and unused. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.9 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01110—Control of Work and Materials: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage,by storing in original packaging. D. Do not deliver items to project before time of installation. Limit shipment of bulk and multiple-use materials to quantities needed for immediate installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ROD ELECTRODES A. Product Description: 07/26/05 16060 - 2 1. Material: Copper-clad steel. 2. Diameter: 3/4 inch. 3. Length: 10 feet. B. Connector: Connector for exothermic welded connection. 2.2 WIRE A. Material: Stranded copper. B. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Copper conductor insulated. C. Bonding Conductor: Copper conductor insulated. 2.3 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS A. Description: Bronze connectors, suitable for grounding and bonding applications, in configurations required for particular installation. 2.4 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS A. Manufacturers: 1. Apache Grounding/Erico Inc. 2. Cadweld, Erico, Inc. 3. Copperweld, Inc. 4. Thomas &Betts, Electrical. B. Product Description: Exothermic materials, accessories, and tools for preparing and making permanent field connections between grounding system components. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove surface contaminants at connection points. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with IEEE 142. 07/26/05 16060 - 3 B. Install rod electrodes at locations as indicated on Drawings. Install additional rod electrodes to achieve specified resistance to ground. C. Install rod electrodes plumb with top 12-inches below grade. D. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure; bond to ground. E. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Install separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway and cable. Terminate each end on suitable lug,bus, or bushing. F. Permanently ground entire light and power system including service equipment, distribution panels, lighting panelboards, switch and starter enclosures, motor frames, grounding type receptacles, and other exposed non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment. G. Permanently attach equipment and grounding conductors prior to energizing equipment. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. B. Grounding and Bonding: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.13. C. Perform ground resistance testing in accordance with IEEE 142. D. Perform continuity testing in accordance with IEEE 142. E. When improper grounding is found on receptacles, check receptacles in entire project and correct. Perform retest. END OF SECTION PAMA\Watertown MA\2180455-AMI and Residential Meters\IFB Design\Specifications\1606 Grounding&Bonding.docx 07/26/05 16060 - 4 APPENDIX A SENSUS PRODUCT DATA SHEETS lem DATA SHEET WDS-10006-06 Let's Solve Water WERL Smart Water Meter Electromagnetic Flow Measurement System Sensus iPERL®smart water meters are designed to capture both lost water and lost revenue.The innovative magnetic technology delivers unmatched low flow registration and minimal pressure loss.With no moving parts,iPERL maintains its accuracy over a 20 year lifetime and is equipped with smart water alarms-delivering the intelligence you need to quickly resolve issues in the field. Industry Leading Performance The patented measurement technology of the iPERL water meter provides continuous FEATURES and enhanced accuracy ranges at both low and high flows and perpetual accuracy over the life of the product.The iPERL meter has a 20-year accuracy warranty and a 20- ■ 5/8",5/8"x 3/4",3/4"and 1"sizes year battery life guarantee.Over this 20-year lifespan,your iPERL will measure just as available in potable and reclaim versions accurately as the day it was installed. • 3/4"and 1"available in residential fire service(UL 327b) Construction ■ Starts registering flow as low as 0.03 gpm (0.007 m3/hr) The iPERL meter body is made of composite alloy and contains no metal material. ■ Can be installed horizontally,vertically or Inside the meter body is an electronic register and a measuring device that is diagonally comprised of a composite alloy flow tube. ■ Compatible with current Sensus AMI/ AMR systems Electronic Register The 9-digit hermetically-sealed electronic register with LCD display was designed to eliminate dirt,water,and moisture contamination in pit settings.The large,easy-to- read display includes AMI/AMR digits,direction of flow,units of measure,and empty pipe detection.The AMI/AMR digits and units of measure are fully programmable.The register also provides user configurable data logging. BENEFITS Solid State Electromagnetic Technology ■ Maximize investment with iPERUs By avoiding the use of a mechanical measuring element inside the flow tube,metering electromagnetic technology,which delivers a 20-year accuracy warranty,with performance is linear over the entire flow range-ensuring no reduction in accuracy at no required maintenance,and no loss in any flow rate over the life of the meter.The iPERL meter uses our patented remanent accuracy over 20 years magnetic field technology-requiring far less energy and delivering superior accuracy. ■ Smart alarms detect issues such as leaks, reverse flow,empty pipe,etc. Tamperproof ■ Improve low flow accuracy to drive The integrated construction of the iPERL water meter prevents removal of the register to additional revenue obtain free water.The magnetic tamper and low field alarms will both indicate any attempt to tamper with the magnetic field of the iPERL meter.The meter communication alarm indicates a possible cut cable. Alarms Quick resolution of field issues is made possible with smart water alarms including leak detection,reverse flow,empty pipe,magnetic tamper and low battery.When integrated with our FlexNet®communication network,remotely gathering and transmitting data has never been more reliable or profitable. sEnsus a xylem brand WERL Smart Water Meter Electromagnetic Flow Measurement System Smart Alarms iPERL meters have many configurable smart alarms designed to ■ Customer Leak protect your utility's investment,enhance customer service,and Detect continual consumption of water over a period monitor/optimize distribution systems.These alarms include: of time to indicate downstream leaks.This protects your utility,infrastructure and customers through ■ Empty Pipe alarm notifications that can reduce water loss and leak Detects the absence of water in the flow tube and sends adjustment costs. an alert.Allows you to identify main breaks downstream and water shortages for quicker resolution to ensure Low Battery water availability.This alarm can also indicate the water Replace your meters before they stop recording meter has been removed from service,or notify you of consumption through alerts indicating battery capacity to the meter or valve is running low. potential tamper. ■ Tampering ■ Reverse Flow Detect magnetic interference to reduce apparent water Keep untreated water from re-entering your distribution losses and protect against unauthorized activities. system and deter tampering attempts through an alarm triggered when reverse flow is detected at the meter. SPECIFICATIONS Service Measurement of potable and reclaim water,and Residential Fire Service(UL 327b).0-100%humidity.Fully submersible.IP68+rated. Temperature Ranges Water operating: 33 OF(0.55°C)to 80 OF(26.7°C) Ambient air operating: -22 OF(-30°C)to 140 OF(60°C) Storage air: -30 OF(-34.4°C)to 158 OF(70°C) Starting Flow 5/8"(DN 15 mm)size:0.03 5/8"x 3/4"(DN 15x20 mm) 3/4"(DN 20 mm)size:0.03 1"(DN 25 mm)size:0.11 gpm(0.007 m3/h) size:0.03 gpm(0.007 m3/h) gpm(0.007 m3/h) gpm(0.025 m3/h) Low Flow 5/8"(DN 15 mm)size:>0.10 5/8"x 3/4"(DN 15 mm)size: 3/4"(DN 20 mm)size:>0.10 1"(DN 25 mm)size:>0.3 Range(±3%) gpm(0.025 m3/hr)to<0.18 >0.10 gpm(0.025 m3/hr)to gpm(0.025 m3/hr)to<0.18 gpm(0.068 m3/hr)to<0.4 gpm(0.041 m3/hr) <0.18 gpm(0.041 m3/hr) gpm(0.041 m3/hr) gpm(0.09 m3/hr) Normal Water 5/8"(DN 15 mm)size:0.18 to 5/8"x 3/4"(DN 15x20 mm) 3/4"(DN 20 mm)size:0.18 to 1"(DN 25 mm)size:0.4 to 55 Operating Flow 25 gpm(0.04 to 5.7 m3/hr) size:0.18 to 35 gpm(0.04 to 35 gpm(0.04 to 8.0 m3/hr) gpm(0.09 to 12.5 m3/hr) Range(±1.5%) 5.7 m3/hr) Maximum Operating 5/8",5/8"x 3/4",and 3/4"size:200 psi(13.8 bar) Pressure 1"size: 175 psi(12.1 bar) Measurement Solid state electromagnetic flow Technology Register Hermetically sealed,9-digit programmable electronic register Capacity 10,000,000 gallons, 1,000,000 cubic feet or 100,000 m3 capacity. Register Resolution .01 gallons/imperial gallons,.001 cubic foot,or.0001 m3. Conformance to Meets the requirements of NSF 61,Annex G and NSF 372. Standards Exceeds the most current revision of AWWA Standard C-715. Materials External housing-Thermal plastic Electrode-Silver/silver chloride Flowtube-Polyphenylene sulfide alloy Register cover-Tempered glass PAGE 2 WERL Smart Water Meter Electromagnetic Flow Measurement System _ O Sealed \D Electronic Register �h 5 3/4 in. �I (146 mm) Magnetic Flow Sensors Flowtube B • I O�O 0 C Width A DIMENSIONS AND NET WEIGHTS Meter Size A B C Spud Ends NPSM Thread Size Width Net Weight 5/8" 7-1/2" 6-1/10" 1-3/4" 5/8" 3/4" 4-1/2" 3.1 Ib. (DN 15 mm) (190 mm) (155mm) (44 mm) (15 mm) (20 mm) (114 mm) (1.4 kg) 5/8"x 3/4" 7-1/2" 6-1/10" 1-3/4" 3/4" 1" 4-1/2" 3.1 Ib. (DN 15mm x 20 (190 mm) (155mm) (44 mm) (20 mm) (25 mm) (114 mm) (1.4 kg) mm) 3/4"Short 7-1/2" 6-1/10" 1-3/4" 3/4" 1" 4-1/2" 3.1Ib. (DN 20 mm) (190 mm) (155 mm) (44 mm) (20 mm) (25 mm) (114 mm) (1.4 kg) 3/4" 9" 6-1/10" 1-3/4" 3/4" 1" 4-1/2" 3.21b. (DN 20 mm) (229 mm) (155 mm) (44 mm) (20 mm) (25 mm) (114 mm) (1.45 kg) 1" 10-3/4" 6-1/10" 1-3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 4-1/2" 3.31b. (DN 25 mm) (273 mm) (155 mm) (44 mm) (25 mm) (32 mm) (114 mm) (1.5 kg) PAGE 3 iPERL Smart Water Meter Electromagnetic Flow Measurement System Head Loss Curves 5/8"iPERL 5/8"x 3/4"and 3/4"Short iPERL 12 — 12 11 u o ------------------------------------------ 9 9 _ g O 8 O. J 6 N 0 5 Jo 6 N 2 q y 5 2 3 4 2 3 . 1 2 0 1 . 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 Flow Rate(gpm) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 5/8"iPERL Head Loss(psi) ---AW WA Max Allowable Head Loss Flow Rate(gpm) —5/8 x 3/4"and 3/4"Short iPERL Head Loss(psi) ——- AW WA Max Allowable Head Loss 3/4"iPERL 1"iPERL 12 12 — 11 11 ------------------------------------------------------------ 10 ————————————————————————————-————————-——— 30 9 9 8 _ 8 _a Q 7 7 a5 5 ---- ---------- ----- v w 3 ——————— 3 _____ _ __ _ _________ _ __ _ -------- 2 2 ---------------------- ------------------ 1 F 1 0 0 I 0 5 30 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Flow Rate(gpm) Flow Rate(gpm) —3/4"iPERL Head Loss(psi) ——— AW WA Max Allowable Head Loss —1"iPERL Head Loss(psi) —-- AW WA Max Allowable Head Loss xylem SENSUS 1 637 Davis Drive I Morrisville,NC 27560 800.638.3748 ©2021 Sensus.All products purchased and services performed are subject to Sensus'terms of sale,available at either sensus.com/TC or 1-800-638-3748.Sensus reserves the right to modify these terms and conditions in Its own discretion without notice to the customer.The Sensus logo is a registered trademark of Sensus. This document is for informational purposes only,and SENSUS MAKES NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES IN THIS DOCUMENT. Xylem.com I Sensus.com FURTHERMORE,THERE ARE NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,WARRANTIES AS TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND MERCHANTABILITY.ANY USE OF THE PRODUCTS THAT IS NOT SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED HEREIN IS PROHIBITED. lem DATA SHEET WDS-1001 7-07 Let's Solve Water OMNITM Compound (C2) Water Meter 1-1/271 271 371 471 671 8" and 10" The OMNI Compound(C2)Water Meter operation is based on advanced Floating Ball Technology(FBT). Performance The patented measurement principles of the OMNI C2 meter ensure greater accuracy, expanded accuracy range and longer service life than any other comparable class OMNITM+ REGISTER DISPLAY meter.The OMNI C2 meter has no restrictions on sustained flow rates within its continuous range.The floating ball measurement technology allows installation in any orientation and flows up to maximum rated capacity without undue wear or accuracy degradation. � , miifl89999A - ` ��a70395®iv� 1 Construction a ° The OMNI C2 meter consists of two basic assemblies;the maincase and the measuring r chamber.The measuring chamber assembly includes the"floating ball"impeller with SegmentTestView TotalizerView a coated titanium shaft,hybrid axial bearings,integral flow straightener and an all _ electronic programmable register with protective bonnet.The maincase is made from ® ` industry proven Ductile Iron with an approved NSF epoxy coating.Maincase features are; easily removable measuring chamber,unique chamber seal to the maincase using HL ®F ? .gl3111G�25 a high pressure o-ring,testing port and an AWWA compliant strainer. OMNI+ Electronic Register The OMNI+electronic register is hermetically sealed with an electronic pickup Notification View Flow Rate View containing no mechanical gearing.The OMNI+ register features a programmable totalizer registration,an optional digital pulse signal,AMI/AMR reading digits,and a resettable test totalizer. The large,easy-to-read LCD also displays both forward and Conformance to Standards reverse flow directions.The OMNI+tamper-proof security cover can be positioned in any of 270 degrees of rotation,with indexing points at each of the 90-degree The OMNI CZ meter meets and far customary register viewing positions. exceeds the most recent revision of AWWA Standard C701 and C702 class Magnetic Drive II.Additionally,the meter does not require a valve to meet these standards. Meter registration is achieved by utilizing a fully magnetic pickup system.This is accomplished by the magnetic actions of the embedded rotor magnets and the ultra Each meter is performance tested to ensure compliance.All OMNI meters are sensitive register pickup probe.The only moving component in water is the"floating NSF/ANSI Standard 61,Annex F and G ball"impeller. approved latest standards. Measuring Element The hydro-dynamically balanced impeller floats between the bearings.The Floating Ball Technology(FBT)allows the measuring element to operate virtually without friction or wear,thus creating the extended upper and lower flow ranges capable on only the OMNI C2 meter. sEnsus a xylem brand OMNITM Compound (C2) Water Meter 1-1/2"1 2"1 3"1 4"1 6 8" and 10" Strainer Maintenance The OMNI C2 with the AWWA compliant"V"shaped strainer The OMNI C2 meter is designed for easy maintenance.Should uses a stainless steel screen along with Floating Ball Technology any maintenance be required,the measuring chamber and/ (FBT).This creates a design that greatly improves accuracy,even or strainer cover can be removed independently.Replacement in difficult settings.A removable strainer cover permits easy parts or complete measuring chambers are available for access to the screen for routine maintenance. repairs.OMNI C2 replacement measuring chambers may also be utilized to upgrade some third-party meters to achieve AMR/AMI Systems increased accuracy and extended service life. Meters and Electronic Registers are compatible with current Sensus AMR/AMI systems and other AMI communication systems that use the Sensus Ull 203 protocol. OMNI C2:1-1/2" p �_ <� q > ICI Register with _ __ Pulse and AMR I' Strainer Measuring - Cover Chamber Test �� Assembly Plug —0 00 B )000 ®®®C CC( m® Direction aaac W 00 y of Flow 3000 r (I'll, ---------- F- Bolt Circle G - No.of Bolts C Strainer H -Size of Bolts Screen Maincase C2 Rotor OMNI C2:2" D A �= Register with Pulse and AMR Strainer Measuring Cover Chamber Test j i Assembly Plug 000 B )0 0 0 000( ®®` 00 Direction )000 T ®® m® of Flow. )®®® 000 E )000 F- Bolt Circle v G - No.of Bolts LC Strainer H -Size of Bolts Screen Maincase C2 Rotor PAGE 2 OMNITM Compound (C2) Water Meter 1-1/2"1 2"1 3"1 4"1 6 8" and 10" OMNI C2:3" 6" D = A Register with I Pulse and AMR = Strainer Measuring Test Cover Chamber Plug Assembly Q Q 0000000 000000 3000000 00 00 �000000c 000 0000 3000000 B 0000 o0000 �000000(�„ Direction )00 D0 00000 o0000 of Flow �000000c ®®o® 0000 3000000 I 000 000 000000c 3000000 E O o00000 i000 00 000 00 F-Bolt Circle G-No.of Bolts Strainer H-Size of Bolts C Screen Maincase C2 Rotor OMNI C2:8"-10" D Register with Pulse and AMR Test Strainer Measuring Plug j —�C� Cover Chamber �� Assembly O O J norm,$018 , 000 ° oo ,�mn� O o0000000 0 �u�uu 00000000 0 0 0000 iiiiiiii // B 0000 - 0000 uuna °�°�°Q 'P,r0,,°u°u°v° Direction -- T 000000000.000000000 o0o0o0 o0 of Flow O °0000000000o 1nniuu��nnooium�m °- o°o°o° O .o �000 i111011n�11 00 E . i \— O \ (F-Bolt Circle Main case CZ Rotor G-No.of Bolts H-Size of Bolts Strainer Screen DIMENSIONS AND NET WEIGHTS Meter Normal Net Shipping and Pipe Connections A B C D E F G H J pp g Size Operating Range Weight Weight 1 40 DN •11 mp/hr 455 mm 200 g hrr Flanged 330mm 200mm 24mm 38mm 59mm 102mm 2 16mm 25mm 8.531k s 10.20 kg. 40mm 9• 9• m 200 2"DN •11 mp/hr 45 mg hrr Flanged 387mm 200/mm 25mm 146mm 59mm 114m2m 2 19/mm 25mm 11.5 kg. 4.4 kg. 50mm 9. 9. 3"DN 1 gpm 500 gpm 17" 8-3/4" 3/4" 7-7/8" 4-1/8" 6" 5/8" ill 45lbs. 48.0 lbs. 80mm .23 m3/hr 114 m3/hr Flanged 432mm 225mm 19mm 200mm 105mm 152mm 4 16mm 25mm 20.41 kg. 21.8 kg. b . 100m .34 m3p/hr 2270m3/phr Flanged 508mm 284mm 24/mm 232/mm 21mm 191 m2m 8 16/mm 38mm 29.441 ks 1 s g• 33.02 k 9• bs 150m .68gpm 2000 m3/hr 454m3/phr Flanged 610mm 337mm 24/mm 279mm 146m4m 241m2m 8 19mm 38mm 5901kg. 7031 kg. • • 8"DN 4 gpm 2700 gpm 30-1/8" 15" 11/16" 13-1/2" 6-3/4" 11-3/4" 3/4" 2" 471 lbs. 521 lbs. 200mm .91 m3/hr 614 m3/hr Flanged 765mm 381mm 17mm 343mm 172mm 298mm 8 19mm 51mm 214 kg. 236 kg. N 5 2500mDm 11 mp3/hr 9080m3/phr Flanged 1045/mm 483mm 17/mm 406mm 216m2m 362mm 12 22mm 51mm 311 kg. 1s 9• 338 kg. PAGE 3 OMNIT"" Compound (C2) Water Meter 1-1/2"1 2"1 3"1 4"1 6 8" and 10" SPECIFICATIONS Service Measurement of potable and reclaim water. Operating temperatures: Storage temperature: Air:-22F(-30C)to 15OF(65.6C) -22F(-30C)to 155F(68.3C) Water:33F(0.6C)to 80F(26.7C) Operating 1-1/2":0.5-200 GPM(0.11 -45 m3/hr) 6":3-2000 GPM(0.68-454 m3/hr) Range 2":0.5-200 GPM(0.11 -45 m3/hr) 8":4-2700 GPM(0.91 -614 m3/hr) (100%±1.5%) 3": 1.0-500 GPM(0.23-114 m3/hr) 10":5-4000 GPM(1.1 -908 m3/hr) 4": 1.5-1000 GPM(0.34-227 m3/hr) Low flow 1-1/2":0.25 GPM(.06 m3/hr) 6": 1.5 GPM(0.34 m3/hr) (95%-101.5%) 2":0.25 GPM(.06 m3/hr) 8":2.5 GPM(0.57 m3/hr) 3":0.5 GPM(0.11 m3/hr) 10":3.5 GPM(0.8 m3/hr) 4":0.75 GPM(0.17 m3/hr) Maximum 1-1/2": 160 GPM(36 m3/hr) 6": 1600 GPM(363 m3/hr) Continuous 2": 160 GPM(36 m3/hr) 8":2700 GPM(614 m3/hr) Operation 3":400 GPM(91 m3/hr) 10":4000 GPM(908 m3/hr) 4":800 GPM(182 m3/hr) Maximum 1-1/2":200 GPM(45 m3/hr) 6":2000 GPM(454 m3/hr) Intermittent 2":200 GPM(45 m3/hr) 8":3400 GPM(773 m3/hr) Operation 3":500 GPM(114 m3/hr) 10":5000 GPM(1136 m3/hr) 4": 1000 GPM(227 m3/hr) Pressure Loss 1-1/2":6.9 psi @ 160 GPM(0.48 bar @ 36 m3/hr) 6":5.5 psi @ 1600 GPM(0.38 bar @ 363 m3/hr) 2":4.3 psi @ 160 GPM(0.30 bar @ 36 m3/hr) 8":4 psi @ 2700 GPM(0.28 bar @ 614 m3/hr) 3":3.2 psi @ 400 GPM(0.22 bar @ 91 m3/hr) 10":4.5 psi @ 4000 GPM(0.31 bar @ 908 m3/hr) 4":6.4 psi @ 800 GPM(0.44 bar @ 182 m3/hr) Maximum 200 PSI(13.8 bar) Operating Pressure Flange Connections U.S.ANSI B16.1 /AWWA Class 125 Test Ports NPT Register Fully electronic sealed register with Programmable AMR/AMI reading and programmable registration pulse outputs (Gal./Cu.Ft./Cu.Mtr./Imp.Gal./Acre Ft.) Guaranteed 10-year battery life NSF Approved Maincase: Coated Ductile Iron Magnets: Ceramic Materials Measuring Chamber: Thermoplastic Strainer Screen: Stainless Steel Rotor"Floating Ball": Thermoplastic Strainer Cover: Coated Ductile Iron Radial Bearings: Hybrid Thermoplastic Test Plug: Stainless Steel Thrust Bearings: Sapphire/Ceramic Jewel PAGE 4 OMNITM Compound (C2) Water Meter 1-1/2"1 2", 3", 4", 6"1 8" and 10" Headloss Curves ^ 14 1.5" C2 Pressure Loss Curve with Strainer 102 1.5" C2 Accuracy Curve Cn 12 I I 1011101.5 o_ 1 a 10 I 100 T I J $I 99 I 98.5 i 6 98 4 97 w 21 96 I d d 0 I 95 0 .5 1.5 9 30 80 130 200 0 .25 1 7 15 30 50 80 100 160 200 Rate of Flow(GPM) Rate of Flow(GPM) 14 2" C2 Pressure Loss Curve with Strainer 102,2" C2 Accuracy Curve d^ I I 12 I I ^101 ' 101.5 a 10 100 I I T I tor J 6I /' I 99 I 98.5 i 6 98 4 97 p Lj 2 96 I i I 95 0 1.01.5 7 15 30 50 80 100 200 0 .25 1 7 15 30 50 80 100 160 200 Rate of Flow(GPM) Rate of Flow(GPM) 3" C2 Pressure Loss Curve with Strainer 3" C2 Accuracy Curve N 14 I 102 i I I I I I I 100 d 12 I �-101 ' N 10 =100 or J 8 i m 99 9E 6 98 4 I u 97 N N 2 i Q 96 i 0 o I ss 0 1.5 2.s 10 50 100 200 300 400 500 0 .5 1.0 10 50 100 200 300 400 500 Rate of Flow(GPM) Rate of Flow(GPM) 14 4" C2 Pressure Loss Curve with Strainer 102,4" C2 Accuracy Curve a12 I -101 tots w 10 I 100 I T 6 I 98' 98.5 L N 4 v 97 d 2 i Q 96 d 0 - - - 95 0 10 50 100 200 300 600 1000 0 1 1.5 10 50 100 200 300 600 1000 Rate of Flow(GPM) Rate of Flow(GPM) 14 6" C2 Pressure Loss Curve with Strainer 6"C2 Accuracy Curve d 12 I 101 ' I I I I I 101.5 w 10 I 100 I T J 8 I R 991 • 98.5 ti 6 I 98 N 4 v 97 N 2 i Q 96 i a o ss 0 25 50 100 500 1000 1500 2000 0 1.53.0 25 50 100 500 1000 1500 2000 Rate of Flow(GPM) Rate of Flow(GPM) PAGE 5 OMNITM Compound (C2) Water Meter 1-1/2"1 2", 3"1 4", 6", 8" and 10" Headloss Curves 8"C2 Pressure Loss Curve with Strainer 102,8"C2 Accuracy Curve a 6 1 I 101' I I 101.5 w 5 I I` =100 I T 1 4 I m 99 98.5 y 3 I � 98 N 2 v 97 rn 1 —�/I►� Q 96 N d0 - - -�'�' ' 95 0 25 50 100 500 1000 2000 3000 0 3 6 25 50 100 500 1000 2000 3000 Rate of Flow(GPM) Rate of Flow(GPM) 10"C2 Pressure Loss Curve with Strainer 10"C2 Accuracy Curve d 6 1 I 1101' I I I I I I 101.5 v, s l I 100 I T J 5 I i 99 98.5 d 4 I 98 97 N 2 1 I I Q 96 N i7 a 0 95 0 25 50 100 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 3 6 25 50 100 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 Rate of Flow(GPM) Rate of Flow(GPM) xylem SENSUS 1 637 Davis Drive I Morrisville,NC 275601 800.638.3748 ©2021 Sensus.All products purchased and services performed are subject to Sensus'terms of sale,available at either sensus.com/TC or 1-800-638-3748.Sensus reserves the right to modify these terms and conditions in its own discretion without notice to the customer.The Sensus logo is a registered trademark of Sensus. This document is for informational purposes only,and SENSUS MAKES NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES IN THIS DOCUMENT. Xylem.com I Sensus.com FURTHERMORE,THERE ARE NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,WARRANTIES AS TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND MERCHANTABILITY.ANY USE OF THE PRODUCTS THAT IS NOT SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED HEREIN IS PROHIBITED. lem DATA SHEET WDS-10025-04 Let's Solve Water SmartPoint 510M Non-Pit Set Module The SmartPoint® 510M Non-Pit Set Module is a radio transceiver that provides water utilities inbound and outbound access to water measurement and ancillary device diagnostics via radio signal.The SmartPoint 510M Module is designed for non- submersible/non-pit installations. TouchCoupler Design The SmartPoint 510M Module utilizes TouchCoupler,the patented Sensus inductive coupling communication platform,to interface with the encoded meter.With TouchCoupler,the SmartPoint 510M Module can connect to the meter using existing two-wire AMR installations instead of requiring utilities to access the home to install a new three-wire system.This results in a fast,efficient and reliable connection at minimal cost. BENEFITS Operation ■ Easily receives input from either walk-by/ With its migratable,two-way communication ability,the M-Series SmartPoint functions drive-by or fixed-base collection device as a walk-by/drive-by endpoint,fixed-base endpoint,or combination of the two.This ■ Controls both deployment and lifetime flexibility increases utility data collection capabilities and streamlines operations.The operation costs SmartPoint 510M Module receives input from the meter register and remotely sends ■ Compact installation that saves time, data to a walk-by/drive-by or fixed-base collection device.The SmartPoint 510M space and money-without reducing Module easily migrates from walk-by/drive-by to fixed base by simply installing a Base system performance Station. ■ Delivers a fast,efficient,reliable connection at minimal cost In walk-by/drive-by mode,the SmartPoint 510M Module collects data and awaits an ■ Minimizes new infrastructure investment activation signal from the Vehicle Gateway Basestation(VGB)or Hand-Held Device (HHD).Upon signal receipt,it transmits readings,the meter identification number and ■ Enables effective leak detection any alarms. As a fixed-base endpoint,the SmartPoint 510M Module interacts with one or more strategically placed Base Stations located in the utility service area.Top of the hour readings and other diagnostics are instantly forwarded to the Regional Network Interface(RNI)Tm at time of transmission.The FlexNet°communication network provides unmatched reliability by using expansive tower receiver coverage of metering end points,data/message redundancy,failover backup provisions and operation on FCC primary use(unshared)RF spectrum. Powerful Transmission, Flexible Platform The SmartPoint° 510M Non-Pit Set Module offers several advantages that control both deployment and lifetime operation costs.Its powerful,industry leading two watt transmitter broadcasts over large distances and minimizes collection infrastructure. And after the SmartPoint 510M Module is installed,its migratable,two-way system platform can be updated without requiring personnel to visit each meter and/or inconveniencing customers. sEnsus a xylem brand SmartPoint 510M Non-Pit Set Module Additional SmartPoint 51 OM Module Features extract detailed usage profiles for consumer information and dispute resolution.The SmartPoint 510M Module also The SmartPoint 510M Module obtains hourly readings and can incorporates a two-port design,allowing the utility to connect monitor continuous flow over a programmable period of time, multiple registers and ancillary devices(such as acoustic alerting the utility to leak conditions.In addition,the SmartPoint monitoring)to a single SmartPoint.This results in a compact 510M Module stores up to 840 consumption intervals(35 days installation that saves time,space and money-without reducing of hourly consumption),providing the utility with the ability to system performance. SPECIFICATIONS Service Wall mounted(non-pit/non-submersible)installation interfacing the utility meterto the Sensus FlexNet system. Physical characteristics Width:5 9/16"x Height:5 1/2"x Depth:3" Weight 1.13 Ibs/18.08 oz Color Tan Frequency range 900-950 MHz,8000 channels X 6.25 kHz steps Modulation Proprietary Narrow Band Memory Non-Volatile Power Lithium Thionyl Chloride batteries US:FCC CFR 47:Part 24D,Part 101C,Part 15 Approvals Licensed operation Canada:Industry Canada(IC)RSS-134,RSS-119 Operating temperature 221 F to+1851 F 30'Cto+85°C Options Dual or single port availability;TouchCoupler only,wired only Installation environment The 510M is designed for side-of-home applications where it is not subjectto submergence. Compatibility TouchCoupler and Wired Version:Sensus Encoder Registers,Badger AIDE water registers,Master Meter AccuLinx,and Hersey Translator(approved TR/PL Lead) Wired Version Only:Elster Encoder(Sensus protocol),Neptune ARB VI(ProRead),Hersey Translator, Zenner PMN Nitro 01,McCrometer flowcom FC100-OOM,and Kamstrup flowlQ 2100 Refer to the 51OM/520M SmartPoint®Module Water Meter and Ancillaries Compatibility Quick Guide for the latest compatibility information. Warranty 20 years-Based on six transmissions per day. Refer to Sensus G-500 for warranty. xylem SENSUS 1 637 Davis Drive I Morrisville,NC 27560 1 800.638.3748 ©2020 Sensus.All products purchased and services performed are subject to Sensus'terms of sale,available at either sensus.com/TC or 1-800-638-3748.Sensus reserves the right to modify these terms and conditions in its own discretion without notice to the customer.The Sensus logo is a registered trademark of Sensus. This document is for informational purposes only,and SENSUS MAKES NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES IN THIS DOCUMENT. Xylem.com I Sensus.com FURTHERMORE,THERE ARE NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,WARRANTIES AS TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND MERCHANTABILITY.ANY USE OF THE PRODUCTS THAT IS NOT SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED HEREIN IS PROHIBITED. lem DATA SHEET WDS-10024-04 Let's Solve Water SmartPoint 520M Pit Set Module The SmartPoint® 520M Pit Set Module is a radio transceiver that provides water utilities inbound and outbound access to water measurement and ancillary device diagnostics via radio signal.The SmartPoint 520M is designed for submersible,pit-set environments. i TouchCoupler Design N i'fi The SmartPoint 520M Module utilizes TouchCoupler,the patented Sensus inductive IIII�I�� coupling communication platform,to interface with the encoded meter.With TouchCoupler,the SmartPoint 520M Module can connect to the meter using existing two wire AMR installations instead of requiring utilities to access the meter to install a new three-wire connection.This results in a fast,efficient and reliable connection at minimal cost. OPTIONAL FEATURES SIDEBAR Operation ■ Easily receives input from either walk-by/ With its migratable,two-way communication ability,the M-Series SmartPoint functions drive-by or fixed-base collection device as a walk-by/drive-by endpoint,fixed-base endpoint,or combination of the two.This ■ Controls both deployment and lifetime flexibility increases utility data collection capabilities and streamlines operations.The operation costs SmartPoint 520M Module receives input from the meter register and remotely sends ■ Compact installation that saves time, data to a walk-by/drive-by or fixed-base collection device.The SmartPoint 520M space and money-without reducing Module easily migrates from walk-by/drive-by to fixed base by simply installing a Base system performance Station. ■ Delivers a fast,efficient and reliable connection at minimal cost In walk-by/drive-by mode,the SmartPoint 520M Module collects data and awaits an activation signal from the Vehicle Gateway Basestation(VGB)or Hand-Held Device ■ Minimizes new infrastructure investment (HHD).Upon signal receipt,it transmits readings,the meter identification number and ■ Enables effective leak detection any alarms. As a fixed-base endpoint,the SmartPoint 520M Module interacts with one or more strategically placed Base Stations located in the utility service area.Top of the hour readings and other diagnostics are instantly forwarded to the Regional Network Interface(RNI)Tm at time of transmission.The FlexNet®communication network provides unmatched reliability by using expansive tower receiver coverage of metering end points,data/message redundancy,failover backup provisions and operation on FCC primary use(unshared)RF spectrum. Powerful Transmission, Flexible Platform The SmartPoint° 520M Pit Set Module offers several advantages that control both deployment and lifetime operation costs.Its powerful,industry-leading two watt transmitter broadcasts over large distances and minimizes collection infrastructure. And after the SmartPoint is installed,its migratable,two-way system platform can be updated without requiring personnel to visit each meter and/or inconveniencing customers. sEnsus a xylem brand SmartPoint 520M Pit Set Module Additional Smartpoint 520M Module Features The SmartPoint 520M Module obtains hourly readings and can monitor continuous flow over a programmable period of time, alerting the utility to leak conditions.In addition,the SmartPoint stores up to 840 consumption intervals(35 days of hourly consumption),providing the utility with the ability to extract detailed usage profiles for consumer information and dispute resolution.The SmartPoint also incorporates a two-port design, allowing the utility to connect multiple registers and ancillary devices(such as acoustic monitoring)to a single SmartPoint.This results in a compact installation that saves time,space and money -without reducing system performance. SPECIFICATIONS Service Pit set installation interfacing the utility meterto the Sensus FlexNet communication network.Unit requires 1.75"diameter hole in pit lid;fits pit lid thicknesses up to 1.75" Physical characteristics Width:4.43"x Height:5.09"x Depth:3" Weight 1.0 Ibs/16.0 oz Color Black Frequency range 900-950 MHz,8000 channels X 6.25 kHz steps Modulation Proprietary Narrow Band Memory Non-Volatile Power Lithium Thionyl Chloride batteries US:FCC CFR 47: Part 24D,Part 101C,Part 15 Approvals Licensed operation Canada: Industry Canada(IC)RSS-134,RSS-119 Operating temperature 221 F to+1851 F 30'Cto+851C Options Dual or single port availability;TouchCoupler only,wired only Installation environment 100%condensing,water submersible Compatibility TouchCoupler and Wired Version:Sensus Encoder Registers,Badger AIDE water registers,Master Meter AccuLinx,and Hersey Translator(approved TR/PL Lead) Wired Version Only:Elster Encoder(Sensus protocol),Neptune ARB VI(ProRead),Hersey Translator, Zenner PMN Nitro 01,McCrometerflowcom FC100-OOM,and Kamstrup flowlQ 2100 Refer to the 510M/520M SmartPoint®Module Water Meter and Ancillaries Compatibility Quick Guide for the latest compatibility information. Warranty 20 years-Based on six transmissions per day. Refer to Sensus G-500 for warranty. xylem SENSUS 1 637 Davis Drive I Morrisville,NC 27560 1 800.638.3748 ©2020 Sensus.All products purchased and services performed are subject to Sensus'terms of sale,available at either sensus.com/TC or 1-800-638-3748.Sensus reserves the right to modify these terms and conditions in its own discretion without notice to the customer.The Sensus logo is a registered trademark of Sensus. This document is for informational purposes only,and SENSUS MAKES NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES IN THIS DOCUMENT. Xylem.com I Sensus.com FURTHERMORE,THERE ARE NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,WARRANTIES AS TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND MERCHANTABILITY.ANY USE OF THE PRODUCTS THAT IS NOT SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED HEREIN IS PROHIBITED. DATA SHEET Xylem ADS-10009-02 FlexNet M400B2 Base Station Compact Point-to-Multipoint Base Station The Sensus FlexNet° M400132 Base Station offers a strategic communications option for public service providers with endpoints deployed in remote or densely populated areas. The efficient transceiver can transmit and receive in a 200kHz band of spectrum. 200kHz enables more dedicated channels,resulting in higher network capacity, allowing more granular data and more channels of data.And the Sensus FlexNet communication network delivers double the transmit power of competitive systems over primary-use licensed spectrum-ensuring reliability for mission critical applications. FEATURES The tower-based architecture enables reliable communication of status and usage information with fewer access points than other network architectures.These compact, ■ GPS receiver for time synchronization efficient base stations fit in space-constrained environments and require no air conditioning. ■ Duplexer for single antenna ■ IP-addressable power supply with hot- Licensed Radio Spectrum swap capability ■ 8-hour battery backup In North America,FCC/IC protected primary-use spectrum avoids competition with ■ Alarms and reporting capability other wireless services,interference from other radio devices and the risk of being taken over by emergency service providers. ■ Backhaul via Ethernet/IP ■ Heated battery for cold weather Fewer Access Points environments ■ Modular construction for easy Our point-to-multipoint architecture directly connects base stations to endpoints serviceability over large geographic areas-greatly reducing the number of network backhaul connections as well as O&M costs. APPLICATIONS Resilient Network Design ■ Two-way Advanced Meter Infrastructure Sensus Base Stations continue to provide real time data during outages and (AMI) emergencies because of eight hour plus battery backup-enabling better workforce ■ Distribution Automation(DA) management and faster service restoration. ■ Demand Response(DR) ■ Home Area Networks(HAN) Small Footprint ■ Sensus VantagePoint®Lighting Control Flexible pole or wall-mounting options enable strategic deployment with a discreet appearance. Industry Leading Security Sensus has achieved GE/WurldtechTm Achilles®communications certification for critical infrastructure security against cyber threats. sEnsus a xylem brand FlexNet° M400B2 Base Station Compact Point-to-Multipoint Base Station 7I 1 _ �l PROPERTIES Receive bandwidth 200 KHz Transceivers Single Spectrum Licensed 900 MHz PCS/MAS Duplexing Single transmit Sixteen receivers-simultaneous/dedicated Applications Single Expandability No Compatibility SNMP FlexNet Requires RNI 3.x or newer ENCLOSURES OUTDOOR - POLE/WALL MOUNT Height 22"(55.9 cm) Width x Depth 22"(55.9 cm)x 10.5"(26.7 cm) Capacity One transceiver Temperature -400 to+1220 F(-40°to+50'C) Voltage 120 VAC Battery backup 8 hours NEMA rating 4 Air conditioned No xylem SENSUS 1 637 Davis Drive I Morrisville,NC 27560 800.638.3748 ©2020 Sensus.All products purchased and services performed are subject to Sensus'terms of sale,available at either sensus.com/TC or 1-800-638-3748.Sensus reserves the right to modify these terms and conditions in its own discretion without notice to the customer.The Sensus logo is a registered trademark of Sensus. This document is for informational purposes only,and SENSUS MAKES NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES IN THIS DOCUMENT. Xylem.com I Sensus.com FURTHERMORE,THERE ARE NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,WARRANTIES AS TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND MERCHANTABILITY.ANY USE OF THE PRODUCTS THAT IS NOT SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED HEREIN IS PROHIBITED. DATA SHEET Xylem ADS-10012-03 Regional Network M Interface (RNI) The nerve center of your FlexNet" communication network EEn The Regional Network Interface(RNI)TM is the head end system for the FlexNet communication network.The RNI manages communications by reading and delivering near real-time data,providing a window into the field.Communicating with end points, the RNI continuously gathers and processes device and network data,providing you with status updates and storing or sending data to other systems including your CIS,MDM,OMS and Sensus Analytics.From the data received,you can monitor the operation of meters,base stations,and the various RNI components to ensure timely and accurate billing for services.Priority alarms are delivered immediately,and onboarding diagnostic tools optimize performance by monitoring and managing BENEFITS system health. ■ Receive reliable,accurate device data to RNI software applications support billing and data analytics. ■ Configure end points overthe air. The RNI software applications are used to monitor and maintain the FlexNetAMI ■ Operate more efficiently. communication solution.Core functions include: ■ Monitor and optimize system ■ Configure:set up of the devices and network settings; manage user access and performance. security settings. ■ Manage system security. ■ Monitor: observe,detect and record network status using charts and graphs. ■ Tune: make adjustments for proper system operation. COMPONENTS ■ Troubleshoot: analyze monitoring data and alerts to maintain proper network ■ Hardware:Whether licensed and hosted operation. onsite at yourfacility,or in one of our data centers through a managed services ■ Optimize: perform firmware and configuration downloads,and maximize the partnership,servers are part of the RNI, efficiency and speed of your network. used to host multiple components. Configuration varies with the size, structure and data needs of your network (e.g.number of end points,number of _ base stations,message duplication rate, ' base station to meter density). I -e M I • I �- ■ Database:This is the primary system of - record for information consumed and �- produced by FlexNet.The database contains data such as meter read information and end point configuration information. water Gas Electric ■ Software:a suite of intuitive applications used to manage FlexNet. sEnsus a xylem brand Regional Network Interface (RNI) The nerve center of your FlexNet® communication network Optional Managed Services You have choices for hosting and managing the RNI.We 1 To take it a step further,you have the option to own and manage install the RNI at one of your data centers or other climate your base stations or allow Sensus to do it for you with our controlled environment.Or,with our Software as a Service Network as a Service(Naas)offering.With NaaS,all network (SaaS)offering,Sensus hosts the RNI through a secure cloud- base stations,firmware RF spectrum and system health are based solution.When you select a SaaS model,we provide all managed and maintained 24/7/365 by our Network Operations the hardware and software required to operate the RNI through Center(NOC)engineers. world-class,Tier IV data centers. i N NaaS SaaS �:• Billing System ............. J�� ® FlexNet • Customer • Portal WW • Base Station Regional Network Sensus FIXED Interface(RNI) Analytics BASE xylem SENSUS 1 637 Davis Drive I Morrisville,NC 27560 1 800.638.3748 ©2020 Sensus.All products purchased and services performed are subject to Sensus'terms of sale,available at either sensus.com/TC or 1-800-638-3748.Sensus reserves the right to modify these terms and conditions in its own discretion without notice to the customer.The Sensus logo is a registered trademark of Sensus. This document is for informational purposes only,and SENSUS MAKES NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES IN THIS DOCUMENT. Xylem.com I Sensus.com FURTHERMORE,THERE ARE NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,WARRANTIES AS TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND MERCHANTABILITY.ANY USE OF THE PRODUCTS THAT IS NOT SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED HEREIN IS PROHIBITED. Nothing's out of MAKING YOUR DATA INSIGHTS SIMPLE, RELEVANT AND ACTIONABLE Sensus Analytics •• •� • ••• • ' • • dew • • . .* -Al . . . . . . . • • . . . •• •• %0 • • . • solo • s, see • • •� 00 • +• •N • • • •• • • • • • •_ • . • - , ., • • •• • • • , • .• I* , •• • • - ••• • • • •�• •• • • sEnsus a xylem brand Sensus Anallytics • •• Convert smart data into smarter insight. •••• •• • ••.. Utilities know that collecting the right information from meters and sensors is the best way to optimize a system and make the most of every investment. But the data itself doesn't tell the whole story. It's the process of sorting through this data—the analytics—that reveals relevant, actionable insights to • •+� help improve everything from operations to customer service. ��•••� Sensus Analytics provides the functionality needed to do just that. Our �••• customizable suite of applications provides user-friendly dashboards that help you make informed decisions quickly and confidently.Our powerful data management tools aggregate information from your AMI,AMR and other sources.A secure connection to the cloud delivers these intuitive apps - • • . . .�e•.�!- . • , right to your desktop,tablet or smartphone. •• "• •��,� With intuitive applications that are quick to implement and easy to use,you • can rely less on IT resources.And role-based access allows service providers �'' .•. to share information across the organization for improved productivity, .�••'• operational efficiency and customer satisfaction. 4 gee Experience tailor-made analytics for tailored results. Data analytics is not a one-size-fits-all strategy.So Sensus Analytics offers you the flexibility to buy single applications or pre-bundled packages of our most • popular apps to ideally fit your business needs.With Sensus Analytics,you 0•6 have the power to extract value from your data through our industry-proven •0, • '' descriptive analytics. Not only can you see where you've been and where you • �� are now, but you can also perform predictive analytics for actionable insights s .s'`• . 0 on what may happen in the future. i 's ' J It's a good day when the power is on,the water is clean, and gas is safely flowing. Sensus Analytics gives you the 000 0 foresight and insight to make every day a good day. 2 Sensus Analytics Sensus Analytics is the heart of our smart utility technology. Big data is . . . . Our advanced provideanalytics -. user- friendly - level of smart. Hereare some of the valuable benefits: App-based Affordable Each purpose-built application Our flexible packages allow accesses data from multiple you to buy as many or as few systems and presents it in user- apps as you need to meet your friendly dashboards. business goals.And when things change? No problem.Just add another app to your existing Sensus Analytics system without any hassle. Accessible Real-time Analysis Our secure, cloud-based delivery Applications are continuously platform puts your information updated as information enters within reach no matter where you the system,so you can make are. decisions based on the latest data. Scalable Integration-ready Our Data Store, along with three Sensus Analytics draws years of cloud-based storage, information from many systems enables you to add applications through the cloud,so little or increase storage quickly—often time and cost are required for in hours. standard systems integration. Visible Secure Role-based access allows Guided by dedicated security information sharing across the teams, backed by best-practice organization—from customer policies and strict standards, service and operations to and committed to swiftly accounting and rates—for handling evolving risks, Sensus improved efFiciency and cross- meets the existing and future functional understanding. security needs of our utility customers. Sensus Analytics; Sensus Essential Analytics A Validation, estimation Ready. Set. Mobilize. and editing.This is not Sensus Essential Analytics is a bundle of applications to quickly provide the your grandfather's VEE. core meter data management performance you need without the high cost, commitment to enterprise-wide integration or seemingly endless learning With the Sensus FlexNet° curve. communication network, you're getting data at t Admin over two times the power A management tool for system-level settings including of competitive systems. access and privileges,device groups, billing calendars The need for many of the and more. historical features of VEE Report Access becomes obsolete when .� A business intelligence tool that offers a menu of you're running an accurate, reports that instantly summarize the information you reliable system. Many need to know right away. components of VEE are built Device Access right into our architecture A customer service tool that, combined with account and software. Our private and customer information, presents detailed usage network means you'll history and trends, identifies anomalies and enables never have transmission custom alert programming to track specific issues. interference or have to Billing Access share frequencies. Designed A billing interface tool that previews and audits for 100% coverage, even billing extracts for issues,enabling the utility to take during major storm events, corrective action and then generate final billing files for your data is transmitted production. securely and reliably over Meter Insight spectrum that is protected 00 o A dashboard providing a summary of incoming by federal law. network,account and meter data to identify and prioritize issues needing to be addressed. Sensus doesn't just meet the intent of VEE.We do it better. 4 Sensus Anallytics Sensus Enhanced Analytics e f A Ready. Set. Analyze. In addition to the key features found in Essential Analytics, Sensus Enhanced Analytics also provides alarm management capabilities. Go beyond billing applications to get true insight on system performance and health. Alert Manager 0 A notification tool to immediately alert individuals,teams or key customers on conditions such as high temperature, high/low voltage, power failure/ restoration, leakage and tampering. Alarm Insight A monitoring tool for your entire system with near-real-time alarms, allowing you to drill down into individual events,view historical data and map the alarm events to watch event trends. Secure by design All Sensus solutions have been designed and built from the ground up to provide Confidentiality end-to-end security protection. Our security policies and practices • • driven by customer industry standards . .best practices, . emerging CIA d potential threats. Our - are rigorously guided by the requirement to Triad maintain the "CIA .. . • Integrity • • - • data -•rity of data Availabilityof - - Sensus Analytics; Sensus Advanced Analytics Ready. Set. Customize. Sensus Advanced Analytics is a flexible option that combines our easy-to-use applications and professional services to create a solution tailored for your needs. In addition to the key capabilities found in Essential and Enhanced, Sensus Advanced Analytics offers additional features and lets you choose the right applications to best fit your business needs. Unbilled Insight 4' f A A forecasting tool providing an up-to-date view of service delivered but not yet billed,so you can accurately predict future revenue for upcoming billing cycles. Energy Insight f Atool providing a "bottom up"view of loading along the circuit, enabling an unprecedented view of your system that allows you to understand what �• is being asked of the distribution design. Transformer Utilization f An aggregation-based tool to determine potential transformer failure and help right-size installations.Coming soon:tools that expand analysis to �i additional devices including fuses and switches. Voltage Insight f Atool uncovering opportunities where you can lower and balance voltage across your distribution territory during high-use periods and reduce the need to purchase energy at expensive peak prices. Outage Management F ©� A tool to display all active outages and recent restorations. Enhanced • reporting capabilities will be added soon. Acoustic Monitoring An acoustic leak detection analysis tool used in conjunction with PermaLog devices to identify leaks in distribution systems. Hidden Revenue Locator 6' A perfect application for a water meter testing and replacement program, this app examines meter inaccuracies to identify apparent losses.This •�• solution empowers proactive revenue recovery and operational efficiencies through identifying meter under-performance due to under-registration, meter read errors and incorrect meter sizing. 6 Sensus Analytics Service Management 6* COMING SOON! A tool providing remote shut off and activation of large numbers of valves inside Sensus devices. In contrast o tools for Field Technicians, workingapplication is designed for Customer Service Representatives or others from an office. consumptionDaily Reads A A data collection tool for daily time-dependent meter readings. For example, reconciling rate vs. transportation - Smart City Innovations Utility systems are fundamental to every city, and smarter management of this infrastructure is the foundation for any smart city. Go beyond metering to true intelligent resource management and monetization of your assets. With Sensus Smart Gateways,the FlexNet® communication network and Sensus Analytics,the potential of smart is endless. Analyze data from more than 100 types of sensors, including temperature, pressure, depth, distance, light, smoke and more. • Make sure storm drains are clear before possible flooding • Know when city garbage cans are full and need servicing • Enable drivers to find open public parking spaces • And discover many, many more smart city applications We give you the tools to build your smart city. Only your imagination and innovation set the limits. 7 Sensus Analytics Sensus Analytics and the Customer Portal &' A Customer Portal enabled Engage customers for smart impact. Cedar Park,Texas, to Sensus Analytics Customer Portal is aweb-based,custom-branded, quickly catch continuous interactive application for utility consumers.This intuitive portal provides flow, sending leak alerts virtually everything a consumer needs to understand consumption patterns, and tier-billing information correct current issues and make more informed decisions about future to residents. In the first usage. Customer Portal also serves as an additional communication channel for the utility to provide enhanced customer service. year, the water municipality saved $67,000 and 15 Customer Portal provides the consumer with the most current data million gallons of water. available—the same data that the utility customer service representative is observing in Sensus Analytics. For example,a customer can see hourly water consumption down to a gallon, updated every four hours. No other utility analytics package on the market can provide this level of speed and detail. lio Your customers can use this information to set up alerts for managing daily usage, billing cycle usage and even vacation alerts. $67,000 m 15 million gallons 2 L -_ - Sensus Analytics Helping drive the success of your business. Sensus Analytics goes beyond data analysis to streamline your entire organization's workflows and create more efficient operations.Sensus Analytics combines analytical information with business processes to enable Go smart and fast data-driven decisions for improved service and revenue. Prepare and execute billing While other software packages are designed for all industries and built on meters for users with a high degree of expertise or years of experience, Sensus Analytics is made by utility experts for utilities.We know every utility is unique,so our software is right-sized and flexible—and you don't need to be a statistician or data scientist to use it.Our approach provides applications targeting daily utility functions that make managing the AMR or AMI system an integral part of managing the utility's existing goals. Support customer service With Sensus Analytics,you can focus on what you really want: near-real-time analysis of data to understand trends, improve operations and enhance customer experiences. 0 Maintain and manage meter performance and data . • • . s • • : % • • • , •' 9 •• •••i i•• _ • •� �?/ . Sensus Analytics ON About Sensus Sensus,a Xylem brand, helps a wide range of public service providers— from utilities to cities to industrial complexes and campuses—do more with their infrastructure to improve quality of life in their communities. We enable our customers to reach farther through the application of technology and data-driven insights that deliver efficiency and responsiveness.We partner with them to anticipate and respond to evolving business needs with innovation in sensing and communications technologies,data analytics and services. Learn more at sensus.com and follow us on Facebook, Linkedln and Twitter through @sensusglobal. Sensus by the numbers Years Serving Utilities 45M SaaS Customers 654 SmartPoints ' Ligh-. Q (' Customers0 f • 0 rg ,. Patents Colleagues Meters 50% Pending O• w • • • (J��) • • • Y .L• • '•0 ••*• ••1' • •r•• • i•�• •o •• so Jo • •�•i •••. • •' •' •'G • •• _• • • ••� `.�•• • • • ..... •Q O•• • ••• • • •••••..•.••. • •_•�••• •••••••••• • • •.'•• \ / • i air•' �• • . ....... • •• `J • •••• • • •• . . •• • •• . • • ,• •• •i•.� .................. •• • •• • '••.� •�•..�••ti• • ••• • ••• �. ... • AoG' •• •• �•. .••••• • • • • sEnsus a xylem brand YBR-11114-03 ©2018Sensus 1-800-638-3748 sensus.com PE V f ® in Smarter water starts now. Choose the right meter-and optimize operations. A smart utility network begins with intelligent measurement tools as the true foundation of a successful, scalable infrastructure. Plus,with water meters being a utility's"cash register,"accurate measurement is imperative for maximum revenue. But how do you know which water meter is best for your utility?And how can you account for future technologies in your decision-making?Price is important, but it's vital to look at long-term revenue capture against initial cost. Consider all meter features to determine which meters will positively impact your system's ability to grow,scale,and deliver long-term ROL sEnsus a xylem brand Whatever your specifications, Sensus has residential and commercial meters to meet your utility's needs. 5 E n 5 V 5 Take a look at these charts to discover which Sensus meters are right for you. a xylem brand Residential meters � � Commerical meters at a glance at a glance SR II° & accuSTREAMTM WERL® ally® OMNITM HydroverseTM Measurement technology Positive dis lacement Solid state Solid state Mechanical Solid state p electromagnetic electromagnetic Measurement technology floating ball electromagnetic' technology Data storage Accuracy percentage +/-1.5% +/-0.4% e Available applications Potable,reclaimed fire service Potable,reclaimed, Potable,reclaimed Data storage • • •Smart alarms Potable, applications reclaimed, Potable,raw Low battery • • • fire service Leak • • Smart alarms Reverse Flow • • Low battery • • High Flow • Leak Magnetictamper • • Reverse Flow •Tamper removal High Flow Empty pipe • • Temperature Temperature • Pressure Q •Pressure Empty pipe Maximum operating Shutoff valve pressure 200psi 232psi FlexNet®Communication FlexNet9 Communication • • (AMR/AMI) • (AMR/AMI) Flow range 0.25-50 gpm 0.11-55 gpm 0.11-35 gpm Flow range 0.5-4,000 gpm 0.44-44,000 gpm Sizes 1.5"-10" 1.5"-24 2 Sizes 5/8"-1" 5/8"-1" 5/8"-3/4" Warranty 10 years 1 year Warranty Metrology:5 yr new/15 yr repaired 20 years(15/5) 15 years(10/5) Electronic Register+: 10/10 'Insertion type available 2Larger sizes available,up to 96" Key: Yes O Optional Key: • Yes O Optional Create a smart water cycle. Smart metering,along with Advanced Metering Infrastructure(AMI), has opened up brand new insights on how to optimize operations with next-level data granularity. But smart meters are just the beginning.Advanced technology—including analytics, IoT,and edge computing— requires utilities to embrace digital transformation with a smart utility network.Along with the right meters,the Sensus FlexNet®communication network enables endless opportunities for operational efficiencies and new capabilities across the entire utility water cycle. Still not sure what to choose?We're here to help. Visit sensus.com/smartwater or email us at smartwater@xyleminc.com to learn more. WBR-10000-01 SOLUTION BRIEF Want to Build a Smart City? Communication Holds the Key. As the Internet of Things (IoT) and big data drive opportunities to create a more connected future, the promise of smart cities is turning into reality more each day. Thanks to innovation in smart infrastructure, utilities are finding new ways to leverage smart technology across lighting, electricity, water and gas to make their cities safer, more convenient and more livable. Yet many cities continue to struggle with adopting smart city infrastructure. Some are uncertain about how to begin the transition. Others have achieved some connectivity, but are unsure of how to realize all the benefits connected infrastructure can offer. The answer to these challenges is communication: ■ Choosing the right network for the smart city infrastructure ■ Starting a dialogue between utilities and the municipalities about how to best use technology to serve the greatest number of citizens Though these may seem like disparate issues, each must be addressed before the promise of smart cities can be fully realized. Choosing the Right Communication Network The right communication network is critical to the success of a smart city implementation. Communication technology has come a long way in recent years, and municipalities and utilities are faced with many choices in determining which network will lay the foundation for their IoT initiatives and applications. Making the right choice is essential, but it isn't always easy. Public mesh networks are sometimes considered the answer but they come with several drawbacks that can leave many residents underserved. This includes difficulty connecting end points in more rural areas or locations with diverse terrain, such as mountains or coastlines. Additionally, public mesh networks frequently carry latency and device battery life issues due to the high number of device-to-device transmissions. As an alternative, many utilities and municipalities have deployed private networks that offer two-way communication over a licensed spectrum that uses a STAR network design. This type of two-way network can offer point-to-multipoint connectivity for faster data transmission and more flexibility for deploying various IoT applications. When combined with smart meters and sensors, it can leverage existing assets like street lights to transform current infrastructure into smart SEnsus a xylem brand infrastructure. Further, these networks offer the ability to transmit to and from hard-to-reach areas that mesh systems struggle with. Finally, the flexible deployment options provide better scalability than mesh, opening the door for the ability to quickly integrate new applications and connectivity options to meet a city's growth and future needs. Taken together, the benefits offered by point-to-multipoint, licensed communication networks make them worth consideration for any municipality or utility struggling with how to deploy smart infrastructure. And while choosing the right communication network is one central challenge that must be addressed, it's not the only one. Opening the Lines of Municipality-Utility Communication When deploying smart applications, the goals of municipalities and utilities often overlap. Both seek to offer innovative smart capabilities to as many citizens as possible and to use these capabilities to meet the unique needs of those they serve. These entities should be in continuous communication about how to best meet those needs, yet this is where smart city initiatives frequently break down. Utilities and municipalities need to understand the diverse needs of the populations they serve so they can make certain applications are deployed in areas where they will do the most good. The instinct may be to direct applications to areas where they reach the most people, i.e., population- dense locations. Yet these might not be the areas that will be best served by those applications. Think, for example, of a rural area with a high crime rate. Smart lighting applications including enhanced dimming and flashing capabilities could help lower crime and improve community safety. Without officials beating the drum about the need for the applications to be installed in their municipality, the likelihood is that smart lighting and other smart applications will be installed in more urban or population-dense areas. Make no mistake: municipalities and utilities need to talk to each other to determine the best route for smart city implementation. Municipalities of all sizes should be contacting their utilities to make their voices heard. Likewise, utilities should make sure to incorporate the feedback of all those they serve, not just the areas with the greatest population density. Regular communication between these entities will help ensure that smart city implementations are reaching those customers best positioned to benefit from them. Conclusion Whether you're just beginning to explore smart city applications or have already deployed them, remember that communication is the hallmark of smart city innovation. Make communication the foundation of your efforts both in identifying the needs your smart city applications will serve and in choosing the network that forms the bedrock of your initiatives. Addressing these issues will position you to capitalize on the benefits smart city technology can offer your citizens and customers now and in the future. sEnsus @2017 Sensus.All products purchased and services performed are subject to Sensus'terms of sale,available a xylembrand at either sensus.com/TC or 1-800-638-3748.Sensus reserves the right to modify these terms and conditions in its own discretion without notice to the customer.The Sensus logo is a registered trademark of Sensus. 8601 Six Forks Rd,Ste 700 This document is for informational purposes only,and SENSUS MAKES NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES IN THIS DOCUMENT.FURTHERMORE,THERE ARE NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING Raleigh,NC 27615 WITHOUT LIMITATION,WARRANTIES AS TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND 1-800-638-3748 MERCHANTABILITY.ANY USE OF THE PRODUCTS THAT IS NOT SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED HEREIN IS PROHIBITED. sensus.com DATA SHEET Xylem ADS-10006-05 FlexNet EasyLink Reader The FlexNet EasyLinkTm Reader is a portable, radio-based device used to acquire data from utility meters that utilize Sensus SmartPoint® modules and/or Itron ERT radios.The Reader is compact and portable,allowing it to be used in any vehicle providing 12-volt DC power. FlexNet and Itron Compatibility The Reader provides the ability to read SmartPoint modules for water,gas and electricity meters along with Itron(SCM)Standard Consumption Messages and SCM+ technology used by ERTs.By combining these two technologies,the utility can utilize their existing ERTs while transitioning to FlexNet. Keep your ERTs and upgrade to SmartPoint modules as necessary—it's the best of both worlds. FEATURES Ease of Operation To operate the Reader,simply place the unit in a vehicle and drive the assigned route. ■ Use in any vehicle providing 12-volt DC Data is collected automatically. power ■ Reads Sensus FlexNet water,gas and Multiple read modes are available depending on the type of devices in operation.The electric SmartPoints Reader is capable of capturing data in either bubble-up or interrogation mode and ■ Reads SCM,SCM+and SmartPoints also offers configurable alarms. ■ Operators can input information including route notes manually via PC Portability keyboard Advanced design results in a portable enclosure about the size of a small briefcase. With the addition of the portable computer,connecting cable and antennas,the BENEFITS complete FlexNet EasyLink Mobile Communications solution can be set up within minutes.Any vehicle can become a meter-reading machine. ■ Sensus user-focused hardware and soft- ware provides utilities with tremendous System Reliability meter reading efficiency ■ Dual reading capability allows for easy The FlexNet®communications network utilizes primary-use radio frequencies transition to a fixed-based platform to communicate with SmartPoint modules.The combination of FCC-protected ■ Upgradable to Work Order Management frequencies and a full two watts transmission power of the SmartPoint modules ensure Suite reliable meter communication and longer range.In addition,the SmartPoint and ERT modules provide infrastructure detail by monitoring operating conditions and reporting meter tamper,continuous flow and low battery alarms. User-Friendly Software The Reader utilizes the FlexNet EasyLinkTM Workbook Application which provides a convenient,user-friendly,pull-down menu system for meter reading.The mapping feature enables further efficiency by customizing the meter reader view for relevant process information. sEnsus a xylem brand FlexNet EasyLink Reader SPECIFICATIONS Components Service Radio-based mobile utility meter reading system Physical EasyLink Reader in case Characteristics 8"W x 12"D x 4"H (20.32 cm x 30.48 cm x 10.16 cm) (includes magnetic-mount antennas and hard shell carrying case) Weight 18 Ibs(8.16 kg) 4 Temperature Operating:-4°Fto+1220F(-20°Cto+50°C) Storage:-40oF to+185°F(-40oC to 85°C) EasyLink Unit Power 12-volt DC adapter through EasyLink Reader 7 watts Frequency Range FlexNet RX:901-932Mhz FlexN et TX:940-96o M hz FlexNet antenna ERT RX:908-924MHz ERT TX:952-956MHz Receiver Sensitivity Sensitivity depends on modulation and channel BW. For 7FSK in a 25Khz channel,sensitivity spec is-120dBm. Power Cord Memory Non-volatile i Approvals Licensed operation US:FCC CFR 47,Part 24D,Part 101C,Part 15: USB cable Canada:Industry Canada(IC)RSS-134,RSS-210 Software EasyLink WorkBook Application and EasyLink Workspace Application ERT Antenna xylem SENSUS 1 637 Davis Drive I Morrisville,INC 27560 800.638.3748 ©2020 Sensus.All products purchased and services performed are subject to Sensus'terms of sale,available at either sensus.com/TC or 1-800-638-3748.Sensus reserves the right to modify these terms and conditions in its own discretion without notice to the customer.The Sensus logo is a registered trademark of Sensus. This document is for informational purposes only,and SENSUS MAKES NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES IN THIS DOCUMENT. Xylem.com I Sensus.com FURTHERMORE,THERE ARE NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,WARRANTIES AS TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND MERCHANTABILITY.ANY USE OF THE PRODUCTS THAT IS NOT SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED HEREIN IS PROHIBITED. Sensus Limited Warranty G-500R23 1. General Product Coverage. Unless otherwise provided herein, Sensus USA Inc. Sensus®Electronic Register+' 20 years° ("Sensus") warrants its products and parts to be free from defects in material and Sensus"Smart Gateway Sensor Interface 1 years workmanship for one(1)year from the date of Sensus shipment and as set forth below. All products are sold to customer("Customel')pursuant to Sensus'Terms of Sale,avail- SmartPoint®510M/520M/515M/512M Modules and Batteries 20 years' able at:sensus.com/TC("Terms of Sale"). 2.SR II®and accuSTREAMTM 5/8",3/4"&1"Meters are warranted to perform to new 11.ally®Meter Batteries and Components,including SmartPoint 510M/520M Modules meter accuracy level set forth in the SR II and accuSTREAM Data Sheets available at are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship from the Date of sensus.com for five(5)years from the date of Sensus shipment or until the registration Installation,as defined in Section 3,for the period stated below: shown below, whichever occurs first. Sensus further warrants that the SR II and accuSTREAM meters will perform to at least AWWA Repaired Meter Accuracy Batteries 15 years' Standards for fifteen(15)years from the date of Sensus shipment or until the registration Sensors 5 years shown below,whichever occurs first: Valve&Gear Motor 5 years' New Meter Accuracy Repair Meter Accuracy SmartPoint 510M/520M Modules and Batteries in service Wally 15 years' 5/8"SR II Meter and 500,000 gallons 1,500,000 gallons accuSTREAM Meter 3/4"SR II Meter and 750,000 gallons 2,250,000 gallons Sensus will repair or replace non-performing: accuSTREAM Meter 1"SR II Meter and iPERL System Batteries,and/or the iPERL System flowtube,the flow sensing and data processing accuSTREAM Meter 1,000,000 gallons 3,000,000 gallons assemblies,and the register("iPERL System Components")with hourly reads, • SmartPoint 510M/520M/515M//512M-PLS Modules (configured to the factory setting of six transmissions per day under normal system operation of up to one demand read to each SmartPoint 3.ally®Meters that register water flow are warranted t0 perform t0 the accuracy level Module per month and up to five firmware downloads during the life of the product)and batteries, set forth in the ally Data Sheet available at sensus.com for fifteen(15)years from the unless the SmartPoint 51OM/520M Module is ever paired with an ally Meter, which event Date of Installation,but no longer than sixteen(16)years from date of manufacture,not immediately amends the warranty terms to those described in Section 11; including the metef s sensors,valve,and gear motor,which are warranted under at no cost for the first fifteen(15)years from the date of Sensus shipment,and for the remaining five(5) different terms described below.As used herein,`Date Of Installation"means the date years at a prorated percentage,applied towards the published list price in effect for the year the product after which the ally Meter has been out of empty pipe for seven(7)consecutive days,as is accepted by Sensus under the warranty conditions according to the following schedule: those days are measured by the ally Meter and stored in the meters nonvolatile Years Replacement Price memory. 1-15 0% 4. iPERL®Meters that register water flow are warranted to perform to the accuracy 16 30% levels set forth in the iPERL Data Sheet available at sensus.com for twenty(20)years from the date of Sensus shipment. The iPERL System Component warranty does not 17 40% include the external housing. 18 50% 5.SR II maincases are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship 19 60% for twenty-five(25)years from the date of Sensus shipment.accuSTREAM maincases 20 70% will be free from defects in material and workmanship for fifteen(15)years from the date >20 100% of Sensus shipment. 6. Sensus OMNI- Meters and Propeller Meters are warranted to perform to as set forth in OMNI and Propeller data sheets for one (1) year from the date of Sensus Shipment. Sensus will repair or replace non-performing Sensus Electronic Register+with hourly reads for the first ten(10)years from the date of Sensus shipment,and for the remaining ten(10)years,at a prorated 7.Sensus accuMAG'°and HydroverseTM Meters are warranted to be free from defects percentage,applied towards the published list prices in effect for the year product is accepted by in material and workmanship, under normal use and service,for 18 months from the Sensus under warranty conditions according to the following schedule: date of Sensus shipment or 12 months from startup,whichever occurs first. Years Replacement Price Years Replacement Price 8. Sensus Registers are warranted to be free from defects in material and 1-10 0% 16 55% workmanship from the date of Sensus shipment for the periods stated below or until the 11 30% 17 60% applicable registration for AWWA Repaired Meter Accuracy Standards, as set forth 12 35% 18 65% above,are surpassed,whichever occurs first: 13 40% 19 70% 5/8"thru 1"SR II,accuSTREAM Standard Registers 25 years 14 45% 20 75 5/8"thru 1"SR II,accuSTREAM Encoder Registers 10 years All HSPU,IMP Contactor,R.E.R.Elec.ROFI 1 year 15 50% >20 100% Standard and Encoder Registers for Propeller Meters 1 year OMNI and OMNI+Registers with Battery 10 years Sensus Smart Gateway Sensor Interface warranty valid only for analog Meter Sample Rates of four 9.Sensus Electric and Gas Meters are warranted pursuant to the General Limited times per hour with a Standard Tranmsit Rate of hourly or greater for the analog channel(s). Warranty available at sensus.com/TC. ' If applicable,any SmartPoint 510M/520M Modules ever paired with an ally Meter are warranted with the following limitations: 10. Batteries, iPERL System Components, AMR and FlexNet® Communication When configured to the default installation setting of six transmissions of metrology and pressure per Network AMI Interface Devices are warranted to be free from defects in material and day and one update of temperature per day,the SmartPoint is warranted to perform up to five(5) workmanship from the date of Sensus Shipment for the period stated below: firmware upgrades for the SmartPoint Module and up to five(5)firmware upgrades for the ally Meter; Electronic TouchPad 10 years • 2500 Operational Commands,where"Operational Commands"include on demand reads(such as Act-Pak®Remote Monitoring Instruments 1 year consumption,pressure,temperature),an ally valve command,or a configuration command;and 15 Diagnostic Commands,which includes two-way communications tests and installations Gas SmartPoine Modules and Batteries 20 years' for the first ten(10)years from Date of Installation at no cost.For the remaining five(5)years,Customer 6500 series Hand-Held Device 2 years will pay the reduced Replacement Price of the then-current list price in effect at the time the product is Vehicle Gateway Base Station(VGB)and other AMR Equipment 1 year accepted for return in accordance with the following schedule: EasyLink Reader 1 Year Years Replacement Price Years Replacement Price CPTP100 20 Years' 1-10 0% 14 66 FlexNet Base Station(including the R100NA and M400 products) 1 year 11 35% 15 75% RM4160 1 Year 12 45% >15 100% iPERL System Battery and iPERL System Components 20 years' 13 55% ' Notwithstanding the foregoing,valve and gear motor components of ally Meters are not warranted Sensus will repair or replace non-performing Gas SmartPoint Modules(configured m the factory beyond two thousand(2000)Valve State Operations,even if the warranty period provided herein has setting of six transmissions per day under normal system operation of up during one demand read to not yet expired.As used herein,"Valve State Operations"means adjustments of the Meter to open, each SmartPoint Module per month and up to five firmware downloads during the I'rfe of the product) close,or reduce flow. and batteries. Sensus will repair or replace non-performing CPTP100 modules(configured at factory setting of four transmissions per day under normal system operations of up to one demand read per month and up to five firmware downloads during the life of the product)and batteries. 637 Davis Drive Morrisville,NC 27560 S E n S U S 1-800-638-3748 a xylem brand 12.1PERL and ally Connectors and Cables are warranted to be free from defects in (COLLECTIVELY"CAUSES OF ACTION")SHALL NOT EXCEED THE TOTAL AMOUNT materials and workmanship,under normal use and service,for ten(10)years from the PAID BY CUSTOMER TO SENSUS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. THIS IS SO WHETHER date of Sensus shipment.Nicor or Itron connectors included with a Sensus product are THE CAUSES OF ACTION ARE IN TORT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, warranted according to the terms for Third-Party Devices in Section 13. NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY, IN CONTRACT, UNDER STATUTE OR OTHERWISE. 13. Third-Party Devices are warranted to be free from defects in materials and AS A SEPARATE AND INDEPENDENT LIMITATION ON LIABILITY,SENSUS'LIABILITY workmanship,under normal use and service,for one year from the date Sensus SHALL BE LIMITED TO DIRECT DAMAGES. SENSUS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR:(I) shipment. used in this Sensus Limited Warranty,"Third Party Devices'means ans any ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES; NOR (II) t product,device, component part used with a Sensus product that is manufactured ANY REVENUE OR PROFITS LOST BY CUSTOMER OR ITS AFFILIATES FROM ANY sold by any party that is not Sensus.Failure of a Third Party Device which subsequentlyly END USER(S),IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER SUCH LOST REVENUE OR PROFITS IS causes failure to a Sensus device shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer of the CATEGORIZED AS DIRECT DAMAGES OR OTHERWISE; NOR (III) ANY IN/OUT Third Party Device. COSTS; NOR (IV) MANUAL METER READ COSTS AND EXPENSES; NOR (V) 14.Software.Software supplied and/or licensed by Sensus is supported according to DAMAGES ARISING FROM MAINCASE OR BOTTOM PLATE BREAKAGE CAUSED BY the terms of the applicable software license or usage agreement.Sensus warrants that FREEZING TERMPERATURES, WATER HAMMER CONDITIONS, OR EXCESSIVE any network and monitoring services shall be performed in a professional and WATER PRESSURE. "IN/OUT COSTS" MEANS ANY COSTS AND EXPENSES workmanlike manner. INCURRED BY CUSTOMER IN TRANSPORTING GOODS BETWEEN ITS WAREHOUSE AND ITS END USER'S PREMISES AND ANY COSTS AND EXPENSES INCURRED BY 15. Return. Sensus'obligation,and Customer's exclusive remedy, under this Sensus CUSTOMER IN INSTALLING,UNINSTALLING AND REMOVING GOODS. "END USER" Limited Warranty is, at Sensus' option, to either (i) repair or replace the product, MEANS ANY END USER OF ELECTRICITYNVATER/GAS THAT PAYS CUSTOMER FOR provided the Customer(a) returns the product to the location designated by Sensus THE CONSUMPTION OF ELECTRICITY/WATER/GAS,AS APPLICABLE. within the warranty period; and (b) prepays the freight costs both to and from such location;or(ii)deliver replacement components to the Customer,provided the Customer The limitations on liability set forth in this Agreement are fundamental inducements to installs, at its cost, such components in or on the product(as instructed by Sensus), Sensus entering into this Agreement.They apply unconditionally and in all respects. They provided,that if Sensus requests,the Customer(a)returns the product to the location are to be interpreted broadly so as to give Sensus the maximum protection permitted under designated by Sensus within the warranty period;and(b)prepays the freight costs both law. to and from such location.In all cases,if Customer does not return the product within the time period designated by Sensus, Sensus will invoice, and Customer will pay within thirty days of the invoice date, for the cost of the replacement product and/or components. The return of products for warranty claims must follow Sensus' Returned Materials Authorization (RMA) procedures. Water meter returns must include documentation of the Customer's test results. Test results must be obtained according to AWWA standards and must specify the meter serial number. The test results will not be valid if the meter is found to contain foreign materials. If Customer chooses not to test a Sensus water meter prior to returning it to Sensus, Sensus will repair or replace the meter,at Sensus'option,after the meter has been tested by Sensus.The Customer will be charged Sensus'then current testing fee.All product must be returned in accordance with the RMA process. For all returns,Sensus reserves the right to request meter read- ing records by serial number to validate warranty claims. For products that have become discontinued or obsolete("Obsolete Product"),Sensus may, at its discretion, replace such Obsolete Product with a different product model ("New Product"),provided that the New Product has substantially similar features as the Obsolete Product. The New Product shall be warranted as set forth in this Sensus Limited Warranty. THIS SECTION 15 SETS FORTH CUSTOMER'S SOLE REMEDY FOR THE FAILURE OF THE PRODUCTS, SERVICES OR LICENSED SOFTWARE TO CONFORM TO THEIR RESPECTIVE WARRANTIES. 16.Warranty Exceptions and No Implied Warranties. This Sensus Limited Warranty does not include costs for removal or installation of products,or costs for replacement labor or materials,which are the responsibility of the Customer. The warranties in this Sensus Limited Warranty do not apply to and Sensus has no liability for goods that have been:installed improperly or in non-recommended installations;installed to a socket that is not functional,or is not in safe operating condition,or is damaged,or is in need of repair; tampered with; modified or repaired with parts or assemblies not certified in writing by Sensus, including without limitation, communication parts and assemblies; improperly modified or repaired (including as a result of modifications required by Sensus);converted;altered;damaged;read by equipment not approved by Sensus;for water meters,used with substances other than water,used with non-potable water,or used with water that contains dirt, debris, deposits, or other impurities; subjected to misuse, improper storage, improper care, improper maintenance, or improper periodic testing (collectively, "Exceptions."). If Sensus identifies any Exceptions during examination,troubleshooting or performing any type of support on behalf of Customer, then Customer shall pay for and/or reimburse Sensus for all expenses incurred by Sensus in examining, troubleshooting, performing support activities, repairing or replacing any Equipment that satisfies any of the Exceptions defined above. The above warranties do not apply in the event of Force Majeure,as defined in the Terms of Sale. THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS SENSUS LIMITED WARRANTY ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES GIVEN WITH RESPECT TO THE GOODS, SOFTWARE, SOFTWARE LICENSES AND SERVICES SOLD OR OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY SENSUS. SENSUS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE,REGARDING ANY MATTER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SENSUS LIMITED WARRANTY OR WITH THE TERMS OF SALE,INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES AS TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,MERCHANTABILITY,NON-INFRINGEMENT AND TITLE. SENSUS ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR COSTS OR EXPENSES ASSOCIATED WITH LOST REVENUE OR WITH THE REMOVAL OR INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT. THE FOREGOING REMEDIES ARE CUSTOMER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR THE FAILURE OF EQUIPMENT, LICENSED SOFTWARE OR SOFTWARE SERVICES, AND OTHER SERVICES TO CONFORM TO THEIR RESPECTIVE WARRANTIES. 17. Limitation of Liability. SENSUS' AGGREGATE LIABILITY IN ANY AND ALL CAUSES OF ACTION ARISING UNDER, OUT OF OR IN RELATION TO THIS AGREEMENT, ITS NEGOTIATION, PERFORMANCE, BREACH OR TERMINATION 637 Davis Drive Morrisville,NC 27560 S E n S U S 1-800-638-3748 a xylem brand sEnsus a xylem brand FieldLogic Tools Water User Guide AUG-10058-08 Revision History DescriptionRev No. Date Rev 01 4/14/2017 Initial Release for Software Version 6.7. Rev 02 8/31/2017 Updates for Software Version 6.7.1. Rev 03 6/26/2018 Updates for Software Version 6.8. Rev 04 11/7/2018 Updates for Software Version 6.9 Rev 05 3/28/2019 Updates for Software Version 6.10 Rev 06 9/19/2019 Updates for Software Version 6.11 Rev 07 04/06/2020 Updates for Software Version 6.12 Rev 08 10/30/2020 Updates for Software Version 7.0 Copyright This document, in whole or in part, ("Document") includes confidential and proprietary information belonging to Sensus USA Inc. and/or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates. Unauthorized use, reproduction, disclosure, distribution, or dissemination of this Document is strictly prohibited. No party may use, reproduce, disclose, distribute, or disseminate this Document for any purpose without express written authorization from Sensus@ USA Inc. Any use, reproduction, disclosure, distribution, or dissemination of this Document does not transfer title to, license, or grant any patent, copyright, trademark, or other intellectual property rights. This Document, and any copies or derivatives thereof, must be returned immediately on demand. This Document is subject to any applicable non-disclosure agreement(s). Information in this Document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of Sensus. ©2020, Sensus USA, Inc., a subsidiary of Xylem, Inc. All Rights Reserved. FlexNet®and associated logos are trademarks of Sensus and its subsidiaries and affiliates. All other brand names may be trademarks of their respective owners. Sensus 637 Davis Drive Morrisville, NC 27560 1-800-638-3748 www.sensus.com Document: Field Logic Tools Water User Guide Document Number: AUG-10058-08 Revision History I ii Contents RevisionHistory.................................................................. ii Copyright.............................................................................................. ii 1 Introduction to FieldLogic Tools.......................................6 Preliminaries and assumptions............................................................. 6 Communications devices......................................................................6 Communications device compatibility................................................. 9 CommandLink (CL)...........................................................................9 FlexNet Micro Transceiver (FMT)................................................... 12 2 Field device user interface............................................. 14 3 Start and exit FieldLogic Tools....................................... 17 4 One-way SmartPoint modules........................................ 18 Activate a one-way SmartPoint module............................................. 18 Activate using the Mag Loop Activate tool................................... 18 Activate using the Activate button................................................ 22 View one-way SmartPoint module details..........................................24 Deactivate one-way SmartPoint module............................................ 28 Disconnect from SmartPoint module................................................. 29 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules.........................................30 Activate two-way SmartPoint modules...............................................30 Enable an unused port.......................................................................34 Change two-way SmartPoint module configuration...........................35 Get interval data from two-way SmartPoint modules.........................37 View two-way SmartPoint module details.......................................... 39 Deactivate a two-way SmartPoint module......................................... 42 Disconnect from the SmartPoint module........................................... 44 6 ally Water Meters...........................................................45 Work with the ally using a field device.............................................. 45 Activate and configure the SmartPoint module.............................45 View sensor readings.....................................................................50 Get device operation history......................................................... 52 Change the valve state using FieldLogic.......................................54 Deactivate the SmartPoint module................................................55 Contents 13 7 E-Register+.....................................................................56 Work with the E-Register+ using a field device................................. 56 Activate and configure the SmartPoint module.............................56 View sensor readings.....................................................................60 Get device operation history.........................................................62 Deactivate the SmartPoint module................................................64 8 MXU Water Devices....................................................... 65 Configure MXU Water device............................................................ 65 View Water MXU Details....................................................................67 9 Program Water Registers............................................... 71 Program Electronic Registers............................................................. 71 Program 1PERL Register......................................................................73 Work with ally Directly....................................................................... 78 Connect Directly to the ally Meter................................................ 79 Configureally.................................................................................79 Get the ally Data Log....................................................................80 Retrieve Alarm Data.......................................................................83 Viewally details............................................................................. 87 Work with Electronic Register Plus Directly........................................92 Connect Directly to the E-Register+..............................................92 Configure E-Register+................................................................... 92 Get the E-Register+ Data Log.......................................................93 Retrieve Alarm Data.......................................................................95 View E-Register+ details.............................................................. 100 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices.............................104 Connect to the Smart Gateway........................................................104 Activate the Smart Gateway.............................................................104 Configure the Smarr Gateway..........................................................108 View the Smart Gateway details...................................................... 111 Deactivate the Smart Gateway.........................................................115 11 View and clear SmartPoint module alarms................. 117 12 View FieldLogic Tools history..................................... 119 View and filter history...................................................................... 119 Other auto-generated files...............................................................124 Contents 14 13 Upgrade firmware...................................................... 125 Upgrade SmartPoint module firmware.............................................125 Upgrade meter firmware through the SmartPoint............................128 Upgrade meter firmware using the TouchCoupler........................... 130 Upgrade FlexNet Micro Transceiver firmware.................................. 132 Upgrade CommandLink firmware.................................................... 134 Upgrade AutoGun firmware............................................................. 135 Upgrade Bluetooth AutoGun firmware........................................137 14 Work with routes........................................................138 Reada route.....................................................................................138 Entera read................................................................................. 140 Read mode toggling....................................................................141 Add a note to a location............................................................. 141 Filtera route.....................................................................................143 Searcha route.................................................................................. 147 Reverse a route................................................................................ 148 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools..................................... 150 The Attachment tool........................................................................ 150 Attacha photo.............................................................................150 Attach a screen shot.................................................................... 152 Reboot a SmartPoint module...........................................................153 Analyze a network............................................................................ 154 Meter exchange log file................................................................... 156 Filename..................................................................................... 156 Meter Exchange log file structure................................................156 FieldLogic errors...............................................................................167 Activation errors........................................................................... 167 Communication errors..................................................................168 Othererrors..................................................................................170 Contents 15 1 Introduction to FieldLogic Tools FieldLogicTm Tools is a FlexNet® installation, route reading, and interrogation software tool that runs on the field device or a PC (see FieldLogic PC Tools for details). The field device or PC connects to a communications device either directly through a wired connection or through a Bluetooth connection. The communication device establishes a communication link between the field device running FieldLogic Tools and the SmartPoint or meter. This guide contains procedures for how to use FieldLogic to activate, configure, view details, operate, and deactivate Sensus SmartPoint modules and meters. All procedures for working with SmartPoints and meters follow similar flows. Each task uses a wizard type progression that prompts the field technician for all information needed to perform each task. Preliminaries and assumptions • You have installed and configured FieldLogic software per the instructions provided in the FieldLogic Tools Installation Guide. • You have set up the communications devices (see Initial Communications Device Setup in the FieldLogic Tools Installation Guide). • You have installed the applicable FieldLogic Hub Product Configuration. Note: Screen images displayed in this document are for demonstration purposes only and may vary slightly depending on the software version of FieldLogic Tools you are using. They may also vary slightly depending on the type of field device you are using (for example;Android mobile device, iOS mobile device, ruggedized laptop, or Windows mobile device). Communications devices The FieldLogic Tools software communicates with a SmartPoint module using communications devices. CommandLink (CL) The CommandLink is a battery-operated SmartPoint interface tool used to communicate with FlexNet SmartPoint modules. Connect to the CommandLink using Bluetooth. 1 Introduction to FieldLogic Tools 16 Optical probe An optical probe is a USB interface tool used to communicate with certain gas and electric meters. 4 FlexNet Micro Transceiver (FMT) The FlexNet Micro Transceiver(FMT) is a USB interface tool used to communicate with FlexNet SmartPoint modules. There are several FMT types. sensus a.0.. • USB FMT 900 (900 MHz band). Used to connect to Electric SmartPoint modules and Load Control modules. • USB FMT 900 Gen 2 (900 MHz band). Used to connect to Electric SmartPoint modules, Load Control modules, and two-way Water, Gas, and Lighting SmartPoint modules. • USB FMT 450 (450 MHz band). Used to communicate with any SmartPoint module operating in the 450 MHz band. Sensus Interface Radio Tool (SIRT) The SIRT is an Bluetooth interface tool used to communicate only with ESAAP Water SmartPoint modules. 1 Introduction to Field Logic Tools 17 sensus six* AutoGun The AutoGun is a battery-operated interface tool used to communicate with water registers in conjunction with the field device. The AutoGun connects to field devices using a direct USB or Bluetooth connection. Note: The wireless AutoGun is only compatible with field devices that support Bluetooth communication. UniPro (FieldLogic) Communicator The UniPro (FieldLogic) Communicator is a USB interface tool used to communicate with water registers. 1 Introduction to FieldLogic Tools 18 Communications device compatibility The FieldLogic Tools software communicates with the SmartPoint module through a communications device: • CommandLink (CL) • FlexNet MicroTransceiver(FMT) • Optical probe SmartPoint module support varies by communications device. The following table shows which communications device can be used with each type of SmartPoint module. OpticalSmartPoint module Type .00 one-way Water v one-way Gas / two-way Water v �/ two-way Gas .nix IQ only Gas Shutoff Dual Port Remote Gas v �/ 3-Port Remote / Gas v Electric tratus IQ only Lighting / Load Control module v v Quiet Zone Water v CommandLink (CL) FieldLogic connects wirelessly(using Bluetooth@)through the CommandLink®(CL)to communicate with SmartPoint modules installed in the FlexNet network. Note: CL firmware version must be 1.6 or later. Check the version by selecting Get Status on the FlexNet tab of the Options menu. See the FieldLogic Tools Installation Guide for additional details. 1 Introduction to FieldLogic Tools 19 CommandLink Components Map Loop Bsihlfy Co.L.i Charging Port $trap Clip Power— —~— - LED Indicate Red C—g" eke Bwemw oNw eew Anlenne—�, Ca"n Sow, poww on Flyh neads chaW Three LED indicators on the CL display the status of the unit: • PWR: Solid green indicates Power On; Flashing green indicates that CL Needs Charge • LNK: Solid blue indicates that Bluetooth is Connected • CHG: Solid red indicates that CL is Charging The Power button is used to power CL On/Off. To turn the CommandLink... Powerl-ED On Press the power button once. Illuminates(solid green)indicating that the CL is powered on. Off Press and hold the power button Turns off indicating that the CL is for 2 seconds. powered off. The optional elastic strap attaches to the strap clip. This strap is used to securely attach the CL to a meter/SmartPoint module for activation and configuration. The CommandLink has two areas that are used to activate or configure SmartPoint modules: Mag Loop and Antenna. Use the Mag Loop area to activate or deactivate one-way water or gas SmartPoint modules. The Antenna area is associated with an internal ASK(Amplitude Shift Keying) radio transmitter and an mPass transceiver. It is used to activate or configure two-way water, two-way gas, and Sensus lighting SmartPoint modules. Charge the CommandLink The CommandLink has a removable battery cover for simple battery replacement and a charging port for use with the supplied charging adapter. The CommandLink comes equipped with three rechargeable (Nickel-metal hydride) batteries and a charger. However, any brand of AA or HR6 NiMH (1.2— 1.5 V) rechargeable batteries can be used and recharged by the CommandLink. Charge the CommandLink battery daily for optimum battery performance. Note: The CommandLink can also use AA, non-rechargeable batteries. If batteries have been replaced, ensure that they are rechargeable before attempting to charge them in the CommandLink unit. DO NOT attempt to charge any Alkaline, Lithium, or NiCad (Nickel-Cadmium) battery types. 1 Introduction to FieldLogic Tools 110 If batteries • Indication need to be recharged PWR-flashing green are charging PWR-solid green CHG-red are fully charged PWR-solid green Proper CommandLink placement Proper CommandLink placement in relation to the SmartPoint module is very important and depends on the task to be performed. The following table summarizes the proper CommandLink placement. DescriptionCIL placement Used to Applicable SmartPoint Imodule types Physical Contact Initiate&Complete One-way Gas,One-way For Electric and SmartPoint module Water,Two-way Gas, one-way Water/Gas Activation/Configuration RGS,Two-way Water SmartPoint modules,the (non-pit set),Electric CommandLink's Mag Loop area is positioned Initiate SmartPoint Two-way Water(pit set) on the meter's MagLoop module Activation/ location.For two-way Configuration Water/Gas and RGS Perform a Two-way Gas,RGS,Two- SmartPoint modules, Physical-Contact Audit, way Water the CommandLink's Deactivate SmartPoint Antenna area is module positioned on the SmartPoint module's Clear Alarms,Perform ASK location.Note: a Physical-Contact The Mag Loop or Firmware Upgrade ASK location can vary depending on the Get Interval Data Two-way Gas,Two-way model of your meter/ Water SmartPoint module. Nearby(short range) Complete SmartPoint Two-way Water(pit set) The CommandLink is module Activation/ positioned within 20 Configuration feet of the SmartPoint module.After the SmartPoint module has been placed in its final position with pit lid closed,the CommandLink can be placed beside the pit lid to complete activation or configuration. Do not place it on top of the pit lid housing. Initiate&Complete Electric,Lighting,Load The CommandLink is SmartPoint module Control module positioned within 20 Activation/Configuration feet of the SmartPoint Deactivate SmartPoint Two-way Gas,Remote module,Clear Alarms, Gas Shutoff,Two-way Perform Firmware Water, Lighting Upgrade 1 Introduction to FieldLogic Tools 111 CIL placement Used to Applicable SmartPoint Description Imodule types Far Away(long range) Perform AMR Reads, Two-way Gas,Remote The CommandLink Perform a Long-Range Gas Shutoff,Two- is positioned at least Audit way Water,Electric, 20 feet away from the Load Control Module, SmartPoint module. Lighting Perform a Long-Range Two-way Gas,Remote Firmware Upgrade Gas Shutoff,Two-way Water, Lighting, Load Control Module Clear Alarms Two-way Gas,Remote Gas Shutoff,Two-way Water, Lighting Get Interval Data Two-way Gas,Two-way Water FlexNet Micro Transceiver (FMT) The FlexNet® Micro Transceiver(FMT) is an alternative communication device used to communicate with FlexNet SmartPoint modules. Four LED indicators on the front panel display FMT communication status: • USB RX: Flashing green indicates FMT is receiving data from the handheld device through USB port. • USB TX: Flashing yellow indicates FMT is transmitting data to the handheld device through USB port. • RF RX: Flashing red indicates FMT is receiving data from SmartPoint module over the air. • RF TX: Flashing blue indicates FMT is transmitting data to SmartPoint module over the air. Proper FMT placement Proper FMT placement in relation to the SmartPoint module is very important and depends on the task performed. This table summarizes the proper FMT placement. FIVIT Placement Used to Applicable SmartPoint Demodule types scription Contact Perform SmartPoint Two-way Water,Two- The FMT is positioned module Activation/ way Gas, Remote Gas on the SmartPoint Configuration Shutoff module's ASK location. Nearby Perform SmartPoint Electric(North The FMT is positioned (short range) module Activation/ American),Lighting, within 20 feet of the Configuration Quiet Zone Water SmartPoint module. 1 Introduction to FieldLogic Tools 112 FIVIT Placement Used to Applicable SmartPoint Description module types Far Away Perform AMR Reads, Two-way Gas,Remote The FMT is positioned at (long range) Perform a Long-Range Gas Shutoff,Two-way least 20 feet away from Audit Water, Electric, Load the SmartPoint module. Control module Perform a Long-Range Two-way Gas,Remote Firmware Upgrade Gas Shutoff,Two-way Water, Load Control module Clear Alarms Two-way Gas,Remote Gas Shutoff,Two-way Water Get Interval Data Two-way Gas,Two-way Water 1 Introduction to FieldLogic Tools 113 2 Field device user interface FieldLogic runs on multiple platforms. The field devices display FieldLogic with minor differences, but the basic functionality is the same. FieldLogic Tools runs on multiple field devices: Android sr=nSUS FieldLogic Tools Connect Read Route UMag Loop Activate 44 Exchange Meter ry RebootSmartPoint I Analyze Network Galaxy S8 0 My Device 7-0 Configuration III O < 2 Field device user interface 114 iOS SEnSUS FieldLogic Tools �1 Connect FlexNet ID • Read Route UMag Loop Activate +:+ Exchange Meter Reboot SmartPoint l Analyze Network Phone 0 My Device 7.0 Configuration Windows mobile device FieldLogic Tools Connect II FlexNet.O(ifreguired) Start Connection vA2w 2 Field device user interface 115 Windows 10 Application Tools Connect FlexNet ID Read Route UMag Loop Activate Exchange Meter ri Reboot SmartPoint r R l Analyze Network USXZM 1 LT4ZWQVT2 V My Device Configuration 7.0 Windows Desktop 5--Hi IdLagic Tools[NAZM o £3 SEnsUS FieldLogic Tools File Edit Help IIIO • Ff Mag Loop Activate Exchange Meter Connect Reboot SmartPoint Analyze Network GPS Position: 35.63371°,-78.86321- 2 Field device user interface 116 3 Start and exit FieldLogic Tools This chapter describes how to start and exit the FieldLogic Tools application. 1. Power on the field device. 2. From the Start menu, select FieldLogic Tools. Help AdolbeReader is "".�v — Alarms GNSS Stream 4�— ] pllllllllllilll 4DBarcodeMobile Windows Media FieldLogic Tools If prompted, enter your user name and password and select Next. 3. FieldLogic displays the Connect screen. To close FieldLogic Tools from PC tools or Windows Mobile devices, select Exit. FieldLogic Tools Connect Reboot SmartPoint F/exNetlD(ifrequiredJ Start Reboot Start Connection ��iti� 7) 4. To close FieldLogic Tools from Android devices, select the < control. 3 Start and exit FieldLogic Tools 117 4 One-way SmartPoint modules This chapter describes how to activate, deactivate and view the parameter settings of one-way SmartPoint modules. Activate a one-way SmartPoint module There are two ways to activate or configure a one-way SmartPoint module: • Use the Mag Loop Activation tool. • Use the Activate button on the Product Summary screen. Both require a "Physical Contact" CommandLink (CL) placement. See the Proper CommandLink Placement section for placement guidance. Note: If the configuration's GPS source is set to Required for all SmartPoints and the field device has no GPS fix, the SmartPoint will not be activated. See the FieldLogic Tools Installation Guide for more details. Activate using the Mag Loop Activate tool Use the Mag Loop Activate tool to set or reset configuration parameters, as well as change the radio frequency to the values contained in the correct product configuration. This tool is useful when the SmartPoint module's radio frequency has to be changed in the field. 1. Power on the field device and the CL. 4 One-way SmartPoint modules 118 2. Position the CL's Mag Loop area on the SmartPoint module's Mag Loop location and secure it in place with the elastic strap (if possible). Example Mag Loop positioning is shown; non-pit unit(top) and pit unit(bottom). Mag Loop Location (underneath) Port 2 Mag Loop Location (underneath) Note: See the installation instructions for your specific SmartPoint module to identify the correct Mag Loop location. 3. Start the FieldLogic Tools application (as described in Chapter Start and exit FieldLogic Tools). 4 One-way SmartPoint modules 119 4. From the Field Logic Connect screen, select Menu > Tools > Mag Loop Activate. o - FieldLogic Tools N AexNetID o Start Connection V Connect listory Exchange Meter options Reboot SmartPoint _bout SIR Read Route 0 owAnalyze Network Menu 5. From the Mag Loop Activate screen, select the product type. Mag Loop Activate Choose a product type: C&I Electric SmartPoint Residential Electric SmartPoint Legacy Electric SmartPoint 1-Way Gas SmartPoint 1-Way Water SmartPoint 69 Check the CL's LEDs. Be sure the blue LNK LED is illuminated, indicating a Bluetooth connection between the field device and CL. 4 One-way SmartPoint modules 120 6. If activating a dual port SmartPoint module, the Choose Port(s) screen displays. Select the desired port, or select All Ports to activate both ports. Choose Port(s) Activate All Ports 1-Way Water Port 1 1-Way Water Port 2 v 7. If the GPS source is set to Required for all SmartPoints and FieldLogic does not have a valid GPS fix, an activation error displays. Select OK to return to the Water SmartPoint module main menu. Note: See FieldLogic errors for additional details and possible corrective actions for your specific error message. 8. If multiple product configurations are defined, select the correct product configuration. Choose Product Configuration Activate 1-Way Water SmartPoint Untitled Alternate 69 Note: The product configuration names listed will vary depending on the product configuration in use.You should ask your supervisor(or Sensus representative)for guidance on the product configuration to use. 4 One-way SmartPoint modules 121 9. When prompted, position the CommandLink and select OK to initiate the activation process. After successful activation, the Activate Success confirmation message displays. Note: During the activation process, setup and binding messages are sent to the Base Station. 10. Select OK to return to the Device Summary screen. Activate using the Activate button Use the Activate button, available on the Product Summary screen, to set or reset configuration parameters (except for the radio frequency). 1. Power on the field device and the CL. 2. Position the CL's Mag Loop area on the SmartPoint ASK location. Note: See the installation instructions for your specific SmartPoint module to identify the correct ASK location. 3. Start the FieldLogic Tools application (as described in Start and exit FieldLogic Tools). 4. From the Connect screen, enter the FlexNet ID of the SmartPoint module (using the keypad or bar code scanner,) and select Start Connection. Check the CL's LEDs. Be sure the blue LNK LED is illuminated, indicating that there is a Bluetooth connection between the field device and CL. S. FieldLogic Tools attempts to communicate with the SmartPoint module (via the CL) to determine the current state of the SmartPoint module. If there is a problem making a connection to the SmartPoint module, a connection error message displays. Note: See FieldLogic errors for additional details and possible corrective actions for your specific error message. 4 One-way SmartPoint modules 122 6. After connecting, Field Logic Tools displays the Device Summary screen. 1-Way Water SmartPoint Port 1 FlexNet ID: 10915000 Device is not active. Activate Because the SmartPoint module is not yet active,this menu only displays the Activate button. 7. Select Activate. 8. If activating a dual port SmartPoint module, the Choose Port(s) screen displays. Select the desired port, or select All Ports to activate both ports. Choose Port(s) Activate All Ports 1-Way Water Port 1 1-Way Water Port 2 v 9. If the GPS source is set to Required for all SmartPoints and Field Logic does not have a valid GPS fix, an activation error displays. Select OK to return to the Product Summary screen. Note: See FieldLogic errors for additional details and possible corrective actions for your specific error message. 4 One-way SmartPoint modules 123 10. If prompted, select the product configuration corresponding with your product. Choose Product Configuration Activate 1-Way Water SmartPoint Untitled Alternate Note: The product configuration names vary depending on the product configuration in use. Ask your supervisor or Sensus representative for guidance on the applicable product configuration to choose. 11. Select Next. The activation process begins. After successful activation, the Activate Success confirmation message displays. Note: During the activation process, setup and binding messages are sent to the Base Station. 12. Select OK to display the Device Summary screen. Because the SmartPoint module is activated, this screen displays additional options and information. View one-way SmartPoint module details This section describes how to view or audit the status, various configuration parameters and network settings for a one-way SmartPoint module. Note: The parameter setting fields are read-only, and display settings that are stored in the SmartPoint module. To modify these settings, you must use a product configuration containing the applicable values. 4 One-way SmartPoint modules 124 1. From the Product Summary screen, select View Details. 1-Way Water SmartPoint Port 1 FlexNet ID: 10915000 Meter ID: No meter attached 2 alarms found! Device is active. Deactivate View Details 69 The View Details option displays information on the following tabs: Port 1 (default), Port 2 (if dual port), Details, and Network. FPort], Port 2 Details Network Status , 1of3 FlexNet ID: 10767258 Meter ID: 8 Reading: Reading failed Backflow Alarm Meter Communication Failure 69 The Port 1 tab (default) and Port 2 tab (if dual port) report identical information thats divided into 3 pages: Status, Register Settings, and Alarm Settings. Select the right and left arrows to navigate between these pages. The Port 1 tab (default) displays FlexNet ID, Meter ID and reading information. Also, any alarms that have been detected on the SmartPoint module are reported on 4 One-way SmartPoint modules 125 this page (in bold, red text). If there are no alarms, the No Alarms message displays instead. The Status page displays the FlexNet ID, meter ID, and reading. Port 11 Port 2 Details Network Status ' 1of3 FlexNet ID: 10767258 Meter ID: 8 Reading: Reading failed Backflow Alarm Meter Communication Failure 41 The Register Settings page displays meter type, units, and history scale. Port 1I Port 2 Details Network Register Settings ' 2of3 Type: Sensus TouchCoupler Units: Gallons AMR Resolution: Tenths History Scale: x1 41 The Alarm Settings page displays leak detection threshold settings. 4 One-way SmartPoint modules 126 Port 1I Port 2 Details Network ' Alarm Settings 3of3 Leak: Disabled 69 2. Select the Details tab to view SmartPoint module information such as battery voltage, GPS coordinates, and sample rate. Port 1 Port 2^Details^ Network�_M Battery voltage: 3.64 IIV(3.53 V min) Location: 47.63368°, —122.18646° Programmer ID: 208 (device), 23 (user) Sample rate: Once per 5 minutes 4 One-way SmartPoint modules 127 3. Select the Network tab to view network-specific information such as FlexNet IDs, utility code, and transmit rate. Port 11 Port 2 Details Network Device state: Activated FlexNet IDs: 10767258, 10767259 Utility code: 0 Transmit mode: Normal Transmit rate: Once per 4 hours <01 4. Select Close to return to the Product Summary screen. Deactivate one-way SmartPoint module This section describes how to use FieldLogic to deactivate an activated one-way SmartPoint module. 1. From the FieldLogic Connect screen, enter the FlexNet ID of the SmartPoint module (using the keypad or bar code scanner,) and select Start Connection. 2. The Product Summary screen displays. Select Deactivate. 1-Way Water SmartPoint Port 1 FlexNet ID: 10767258 Meter ID: 8 Port 2 FlexNet ID: 10767259 Meter ID: No meter attached 2 alarms found! Device is active. Deactivate View Details 3. When the deactivation confirmation message displays, select Yes. 4. When deactivation is complete, a success message displays. Select OK. 4 One-way SmartPoint modules 128 S. After deactivation, Field Logic Tools displays the Device Summary screen. 1-Way Water SmartPoint Port 1 FlexNet ID: 10767258 Port 2 FlexNet ID: 10767259 Device is not active. Activate 41 Disconnect - Disconnect from SmartPoint module From the Product Summary screen, select Disconnect. 1-Way Water SmartPoint Port 1 FlexNet ID: 10915000 Meter ID: No meter attached 2 alarms found! Device is active. Deactivate View Details 41 The field device connection to the SmartPoint module is terminated, and you are returned to the FieldLogic Connect screen. 4 One-way SmartPoint modules 129 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules This section describes how to use FieldLogic Tools to activate, deactivate, configure, and view the parameter settings of a two-way SmartPoint module. It also covers how to enable an unused port. Activate two-way SmartPoint modules CNote: If the configuration's GPS source is set to Required for all SmartPoints and the field device has no GPS fix, the SmartPoint will not be activated. See the FieldLogic Tools Installation Guide for more details. 1. Power on the field device. 2. Power on the CommandLink(CL) and place it in the proper position in relation to the SmartPoint module. This position depends on whether you are activating a Pit unit or Non-Pit unit. Note: Make sure the white square on the CL is lined up on the register side. 3. For Non-Pit Units (510M, 515M): Position the CL's antenna area on the left side of the unit with the battery door of the CL facing away from the SmartPoint module. Then secure it with the strap, if possible. If the left side of the unit is obstructed, place the CL as close to the mark on the adapter housing as possible. 510MIR series Note: The label of the CommandLink should be touching the unit, and the CommandLink's power button should be visible while viewing the front of the unit. 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 130 4. For Pit Units (520M): Remove and flip over the pit lid so that the unit is upside-down. Position the CommandLink's Antenna area on the unit's bottom side. Then secure it with the strap, if possible. 520MAP series Note: The battery door of the CommandLink should be facing away from the unit, and the label of the CommandLink should be touching the bottom of the unit. S. Start the FieldLogic Tools application. FieldLogic Tools F U 0 FlexNetO(ifrequired) _ _ o Start Connection Exit Menu 6. From the Connect screen, enter the FlexNet ID of the SmartPoint module (using the keypad or bar code scanner,) and select Start Connection. 7. Check the CL's LEDs. Be sure the blue LNK LED is illuminated, indicating a Bluetooth connection between the field device and CL. 8. FieldLogic Tools attempts to communicate with the SmartPoint module (via the CL) to determine the current state of the SmartPoint module. After connecting, FieldLogic Tools displays the Product Summary screen. n Note: If there is a problem making a connection to the SmartPoint module, an error message displays. 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 131 9. Select Activate. 10. If activating a dual port SmartPoint module, the Choose Port(s) screen displays. Select a port(Port 1 or Port 2) or select All Ports to activate both ports. Choose Port(s) Activate All Ports Port 1(13000934) Port 2(13000935} 11. If prompted, select the applicable product configuration. 12. If activating a pit unit, you are prompted to complete the physical installation. 13. Remove the CommandLink from the bottom of the SmartPoint module. Important: Return the pit lid and attached SmartPoint module to its final position over the meter pit to ensure that FlexNet settings are properly configured. 14. Place the CommandLink within 20 feet of the pit lid to complete activation or configuration. Do not place the CommandLink on the SmartPoint module's pit lid housing or on the pit lid. 15. Select OK. Note: For non-pit units,there is no need to reposition the SmartPoint module because it is in its final position. 16. If the GPS source is set to Required for all SmartPoints and Field Logic does not have a valid GPS fix, an activation error displays. Select OK to return to the Product Summary screen. 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 132 17. If prompted, select the button corresponding with your desired product configuration. Choose Product Configuration Configure Water SmartPoint 510M/520M No Change (01 Note: The product configuration names listed will vary depending on the product configuration in use.You should ask your supervisor(or Sensus representative)for guidance on the applicable product configuration to choose. Note: If no matching configurations are present, an error displays. Select OK to return to the Product Summary screen. Contact your supervisor to obtain the applicable product configuration. 18. The activation process begins.After successful activation, the Activate Success confirmation message displays. Note: During the activation process, setup and binding messages are sent to the Base Station. 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 133 19. Select OK to return to the Product Summary screen. After the SmartPoint module is activated, this screen displays additional options and information. FieldlIL6g—ffT35TII —'- 7-- Water SmartPoint FlexNet ID: 13282200 Meter ID: 89660538 Reading: 7739 Device is active (Walk—by/drive—by). Configure Deactivate View Details Operate Disconnect Enable an unused port This section describes how to use FieldLogic Tools to enable an unused port on a dual port water SmartPoint module. 1. Be sure to physically connect the second water register to the unused port of the dual port SmartPoint module. 2. From the Product Summary screen, select Enable Unused Port. Water SmartPoint Port 1: FlexNet ID: 13000934 Port is disabled Port 2: FlexNet ID: 13000935 Meter ID: B090402222432 Meter Communication Failure! Device is active (Fixed-base LAT). Enable Unused Port Configure Operate Deactivate After port is successfully enabled, a confirmation displays. 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 134 Change two-way SmartPoint module configuration This section describes how to use FieldLogic Tools to change the configuration parameters of a two-way SmartPoint module. Note: Be sure to first select the correct product configuration containing the modified configuration parameters at activation start. See the FieldLogic Tools Installation Guide. 1. From the Product Summary screen, select Configure. Water SmartPoint FlexNet ID: 13282990 Meter ID: B090402222432 Device is active (Fixed-base LAT). Configure Operate Deactivate View Details Disconneff 2. From the Choose Product Configuration screen, select the button corresponding with the applicable product configuration. Choose Product Configuration Configure Water SmartPoint 510M/520M No Change Note: The product configuration names listed vary depending on the product configuration in use. You should ask your supervisor(or Sensus 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 135 representative)for guidance on the applicable product configuration to choose. Note: If no matching configurations are present, an error displays. Select OK to return to the Product Summary screen. Activate No configurations match the detected meter type: All other devices. Please validate your configurations using FieldLogic Hub. Contact your supervisor to obtain the applicable product configuration. 3. The Choose Port Configuration screen displays. Select the button corresponding with your applicable port configuration. Choose Port Configuration Configure Port 1 (13282990) Untitled No Change <01 Note: The port configuration names listed will vary depending on the product configuration in use. You should ask your supervisor(or Sensus representative)for guidance on the applicable port configuration to choose. 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 136 4. Similarly, if configuring a dual port SmartPoint module (with BOTH ports enabled), you are prompted to select a configuration for each port by the Choose Port 1 Configuration and Choose Port 2 Configuration screens. Choose Port 1 Configuration Configure Port 1 (13000934) Untitled(current) No Change <01 Choose Port 2 Configuration Configure Port 2 (13000935) Untitled No Change In each case, select the button corresponding with your desired port configuration to initiate the configuration process. S. After successful configuration, a success confirmation displays. Select OK to return to the Product Summary screen. Get interval data from two-way SmartPoint modules This section describes how to use Field Logic Tools to retrieve interval data from a two- way SmartPoint module. 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 137 1. From the Product Summary screen, select Operate. Water SmartPoint FlexNet ID: 13282990 Meter ID: B090402222432 Device is active (Fixed-base LAT). Configure Operate Deactivate View Details C% 2. From the Operate screen, select Get Interval Data. Operate Choose an operation: Get Interval Data Note: For dual port SmartPoint modules, the Get Interval Data screen will t� display port options. Select the port for which you want to retrieve interval data. 3. When prompted, enter the number range of interval data to retrieve and select Next. During the interval data retrieval process, FieldLogic Tools automatically creates an interval data file (.ivd)that is stored on the field device in the\My Documents \Sensus FieldLogic directory. However,the interval data file cannot be viewed on the field device. After the interval data is retrieved, a confirmation displays. 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 138 4. Select OK to return to the Product Summary screen. View two-way SmartPoint module details This section describes how to view(that is, audit)the status, various configuration parameters, and network settings of a SmartPoint module. Note: The parameter setting fields are read-only; displaying the settings that are stored in the SmartPoint module. To modify these settings requires configuring the SmartPoint module with a different product configuration. 1. From the Product Summary screen, select View Details. Water SmartPoint Port 1: FlexNet ID: 13000934 Meter ID: B69021735 Port 2: FlexNet ID: 13000935 Meter ID: B090402222432 Meter Communication Failure! Device is active (Fixed-base LAT). Configure Operate Deactivate View Details The Port 1 tab (default) and Port 2 tab (if dual port) report identical information that is divided into 3 pages: Status, Register Settings,Alarm Settings. Select the right and left arrows to navigate between these pages. The Status page (default) displays FlexNet ID, Meter ID, Meter Version, and Reading information. Also, any alarms that have been detected on the SmartPoint module 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 139 are reported on this page (in bold, red text). If there are no alarms, the No Alarms message displays instead. Port 1 Port 2 I Details Network Status ' 1of3 FlexNet ID: 84059340 Meter ID: 75956041 Meter Ver.: 3.09 Reading: 32617379 x 0.01 gal No Alarms The Register Settings page displays the settings for the register type, units, AMR resolution, and history scale. Port 11F rt 2 Details Network ' Register Settings ' 2of3 Type: Sensus TouchCoupler Units: Gallons AMR Resolution: Ones History5cale: x0.1 The Alarm Settings page displays backflow, broken pipe and leak detection threshold settings. 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 140 Port 1 Port 2 Details Network Alarm Settings 3of3 Backflow: Disabled Broken pipe: Disabled Leak: Disabled 2. Select the Details tab to view SmartPoint module information such as battery voltage, GPS coordinates,Time Correctness, and sample rate. Port 1 Port 2 Details Network Battery voltage: 3.63 V (3.50 V min) Location: 47.63361°, —122.18645° Time: More than an hour off Programmer ID: 168 (device), 1 (user) Firmware Ver.: 0.3.1B (hex) Sample Rate: Once per hour (01 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 141 3. Select the Network tab to view network-specific information such as FlexNet IDs, utility code, and encryption status. Port 1 Port 2 Details Network Top level state: Fixed—base LAT FlexNet IDs: 13000934, 13000935 Utility code: 0 Encryption: Disabled Transmit mode: Low Power Normal Transmit rate: Once per 4 hours <01 4. Select Close to return to the Product Summary screen. Deactivate a two-way SmartPoint module This section describes how to use FieldLogic Tools to deactivate an activated two-way SmartPoint module. 1. From the Connect screen, enter the FlexNet ID of the SmartPoint module (using the keypad or bar code scanner,) and select Start Connection. 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 142 2. The Product Summary screen displays. Select Deactivate Water SmartPoint FlexNet ID: 13282990 Meter ID: B090402222432 Device is active (Fixed-base LAT). Configure Operate Deactivate View Details DisconnecT If deactivating a dual port SmartPoint module that has both ports enabled, you are prompted to choose one or both ports. Deactivate What would you like to deactivate? All Ports(Deactivates SmartPoint) Port 1(13000934) Port 2(13000935) If you choose to deactivate only one of the ports, the port is deactivated, and a success message displays. If you select All Ports, the deactivation process continues as described in the next step. 3. For single port SmartPoint modules or dual port SmartPoint modules that have only one port enabled, the deactivation confirmation prompt displays. Select Yes to proceed. When deactivation is complete, a success message displays. 4. Select OK to return to the Device Summary screen. 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 143 Disconnect from the SmartPoint module From the Product Summary screen, select Disconnect. Water SmartPoint FlexNet ID: 13282990 Meter ID: B090402222432 Device is active (Fixed-base LAT). Configure Operate Deactivate View Details Disconnect The field device connection to the SmartPoint module is terminated, and Field Logic returns to the Connect screen. 5 Two-way SmartPoint modules 144 6 ally Water Meters This chapter describes how to use FieldLogic Tools to activate, deactivate, configure, operate, and view the parameter settings of ally Water Meters. -LE Note: If the configuration's GPS source is set to Required for all SmartPoints and the field device has no GPS fix, the SmartPoint will not be activated. See the FieldLogic Tools Installation Guide for more details. Work with the ally using a field device You can activate and perform actions on the ally meter through a SmartPoint module with a field device using FieldLogic Tools. Activate and configure the SmartPoint module Use FieldLogic to activate the ally or electronic register plus. After the meter is physically installed, it can be activated by connecting the meter to a SmartPoint module and activating the SmartPoint module. You will need a field device and a CommandLinkTM (CL) or a FlexNet MicroTransceiver(FMT) Gen 2. In a fixed-base system, the ally meter communicates through a NA2W SmartPoint module with a minimum firmware version of 1.8. Note: If the configuration's GPS source is set to Required for all SmartPoint modules and the field device has no GPS fix, the SmartPoint module will not be activated. See the FieldLogic Tools Installation Guide for more details. Note: GPS is required in order to use the ally meter pressure profile application in Sensus Analytics. 1. Power on the field device. 2. Power on the CL(the power switch is behind the white square on the CL's side panel) and place it in the proper position in relation to the SmartPoint module. This position depends on whether you are activating a Pit unit or Non-Pit unit. • Non-Pit Units (510M): Position the CommandLink's antenna area on the left side of the unit with the battery door of the CommandLink facing away from the SmartPoint module. Then secure it with the strap, if possible. The label of 6 ally Water Meters 145 the CommandLink should be touching the unit, and the CommandLink's Power Button should be visible while viewing the front of the unit. 51 OM Series • Pit Units (520M): Remove (and flip over)the pit lid so that the unit is upside- down. Position the CommandLink's Antenna area on the unit's bottom side. Then secure it with the strap (if possible). The battery door of the CommandLink should be facing away from the unit, and the label of the CommandLink should be touching the bottom of the unit. 520 M series 3. Attach the SmartPoint module to the ally via a TouchCoupler or a 3-wire cable. 5 Note: Replace the TouchCoupler if damaged. 4. Start the FieldLogic application. 6 ally Water Meters 146 5. From the FieldLogic Connect screen, select Start Connection. FieldLogic Tools Ep FieldLogic Tools Connect FlexNet ID(if regulred) Start Connection AA2W ® (7E., � � 6. Check the CUs LEDs. Be sure the blue LNK LED is illuminated—indicating a Bluetooth connection between the field device and CL. FieldLogic attempts to communicate with the SmartPoint module (via the CL)to determine the current state of the SmartPoint module. If there is a problem making a connection to the SmartPoint module, an error message is displayed. Note: If the SmartPoint module's firmware is out of date and you have configured FieldLogic to prompt to upgrade firmware (see Upgrade firmware), FieldLogic asks if you would like to upgrade it. Select Yes to upgrade. After the firmware update is complete, select Close to return to the Connect screen. 7. After connecting to the SmartPoint module, FieldLogic displays the Product Summary screen, along with meter information. Select Activate. Water SmartPoint(52OM) Port 1 FlexNet ID: 82090018 Port 2 FlexNet ID: 82090019 Firmware version: 1.9.12 (hex) Device is not active. Activate I Operate 6 ally Water Meters 147 8. If activating a dual port SmartPoint module, the Choose Ports screen is displayed. Connect the coupler cable or 3-wire cable and meter to Port 1 and select Port 1. Note: On a two-port device, Port 2 must remain empty. A SmartPoint module cannot support any other device with an ally. Activate Which Port(s) do you want to activate? All Ports Port 1 Port 2 Note: If no matching configurations are present, an error displays. Activate No configurations match the detected meter type: ally Meter. Please validate your configurations using FieldLogic Hub. <01 Select OK to return to the Product Summary screen. Contact your supervisor to obtain the applicable product configuration. 9. 6 ally Water Meters 148 10. When prompted, enter the height of the meter relative to the ground level in feet and select Next. Activate Enter the height of the ally meter relative to ground level in feet. Ip Ift JAbove Q6 ground (01 11. When prompted, physically install the SmartPoint module and select OK. Activate Complete the physical installation (i.e. place unit in the pit) before continuing. For the 520M (pit unit) SmartPoint module 1. Remove the CommandLink from the bottom of the SmartPoint module. 2. Return the pit lid (with the SmartPoint module attached)to its final position over the meter pit(to ensure that FlexNet settings are properly configured). 3. Place the CommandLink within 20 feet of the pit lid to complete activation/ configuration. Do not place the CommandLink on the SmartPoint module's pit lid housing or on the pit lid. 12. Select OK. The activation process begins. 13. A screen confirms successful activation. Select Back to exit. 6 ally Water Meters 149 14. From the Product Summary screen, select Configure to apply the FieldLogic Hub configuration settings to the ally meter from the SmartPoint module. When prompted to choose a port, choose Port 1. FieldLogic Tools J- Water SmartPoint(510M) FlexNet ID: 13282536 Meter ID: B0633 Device is active (Fixed—base LAT). Configure Deactivate Operate View Details 15. From the activated SmartPoint module screen, select Disconnect to disconnect from the SmartPoint module. Note: Be sure to disconnect from the SmartPoint module when finished to prevent multi-transmissions with LAT. This ends the meter to CommandLink communications in preparation for network operations. View sensor readings The sensors need to be enabled in Device Manager before the readings display in FieldLogic. To view the sensor readings using Field Logic: 6 ally Water Meters 150 1. From the activated SmartPoint screen, select View Details. J Water SmartPoint(51O1114) FlexNet ID: 13282536 Meter ID: B0633 Device is active (Fixed—base LAT). Configure Deactivate Operate View Details The Status screen of the Port 1 tab displays the Pressure and Temperature readings. Port 1 Status ' 1of3 Meter ID: 10000005 Details Reading: 0000008 gal Pressure: 7.80 psig Network Temperature: 70 OF Valve state: Open Elevation: 1 feet below ground Est Atm Pressure: 14.489 psig Reset All Alarms 70ose) F 2. Select the right arrow to view the Register Settings. The "Type" now displays Smart Meter in addition to TouchCoupler. Port 1 , Register Settings ' 2 of 3 Type: Smart Meter Details TouchCoupler Units: Gallons Network AMR Resolution: Ones History Resolution: 10s Loib 6 ally Water Meters 151 Get device operation history For diagnostic purposes, FieldLogic Tools displays information gathered from the SmartPoint and ally meter, which can be used to determine if a meter is within its warranty. This feature will mainly be used by Walk-By/Drive-By customers and is only available through SmartPoint module connection. FieldLogic Tools displays the device usage information from the Sonix IQ.SmartPoint: • Number of Diagnostic Commands • Number of Operational Commands • Number of Firmware Upgrades (this includes both SmartPoint and meter upgrades) • Device Pairing History: whether the SmartPoint has ever been attached to a device Field Logic also displays the following information from ally meters: • Date of Installation • Date of Manufacture • Number of Valve Actuations 1. From the device information screen, select More. Water SmartPoint(520M) Port 1 FlexNet ID: 13000934 Meter ID: 10000005 Reading: 0000068 gal Pressure: —0.53 barg Temperature: 72 IF Port 2 FlexNet ID: 13000935 Port is disabled n 2. Select Operate. Water SmartPoint(520M) Configure I Deactivate Operate View Details E9 F (��) 6 ally Water Meters 152 3. Select Get Device Operation History. Operate Choose the action you wish to perform on this Water SmartPoint[520M]: Reboot SmartPoint Get Interval Data Resume Paused Alarms Get Device Operation History 4. Choose the correct meter for the operation. Get Device Operation History Operate on: Meter 1 l� Meter 2 S. FieldLogic displays the Operation History information. Select Back to return to the device information screen. FieldLogic Tools [PI Y Get Device Operation History SmartPoint Data Value ,Diagnostic Commands 7 Operational Commands 0 ,SmartPoint Firmware Upqrades 2 ,Meter Firmware Upqrades 0 ally Pairinq History Never paired 69 6 ally Water Meters 153 Change the valve state using FieldLogic You can view or change the valve state using Field Logic with a field device connected to the SmartPoint module and paired with the meter. You may also change valve state when connected directly to the ally using a UniPro Communicator and coupler cable. Note: If the meter is not equipped with a valve, valve options do not display as Operate options. 1. From the activated SmartPoint module screen, select Operate. Water SmartPoint(510M) FlexNet ID: 13282536 Meter ID: B0633 Device is active(Fixed—base LAT). Configure Deactivate Operate View Details V 2. From the Operate screen, select the valve action you would like to perform. Note: If connecting to an ally directly, you will also use the Operate screen to change the valve state. FieldLogic Tools a Operate Choose action you wish to perform on this Water SmartPoint(510M): Get Interval Data Open Valve Reduce Valve Close Valve n L Note: The valve state choices vary depending on the valve position. If the valve is currently Open, then the Open Valve option will not be available. Additionally, if the meter is not equipped with a valve, then valve operation options do not display. 3. Verify the LCD on the meter flashes "opening," "closing" or "reducing" during the commanded movement. 4. Verify the field device displays a Success screen. S. Disconnect from the SmartPoint module. 6 ally Water Meters 154 Deactivate the SmartPoint module When exchanging the installed meter, you must deactivate the currently installed SmartPoint module. 1. Connect to the existing SmartPoint module as described in Activate and configure the SmartPoint module on page 56. 2. From the activated SmartPoint module screen, select Deactivate. Water SmartPoint(51O1114) FlexNet ID: 13282536 Meter ID: B0633 Device is active (Fixed—base LAT). Configure Deactivate Operate View Details 3. When prompted, confirm your choice to deactivate the SmartPoint module. FieldLogic Tools 8 T Deactivate Are you sure you want to deactivate this Water SmartPoint(510M, 520M and Q models)? 4. FieldLogic deactivates the SmartPoint module and displays a Success message. Select Close to return to the Connect screen. 5. From the Connect screen, select Disconnect to end communication with the SmartPoint module. 6 ally Water Meters 155 7 E-Register+ This chapter describes how to use FieldLogic Tools to activate, deactivate, configure, operate, and view the parameter settings of the E-Register+. -LE Note: If the configuration's GPS source is set to Required for all SmartPoints and the field device has no GPS fix, the SmartPoint will not be activated. See the FieldLogic Tools Installation Guide for more details. Work with the E-Register+ using a field device You can activate and perform actions on the E-Register+ through a SmartPoint module with a field device using FieldLogic Tools. Activate and configure the SmartPoint module Use FieldLogic to activate the ally or electronic register plus. After the meter is physically installed, it can be activated by connecting the meter to a SmartPoint module and activating the SmartPoint module. You will need a field device and a CommandLinkTM (CL) or a FlexNet MicroTransceiver(FMT) Gen 2. In a fixed-base system, the E-Register+ communicates through a NA2W SmartPoint module with a minimum firmware version of 1.9. Note: If the configuration's GPS source is set to Required for all SmartPoint modules and the field device has no GPS fix, the SmartPoint module will not be activated. See the FieldLogic Tools Installation Guide for more details. 1. Power on the field device. 2. Power on the CL(the power switch is behind the white square on the CL's side panel) and place it in the proper position in relation to the SmartPoint module. This position depends on whether you are activating a Pit unit or Non-Pit unit. • Non-Pit Units (510M): Position the CommandLink's antenna area on the left side of the unit with the battery door of the CommandLink facing away from the SmartPoint module. Then secure it with the strap, if possible. The label of the CommandLink should be touching the unit, and the CommandLink's Power Button should be visible while viewing the front of the unit. 51OM Series 7 E-Register+156 • Pit Units (520M): Remove (and flip over)the pit lid so that the unit is upside- down. Position the CommandLink's Antenna area on the unit's bottom side. Then secure it with the strap (if possible). The battery door of the CommandLink should be facing away from the unit, and the label of the CommandLink should be touching the bottom of the unit. 520M defies 3. Attach the SmartPoint module to the E-Register+ via a TouchCoupler or a 3-wire cable. Note: Replace the TouchCoupler if damaged. 4. Start the FieldLogic application. S. From the FieldLogic Connect screen, select Start Connection. FieldLogic Tools a ■ FieldLogic Tools ■ Connect Flexhet ID(if required) Start Connection VA2W (Men.pro 6. Check the CUs LEDs. Be sure the blue LNK LED is illuminated—indicating a Bluetooth connection between the field device and CL. FieldLogic attempts to communicate with the SmartPoint module (via the CL)to determine the current state of the SmartPoint module. If there is a problem making a connection to the SmartPoint module, an error message is displayed. Note: If the SmartPoint module's firmware is out of date and you have configured FieldLogic to prompt to upgrade firmware (see Upgrade 7 E-Register+157 firmware), FieldLogic asks if you would like to upgrade it. Select Yes to upgrade. After the firmware update is complete, select Close to return to the Connect screen. 7. After connecting to the SmartPoint module, FieldLogic displays the Product Summary screen, along with meter information. Select Activate. FieldLogic Tools 8 Water SmartPoint(52OM) Port 1 FlexNet ID: 82090018 Port 2 FlexNet ID: 82090019 Firmware version: 1.9.12 (hex) Device is not active. Activate Operate (% PW C� J 8. If activating a dual port SmartPoint module, the Choose Ports screen is displayed. Connect the coupler cable or 3-wire cable and meter to Port 1 and select Port 1. Activate Which Port(s) do you want to activate? All Ports Port 1 Port 2 Note: If no matching configurations are present, an error displays. 7 E-Register+158 FieldLogic Tools a Configure No configurations match the detected meter type: Electronic Register Plus. Please validate your configurations using FieldLogic Hub. Select OK to return to the Product Summary screen. Contact your supervisor to obtain the applicable product configuration. 9. 10. When prompted, physically install the SmartPoint module and select OK. Activate Complete the physical installation (i.e. place unit in the pit) before continuing. �Zt) � For the 520M (pit unit) SmartPoint module 1. Remove the CommandLink from the bottom of the SmartPoint module. 2. Return the pit lid (with the SmartPoint module attached)to its final position over the meter pit(to ensure that FlexNet settings are properly configured). 3. Place the CommandLink within 20 feet of the pit lid to complete activation/ configuration. Do not place the Command Link on the SmartPoint module's pit lid housing or on the pit lid. 11. Select OK. The activation process begins. 12. A screen confirms successful activation. Select Back to exit. 7 E-Register+159 13. From the Product Summary screen, select Configure to apply the FieldLogic Hub configuration settings to the ally meter from the SmartPoint module. When prompted to choose a port, choose Port 1. FieldLogic Tools J- Water SmartPoint(510M) FlexNet ID: 13282536 Meter ID: B0633 Device is active (Fixed—base LAT). Configure Deactivate Operate View Details 14. From the activated SmartPoint module screen, select Disconnect to disconnect from the SmartPoint module. Note: Be sure to disconnect from the SmartPoint module when finished to prevent multi-transmissions with LAT. This ends the meter to CommandLink communications in preparation for network operations. View sensor readings The sensors need to be enabled in Device Manager before the readings display in FieldLogic. To view the sensor readings using Field Logic: 7 E-Register+160 1. From the activated SmartPoint screen, select View Details. J Water SmartPoint(51O1114) FlexNet ID: 13282536 Meter ID: B0633 Device is active (Fixed—base LAT). Configure Deactivate Operate View Details The Status screen of the Port 1 tab displays the Pressure and Temperature readings. Port 1 Status ' 1of3 Meter ID: 10000005 Details Reading: 0000008 gal Pressure: 7.80 psig Network Temperature: 70 OF Valve state: Open Elevation: 1 feet below ground Est Atm Pressure: 14.489 psig Reset All Alarms 70ose) F 2. Select the right arrow to view the Register Settings. The "Type" now displays Smart Meter in addition to TouchCoupler. Port 1 , Register Settings ' 2 of 3 Type: Smart Meter Details TouchCoupler Units: Gallons Network AMR Resolution: Ones History Resolution: 10s Loib 7 E-Register+161 Get device operation history For diagnostic purposes, FieldLogic Tools displays information gathered from the SmartPoint and ally meter, which can be used to determine if a meter is within its warranty. This feature will mainly be used by Walk-By/Drive-By customers and is only available through SmartPoint module connection. FieldLogic Tools displays the device usage information from the Sonix IQ.SmartPoint: • Number of Diagnostic Commands • Number of Operational Commands • Number of Firmware Upgrades (this includes both SmartPoint and meter upgrades) • Device Pairing History: whether the SmartPoint has ever been attached to a device Field Logic also displays the following information from ally meters: • Date of Installation • Date of Manufacture • Number of Valve Actuations 1. From the device information screen, select More. Water SmartPoint(520M) Port 1 FlexNet ID: 13000934 Meter ID: 10000005 Reading: 0000068 gal Pressure: —0.53 barg Temperature: 72 IF Port 2 FlexNet ID: 13000935 Port is disabled n 2. Select Operate. Water SmartPoint(520M) Configure I Deactivate Operate View Details E9 F (��) 7 E-Register+162 3. Select Get Device Operation History. Operate Choose the action you wish to perform on this Water SmartPoint[520M]: Reboot SmartPoint Get Interval Data Resume Paused Alarms Get Device Operation History 4. Choose the correct meter for the operation. Get Device Operation History Operate on: Meter 1 l� Meter 2 S. FieldLogic displays the Operation History information. Select Back to return to the device information screen. FieldLogic Tools [PI Y Get Device Operation History SmartPoint Data Value ,Diagnostic Commands 7 Operational Commands 0 ,SmartPoint Firmware Upqrades 2 ,Meter Firmware Upqrades 0 ally Pairinq History Never paired 69 7 E-Register+163 Deactivate the SmartPoint module When exchanging the installed meter, you must deactivate the currently installed SmartPoint module. 1. Connect to the existing SmartPoint module as described in Activate and configure the SmartPoint module on page 56. 2. From the activated SmartPoint module screen, select Deactivate. Water SmartPoint(51O1114) FlexNet ID: 13282536 Meter ID: B0633 Device is active (Fixed—base LAT). Configure Deactivate Operate View Details 3. When prompted, confirm your choice to deactivate the SmartPoint module. FieldLogic Tools 8 T Deactivate Are you sure you want to deactivate this Water SmartPoint(510M, 520M and Q models)? 4. Field Logic deactivates the SmartPoint module and displays a Success message. Select Close to return to the Connect screen. S. From the Connect screen, select Disconnect to end communication with the SmartPoint module. 7 E-Register+164 8 MXU Water Devices This chapter describes how to use FieldLogic to activate/deactivate and configure the parameter settings of an MXU RadioRead device. L Note: Ask your supervisor(or Sensus representative) for guidance on the applicable product configuration to choose. Configure MXU Water device Use FieldLogic to configure an MXU device using RadioRead. Perform this process using an AR5500 or later series field device with an installed Panther Card. Note: If the configuration's GPS source is set to Required for all SmartPoints and the field device has no GPS fix, the SmartPoint will not be activated. See the FieldLogic Tools Installation Guide for more details. 1. Start the FieldLogic application (as described in Chapter Start and exit FieldLogic Tools). Connect Read Route 4186421 I -I Start Connection MXU Read 2. Enter the Product ID and select Start Connection. 8 MXU Water Devices 165 3. After connecting, Field Logic Tools displays the Product Summary screen. i Water MXU (510/520 R/R2/RA) MXU ID: 4106420 Port 1: Sensus 3—wire Configure 11 U View Details OMP"1 4. Select Configure.FieldLogic prompts for the configuration to apply. i i Configure Choose Conficiuration: MxU l No Change S. Select MXU. i Configure What is connected to Port 1? No Encoder ll Sensus 3-wire Sensus MultiRead I ProRead (ARB VI) Scancoder Field Logic prompts you to select the device connected to Port 1 of the MXU. 8 MXU Water Devices 166 6. Select the device connected to Port 1 of the MXU. FieldLogic Tools i Configure What is connected to Port 2? No Encoder I Sensus 3-wire Sensus MultiRead III ProRead (ARB VI) Scancoder FieldLogic prompts you to select the device connected to Port 2 of the MXU. 7. Select the device connected to Port 2 of the MXU. 8. FieldLogic configures the device and displays a success message. 9. Select Close twice to return to the Configure screen. View Water MXU Details The View Details button, available on the Product Summary screen, allows you to view details of the Water MXU. 8 MXU Water Devices 167 1. From the Water MXU main menu, select View Details. i Water MXU (510/520 R/R2/RA) MXU ID: 4106420 Port 1: Sensus MultiRead Configure 1 View Details Disconnect The Port 1 tab displays the Port Type, Meter ID, Reading and Factory ID. Note: If the Water MXU has a device connected to Port 2, Field Logic Tools displays a Port 2 tab with the Port 2 Meter ID and Reading. i Port 1 Channel A Port Type: Sensus 3—wire Details Meter ID: B091142 Reading: 99999988 Diagnostics Factory ID: vKBCeCf15Jf1 8 MXU Water Devices 168 2. Select the Details tab. The Details screen displays the MXU ID, Firmware Version, Hardware Revision, Password, Tx Band and Channel and Rx Channel. MXU ID: 4186420 Port 1 Firmware leer; 4.7.8 HW Revision: 505C Details Password: 1 Tx Band: US Diagnostics Tx Channel: 12 �Rx Channel: 53 Q 8 MXU Water Devices 169 3. Select the Diagnostics tab to view the Diagnostics screen. Page 1 of the Diagnostics tab displays communications counts. i Port 1 Diagnostics 142 False Alarm Count: 16593 Details Bad Command Count: 31109 Unit Not Addressed Count: 27015 Diagnostics No Chance To Reply Count: 477 Unsuccessful Handshake Count: 29865 Successful Handshake Count: 318 Partial Message Delivered Count: 13499 Page 2 of the Diagnostics tab displays additional information. i Port 1 Diagnostics 24F2 Digital Match Fail Count: 19385 Details Period Match Fail Count: 22739 No Transmit Count: 43536 Diagnostics Reset Count: 8 ADC Temperature: 27.05C ADC Voltage: 3.56V 4. Select Close to return to the Device Summary screen. 8 MXU Water Devices 170 9 Program Water Registers FieldLogic Allows you to program water registers using a UniPro Communicator. Program Electronic Registers 1. Power on the field device. 2. Attach the UniPro Communicator to the register probe and start the FieldLogic application (as described in Start and exit FieldLogic Tools). 3. From the FieldLogic Tools Connect screen, enter the register ID and select Start Connection. 4. FieldLogic displays available product configurations. Select the applicable product configuration. S. FieldLogic displays the Product Summary screen. Field Logit—ruumr-- Electronic Register Factory ID: 123456789ABC Customer ID: 123456789ABC Totalizer Reading: 738826429 AMR Reading: 38826429 Configure View Details 6. Select Configure to apply product configuration file settings to register. 7. FieldLogic displays progress. 8. FieldLogic displays a configure success screen. 9. Select OK to return to the options screen. 10. Select View Details to view settings. 9 Program Water Registers 171 11. The Status tab shows readings, flow limits, battery voltage and firmware version. v,,7FieId Logic Tools Status IDs i Settngs Tex Forward reading: 7388264.29 gal Reverse reading: 0.00 gal Totalizer reading: 738826429 AMR reading: 38826429 Current flow: 0 gal/min Minimum flow: 0 gal/min Maximum flow: Unknown Battery voltage: 3.55 V Firmware version: B1.0.04 12. The IDs&Text tab displays Factory ID, Customer ID and Customer text. Ow IVA* 1 .4 nK IDs& Status Text Settings Factory ID: 123456789ABC Customer ID: 123456789ABC Customer text: 9 Program Water Registers 172 13. The Settings tab displays AMR information, unit settings, Reading mode, and Meter size. Status IDs & Settings Text AMR digits: IGIM►4M, AMR resolution: x 0.01 gal Reading units: Gallons Flow units: gal/min Reading mode: Extended Meter size: 5/8" (01 14. Select Close to return to the Device Summary screen. 15. Select Disconnect to end programming. Program iPERL Register 1. Attach the UniPro Communicator to the iPERL register probe and attach to the Mobile Device. 2. Start the Field Logic application. 3. Select the applicable product configuration. 4. Select Start Connection. 9 Program Water Registers 173 S. From the Product Summary screen, select Configure to begin the configuration process. WERL Meter Factory ID: 76380392 Customer ID: Customer Totalizer Reading: 77728985 AMR Reading: 07772898 3 alarms found! Configure View Data Log View History Log View Details Disconnect - 6. Field Logic displays a success message. Select OK to return to the options screen. 7. Select View Data Log to retrieve the register data log. 8. When prompted, verify the date and time settings of the Mobile Device are correct and select OK. Get Data Log Please check your handheld's date and time or this operation may return invalid data. 9 Program Water Registers 174 9. When prompted, enter a time interval to query for data and select Next to begin. FieldLogic displays query progress and retrieved data (if found for the device). 10. Select OK to return to the options screen. 11. Select View History Log to query register history. FieldLogic displays progress and history query results. History Log Date Time Event Alarms _ Info Glide 10/16/13 20:34 Slope Power state change Info Glide 10/16/13 22:34 Slope Power state change Info Glide 10/17/13 00:34 Slope Power state change Info Glide 10/17/13 01:34 Slope Power state change Info Glide J} 10/17/13 05:35 Slope Power 12. Select OK for return to the options screen. 9 Program Water Registers 175 13. Select View Details to view register details. The Status tab displays Totalizer and AMR readings, Firmware version, battery voltage and temperature. Status IDs & Lifetime Settings Text Totalizer reading: 77728985 AMR reading: 77728985 Firmware version: B2.07 Battery voltage: 3.7 V Temperature: 21.75 °C Glide slope Reboot(Historical) Glide slope (Historical) <01 The IDs &Text tab displays Factory ID, Customer ID and Customer text. IDs&nn Status Text Lifetime Settings Factory ID: 76380392 Customer ID: 76380392 Customer text: The Lifetime tab displays Manufacture Date, Projected EOL(End of Life) date, Lifetime used and Time active. 9 Program Water Registers 176 FieldLogic Tools Status IDs & Lifetime Settings Text Manufacture Date: 8/16/13 Projected EOL Dat: 8/16/33 Lifetime used: 1 year Time active: 50 weeks The Settings tab contains three screens; General, Alarms and History. The General screen shows the AMR digits, AMR resolution, Reading units and Reading mode. Status IDs & Lifetime Settings Text General , 1 of 3 AMR digits: ?r00043*1-1 AMR resolution: x 0.01 gal Reading units: Gallons Reading mode: Smart Meter The Alarms screen displays alarm information. 9 Program Water Registers 177 Status IDs & Lifetime Settings Text ' Alarm ' 2 of 3 Leak duration: 24 hours Alarm duration: 30 hours Alarm mask: • Reboot • Low battery • Very low battery • Configuration error • Empty pipe • Magnetic tamper • Reverse flow • Leak • EMF range • Low battery vc C� The History screen shows interval and History mask information. Status IDs & Lifetime Settings Text History 3 of 3 Datalog interval: 1 hour History mask: • Reboots • RadioRead Events • Alarm Events • Configuration Change Events • Status Change Events (59 14. Select Close to return to the Device Summary screen. 15. Select Disconnect to end the connection. Work with ally Directly You can connect directly to the ally meter using a field device using FieldLogic Tools, a UniPro Communicator, and a coupler cable. 9 Program Water Registers 178 Connect Directly to the ally Meter You can connect directly to the ally meter using a field device with FieldLogic Tools, a UniPro Communicator, and a coupler cable. 1. Connect the UniPro Communicator to the field device. 2. Connect the UniPro Communicator to the coupler cable and connect it to the ally meter. 3. Start FieldLogic Tools. 4. From the FieldLogic Connect screen, select Start Connection. FieldLogic Tools a m FieldLogic Tools Connect Flexhet ID(if required) Start Connection VA2W FieldLogic establishes a connection directly to the ally and displays the Product Summary screen. ally Meter Factory ID: 10000005 Customer ID: 10000005 Totalizer Reading: 000001000 AMR Reading: 00000100 Valve position: Open 2 alarms found Configure I Operate View Details ® eD '77 Configure ally Apply the FieldLogic Hub configuration settings to the ally meter with a field device, a UniPro Communicator, and a coupler cable. If you are using the ally meter with a SmartPoint module, you will apply the configuration settings after activating the SmartPoint module (see Activate and configure the SmartPoint module on page 56). 9 Program Water Registers 179 1. After connecting to the ally meter, select Configure from the available options. ally Meter Factory ID: 10000005 Customer ID: 10000005 Totalizer Reading: 000001000 AMR Reading: 00000100 Valve position: Open 2 alarms found Configure Operate View Details-T 1 F -) 2. When Prompted, enter your customer text and select Next. Configure Enter Customer Text ISensusTP -S- Uancel 3. When configuration is complete, a Configure Success message displays. Select Back to return to the Product Summary screen. Get the ally Data Log The ally data log can be accessed directly using FieldLogic and a handheld device. 9 Program Water Registers 180 1. From the Product Summary screen, select Operate. ally Meter Factory ID: 10000005 Customer ID: 10000005 Totalizer Reading: 000001000 AMR Reading: 00000100 Valve position: Open 2 alarms found Configure Operate View Details 1 2. From the Operate menu, select Get Data Log. FieldLogic Tools a Operate Choose the action you wish to perform on this ally Meter: Open Valve Close Valve Reduce Valve Retrieve Alarms Get Data Log 3. When informed of the relative time, select OK. Get Data Log All dates and times in the retrieved data log are relative to the current time. 9 Program Water Registers 181 4. When prompted, enter the number of days worth of data to retrieve and select Next. Get Data Log Enter number of days worth of data to retrieve 111 (1- 120) 7D (F 5. Select the applicable reading type to retrieve. Get Data Log Retrieve which reading type? _ Volume Temperature +� Pressure 6. When prompted, select the applicable reading frequency. Get Data Log What frequency of readings are needed? All Daily Weekly 9 Program Water Registers 182 7. After retrieving the data log, a Success message displays. Select Back to return to the Product Summary screen and select Disconnect to disconnect from the meter. Get Data Log Success Saved as"10000005-201605271614.xml" Date Time Volume 5/26/16 21:27:44.0140000 10.00 5/26/16 22:27:44.0140000 10.00 5/26/16 23:27:44.0140000 10.00 5/27/16 00:27:44.0140000 10.00 5/27/16 01:27:44.0140000 10.00 5/27/16 02:27:44.0140000 10.00 41, A. 8. To view the data log on a PC, connect the field device to a computer and navigate to the device's Sensus FieldLogic folder, which is usually located under My Documents in the file system. Open the .csv file using Microsoft Excel or a similar program. Retrieve Alarm Data After using FieldLogic Tools to connect to an ally via TouchCouple, access a selection of Alarm Retrieval operations by selecting the Operate button and selecting Retrieve Alarms. Select one of two alarm log operations: Alarm Status Update or Interval Alarm History. Each of these actions will lead you through prompts to obtain Alarm logs. The logs will then be displayed and saved as a csv file within the device's "Sensus" folder. EPNote: The screens will vary slightly between field device platforms. Retrieve Alarm Status Update Data 1. From the Product Summary screen, select Operate. If the Operate button is not present, select More to view additional buttons. ally Meter Factory ID: 10000005 Customer ID: 10000005 Totalizer Reading: 000006888 AMR Reading: 0000068 Valve position: Reduced Configure View Details Operate 9 Program Water Registers 183 2. Select Retrieve Alarms. Operate Choose the action you wish to perform on this ally Meter: Open Valve Close Valve Reduce Valve Retrieve Alarms Get Data Log 3. Select Alarm Status Update. Retrieve Alarms Choose the type of alarm data to retrieve: Alarm Status Update Interval Alarm History 41 When complete, FieldLogic Tools displays the retrieved alarm data. Retrieve Alarms Success Saved as"—AlarmStatusUpdate-201703080001.csv" Nlarm ame Alarm State Alarm Count Config Error Alarm enabled, and currently 7 active 4. Select Back to return to the Product Summary screen. 9 Program Water Registers 184 S. Select Disconnect to end the connection with the meter. 6. Connect the field device to a computer and navigate to the device's Sensus FieldLogic folder, which is usually located under My Documents in the file system. Open the .csv file using Microsoft Excel or a similar program. Retrieve Interval Alarm History 1. From the Product Summary screen, select Operate. If the Operate button is not present, select More to view additional buttons. FieldLogic Tools p T ally Meter View Details Operate 2. Select Retrieve Alarms. Operate Choose the action you wish to perform on this ally Meter: Open Valv, Close Valve Reduce Valve Retrieve Alarms Get Data Log 9 Program Water Registers 185 3. Select Interval Alarm History. FieldLogic Tools8 Retrieve Alarms Choose the type of alarm data to retrieve: Alarm Status Update Interval Alarm History 4. FieldLogic informs you that the dates and times in the retrieved log are based on the current time and date stored in the meter. Select OK to continue. Retrieve Alarms All dates and times in the retrieved data log are based on the current time and date stored in the ally meter. 5. Select the time windows to retrieve and add them to the Selected Items field by selecting Add. When finished, select Next. Retrieve Alarms Select time windows to retrieve. 0 0 days ... 31-60 days ago 61-90 days ago 91-120 days ago Reset Add All Add Selected Items: Mext 9 Program Water Registers 186 6. Select the types of alarms to retrieve and add them to the Selected Items field by selecting Add. When finished, select Next. Retrieve Alarms Select alarm types to retrieve. Customer Leak Reverse Flow Reboot Reset Add All Add Selected Items: FieldLogic returns the alarm information and displays a success message. Retrieve Alarms Success Saved as 'RB 171601A009-I me rva IAla rm H isto ry-201704031442.csv Start Time Stop Time Alarm Name 2/21/17 11:12 PM 2/22/17 12:12 AM Reboot 2/22/17 1:12 AM 2/22/17 2:12 AM Reboot 2/22/17 3:12 AM 2/22/17 4:12 AM Reboot 3/19/17 5:12 AM 3/19/17 6:12 AM Reboot 3/19/17 7:12 AM 3/19/17 8:12 AM Reboot 3/19/17 9:12 AM 3/19/17 10:12 AM Reboot 7. Select Back to return to the Product Summary screen. 8. Select Disconnect to end the connection with the meter. 9. Connect the field device to a computer and navigate to the device's Sensus FieldLogic folder, which is usually located under My Documents in the file system. Open the .csv file using Microsoft Excel or a similar program. View ally details If you are not in a fixed base network you can access information about the ally meter using FieldLogic and the direct connection method. Note: If you are using FieldLogic and connecting through a SmartPoint module in a fixed base network,then the options you will see when you select the View Details button present different information pertaining to the port and the network. While some of the provided information will be the same, the screens will differ. 9 Program Water Registers 187 1. From the Product Summary screen, select View Details. ally Meter Factory ID: 10000005 Customer ID: 10000005 Totalizer Reading: 000001000 AMR Reading: 00000100 Valve position: Open 2 alarms found Configure Operate View Details 17� F FieldLogic displays the Volume tab, open to the Status screen. This shows at a quick glance the current reading. It displays the Manufacture Date, the Projected End of Life (EOQ date,the Time active, and the Firmware version. Any alarms, the data log interval and alarm persistence display on subsequent screens as well as the Volume Status screen. Volume Status , iof2 Reading: 10 gal Temperature Empty Pipe Configuration Error Pressure Data Log Interval: 1 hours Valve Alarm Persistence: 30 days General 9 Program Water Registers 188 2. Select the right directional arrow to toggle to the User Alarms screen pertaining to Volume. Volume ' User Alarms z of 2 Leak: Triggered if flow rate is Temperature at or above 0.2500 gal/ second for 1.0 day(s). Pressure Broken pipe: Triggered if flow rate is at or above 55.0000 gal/ Valve second for 4 hours. Reverse Flow: Triggered if more than General 1.0000 gal flows backward in any 4 rr 3. Select the Temperature tab to display the current Temperature. Volume Status ' 1of2 Reading: 72.9 OF Temperature No Alarms Pressure Data Log Interval: 1 hours Alarm Persistence: 30 days Va Ive General /) 4. Select the right directional arrow to toggle to the User Alarms screen pertaining to Temperature. Volume , User Alarms 2 of 2 No alarms configured. Temperature Pressure Va Ive General /1 MMM� 9 Program Water Registers 189 S. Select the Pressure tab to view the pressure reading, Pressure Alarms, Data Log Interval, and Alarm Persistence. Volume Status , 1of2 Reading: 8.3 psia (Temperature No Alarms Pressure Data Log Interval: 1 hours Alarm Persistence: 30 days Va Ive General I Clear Alarms lb M 6. Select the right directional arrow to toggle to the User Alarms screen pertaining to Pressure. Volume ' User Alarms 2 of 2 No alarms configured. Temperature Pressure Va Ive General /) 7. Select the Valve tab to view the valve information. Volume Actual Valve position: Reduced Expected Valve position: Reduced Temperature Last change: Command Pressure Valve General 9 Program Water Registers 190 8. Select the General tab to view AMR settings. ieldl-ogic Tools Volume Settings ' 1of3 AMR digits: &UU!g1,LI00 Temperature Reading fields: Actuator state, Timestamped alarms, Pressure Current reading, Factory ID Valve AMR resolution: x 1 gal General Reading units: Gallons /) � (y 9. Select the right directional arrow to toggle to the IDs Version screen. ieldLogic Tools Volume ' IDs_Version ' 2 of 3 Factory ID: 10000005 Temperature Customer ID: 10000005 Pressure Firmware Version: 130.2.09 Va Ive General 01 10. Select the right directional arrow to view the Lifetime settings. eldLogic Tools Volume Lifetime ' 3of3 Manufacture Date: 4/19/16 Temperature Projected EOL Date: 4/19/36 Pressure Lifetime used: 39 minutes Time active: 20 hours Va Ive General 11. Select Close to return to the Product Summary screen. 9 Program Water Registers 191 Work with Electronic Register Plus Directly You can connect directly to the Electronic Register Plus using a field device using FieldLogic Tools, a UniPro Communicator, and a coupler cable. Connect Directly to the E-Register+ You can connect directly to the E-Register+ using a field device with FieldLogic Tools, a UniPro Communicator, and a coupler cable. 1. Connect the UniPro Communicator to the field device. 2. Connect the UniPro Communicator to the coupler cable and connect it to the E- Reg i ster+. 3. Start FieldLogic Tools. 4. From the FieldLogic Connect screen, select Start Connection. FieldLogic Tools 3:0] FieldLogic Tools Connect Flexhet ID(if required) Start Connection va2W FieldLogic establishes a connection directly to the E-Register+ and displays the Product Summary screen. Electronic Register+ Factory ID: 89660538 Customer ID: 89660538 Totalizer Reading: 000157738 AMR Reading: 7738 2 alarms found. Configure View Details Operate Configure E-Register+ 9 Program Water Registers 192 Apply the FieldLogic Hub configuration settings to the E-Register+ with a field device, a UniPro Communicator, and a coupler cable. If you are using the E-Register+ with a SmartPoint module, you will apply the configuration settings after activating the SmartPoint module (see Activate and configure the SmartPoint module on page 56). 1. After connecting to the E-Register+, select Configure from the available options. Electronic Register+ Factory ID: 89660538 Customer ID: 89660538 Totalizer Reading: 000157738 AMR Reading: 7738 2 alarms found. Configure View Details IE Operate 69 C� F�� F 2. When configuration is complete, a Configure Success message displays. Select Back to return to the Product Summary screen. Get the E-Register+ Data Log The E-Register+ data log can be accessed directly using FieldLogic and a handheld device. 1. From the Product Summary screen, select Operate. Electronic Register+ Factory ID: 89660538 Customer ID: 89660538 Totalizer Reading: 000157738 AMR Reading: 7738 2 alarms found. Configure View Details Operate 9 Program Water Registers 193 2. From the Operate menu, select Get Data Log. FieldLogic Tools 8 Operate Choose the action you wish to perform on this Electronic Register+: Get Data Log Retrieve Alarms e% 3. When informed of the relative time, select OK. Get Data Log All dates and times in the retrieved data log are relative to the current time. 1) S <t 4. When prompted, enter the number of days worth of data to retrieve and select Next. Get Data Log Enter number of days worth of data to retrieve I® (1 to 2) 9 Program Water Registers 194 S. When prompted, select the applicable reading frequency. Get Data Log What frequency of readings are needed? All Daily Weekly 6. After retrieving the data log, a Success message displays. Select Back to return to the Product Summary screen and select Disconnect to disconnect from the meter. Get Data Log Success Saved as"10000005-201605271614.xml" Date Time Volume 5/26/16 21:27:44.0140000 10.00 5/26/16 22:27:44.0140000 10.00 5/26/16 23:27:44.0140000 10.00 5/27/16 00:27:44.0140000 10.00 5/27/16 01:27:44.0140000 10.00 5/27/16 02:27:44.0140000 10.00 �f FAN 7. To view the data log on a PC, connect the field device to a computer and navigate to the device's Sensus FieldLogic folder, which is usually located under My Documents in the file system. Open the .csv file using Microsoft Excel or a similar program. Retrieve Alarm Data After using FieldLogic Tools to connect to an Electronic Register+ via TouchCouple, access a selection of Alarm Retrieval operations by selecting the Operate button and selecting Retrieve Alarms. Select one of three alarm log operations: Alarm Status Update,Alarm History, or Interval Alarm History. Each of these actions will lead you through prompts to obtain Alarm logs. The logs will then be displayed and saved as a csv file within the device's "Sensus" folder. EPNote: The screens will vary slightly between field device platforms. Retrieve Alarm Status Update Data 9 Program Water Registers 195 1. From the Product Summary screen, select Operate. If the Operate button is not present, select More to view additional buttons. Electronic Register+ Factory ID: 89660538 Customer ID: 89660538 Totalizer Reading: 000157738 AMR Reading: 7738 2 alarms found. Configure View Details Operate 2. Select Retrieve Alarms. Operate Choose the action you wish to perform on this Electronic Register+: Get Data Log Retrieve Alarms 9 Program Water Registers 196 3. Select Alarm Status Update. FieldLogic Tools 8 Retrieve Alarms Choose the type of alarm data to retrieve: Alarm Status Update Interval Alarm History Alarm History When complete, Field Logic Tools displays the retrieved alarm data. FieldLogic Tools a Retrieve Alarms Success Saved as "89660538-DetailedAla rmHistory-201709100445.csv" Date Time Alarm Name Alarm State 9/7/17 9:28 AM Reboot Active 9/7/17 19:28 AM Reboot Inactive 4. Select Back to return to the Product Summary screen. 5. Select Disconnect to end the connection with the meter. 6. Connect the field device to a computer and navigate to the device's Sensus FieldLogic folder, which is usually located under My Documents in the file system. Open the .csv file using Microsoft Excel or a similar program. Retrieve Interval Alarm History 9 Program Water Registers 197 1. From the Product Summary screen, select Operate. If the Operate button is not present, select More to view additional buttons. Electronic Register+ Factory ID: 89660538 Customer ID: 89660538 Totalizer Reading: 000157738 AMR Reading: 7738 2 alarms found. Configure View Details Operate 2. Select Retrieve Alarms. Operate Choose the action you wish to perform on this Electronic Register+: Get Data Log Retrieve Alarms 3. Select Interval Alarm History. Retrieve Alarms Choose the type of alarm data to retrieve: Alarm Status Update Interval Alarm History Alarm History 9 Program Water Registers 198 4. FieldLogic informs you that the dates and times in the retrieved log are based on the current time and date stored in the meter. Select OK to continue. FieldLogic Tools a Retrieve Alarms All dates and times in the retrieved data log are based on the current time and date stored in the ally meter. S. Select the time windows to retrieve and add them to the Selected Items field by selecting Add. When finished, select Next. Retrieve Alarms Select time windows to retrieve. .. ... 31-60 days ago 61-90 days ago 91-120 days ago Reset Add All Add Selected Items: 9 Program Water Registers 199 6. Select the types of alarms to retrieve and add them to the Selected Items field by selecting Add. When finished, select Next. Retrieve Alarms Select alarm types to retrieve. Customer Leak Reverse Flow Reboot Reset Add All Add Selected Items: FieldLogic returns the alarm information and displays a success message. Retrieve Alarms Success Saved as 'RB 171601A009—I me rva IAla rm H isto ry-201704031442.csv Start Time Stop Time Alarm Name 2/21/17 11:12 PM 2/22/17 12:12 AM Reboot 2/22/17 1:12 AM 2/22/17 2:12 AM Reboot 2/22/17 3:12 AM 2/22/17 4:12 AM Reboot 3/19/17 5:12 AM 3/19/17 6:12 AM Reboot 3/19/17 7:12 AM 3/19/17 8:12 AM Reboot 3/19/17 9:12 AM 3/19/17 10:12 AM Reboot 7. Select Back to return to the Product Summary screen. 8. Select Disconnect to end the connection with the meter. 9. Connect the field device to a computer and navigate to the device's Sensus FieldLogic folder, which is usually located under My Documents in the file system. Open the .csv file using Microsoft Excel or a similar program. View E-Register+ details If you are not in a fixed base network you can access information about the E-Register+ using FieldLogic and the direct connection method. Note: If you are using FieldLogic and connecting through a SmartPoint module in a fixed base network,then the options you will see when you select the View Details button present different information pertaining to the port and the network. While some of the provided information will be the same, the screens will differ. 9 Program Water Registers 1 100 1. From the Product Summary screen, select View Details. J Electronic Register+ Factory ID: 89660538 Customer ID: 89660538 Totalizer Reading: 000157738 AMR Reading: 7738 2 alarms found. Configure View Details Operate FieldLogic displays the Status screen. This shows at a quick glance the current reading. It displays the Manufacture Date, the Projected End of Life (EOL) date, the Time active, and the Firmware version. Any alarms, and alarm persistence display. J Status Totalizer reading: 000157738 AMR reading: 00157738 IDs& Reading: 1577.38 gal Text Manufacture Date: 1/1/00 Settings Projected EOL Date: 1/1/20 Time active: 6462 days Firmware version: R0.1.25 Alarm Persistence: 8 days Reset Alarms 9 Program Water Registers 1 101 2. Select the IN & Text tab to display the Factory ID, the Customer ID, and the Customer Text. Status Factory ID: 89660538 Customer ID: 89660538 IDs& Text Customer text: Settings 3. Select the Settings tab to view the AMR digits, Reading mode, Reading fields, AMR resolution, Reading units, Flow units, and Meter Size. Status ' General settings , 1of2 IDs& AMR digits: XIj4;YrKt:j Text Reading mode: Smart Meter Reading fields: Timestamped alarms, Settings Current reading AMR resolution: x 0.01 gal Reading units: Gallons Flow units: gal/min Meter Size: 5/8" x 3/4" <01 4. Select the right directional arrow to toggle to the User Alarms screen. Status ' User Alarms 2 of 2 IDs& Leak: Triggered if flow rate is Text above 1 gal/min for 1.0 day(s). Settings High Flow: Triggered if flow rate is above 20 gal/min for 1 hour. Reverse Flow: Triggered if reverse flow rate is above 1 gal/r 'for 1 minute. <01 ` 9 Program Water Registers 1 102 5. Select Close to return to the Product Summary screen. 9 Program Water Registers 1 103 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices This section describes how to use FieldLogic to connect to a Smart Gateway SmartPoint and operate it. Note: A valid GPS fix is required before you can complete activation. Be sure the GPS has been properly set up on the field device before continuing. For more details, see Setting Up GPS in the FieldLogic Installation Guide. The CommandLink must be properly positioned for proper communication between the field device and the SmartPoint to take place. Description/NotesCIL Placement Used To... Physical Contact Initiate&Complete SmartPoint Commandl-ink's antenna is Activation/Configuration positioned on the SmartPoint's ASK location. Connect to the Smart Gateway 1. Power on the field device. 2. Power on the CL. 3. Position the CL's antenna area on the SmartPoint module's ASK location. This location is at the top of the SmartPoint for the Smart Gateway. 4. Launch the FieldLogic Tools application. Activate the Smart Gateway To activate Smart Gateway SmartPoint module 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices 1 104 1. From the FieldLogic Connect screen, enter the FlexNet ID of the SmartPoint module (using the keypad or bar code scanner,) and select Start Connection. FieldLogic Tools Connect F/exNetlD(ifrequired) Start Connection 5GW FieldLogic Tools attempts to communicate with the SmartPoint module to determine the current state of the SmartPoint module. After connecting, FieldLogic Tools displays the Product Summary screen. Because the SmartPoint module is not yet active,this screen only displays the Activate button. 2. Select Activate. File Edit View Tools Smart Gateway FlexNet ID: 120000189 Battery Monitor:Inactive Digital Inputs:Disabled Sensor 1:Disabled Sensor 2:Disabled Firmware version:0.1.2A(hex) Device is not active. ActivAMMW If the GPS source is set to Required for all SmartPoints and FieldLogic does not have a valid GPS fix, an activation error displays. 3. Select OK to return to the Smart Gateway SmartPoint module main menu. 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices 1 105 4. When the port choice screen displays, select the devices to activate. File Edit View Tools Activate What do you want to activate? All Digital Inputs Pressure Sensor 1 Level/Distance Sensor 2 S. If multiple Smart Gateway product configurations are present, select which to use during the activation (the choices map directly to what was defined in FieldLogic Hub). File Edit View Tools FieldLogic Tools OR 3:24 Activate Choose configuration for Sensor 1: Pressure sensor 0 Pressure sensor 1 Cf 6. During activation, calibration of the sensor occurs. Set the sensor in a known low value environment, enter that value and select OK. File Edit View Tools Activate Enter low Pressure value(in bar)for Pressure sensor 1. When Pressure sensor 1 is ready to read click OK. 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices 1 106 7. Set the sensor in a known environment with a higher value, enter that value and select OK. File Edit Vlew Tools Activate Enter high Pressure value(in bar)for Pressure sensor 1. When Pressure sensor 1 is ready to read click OK. 1110 061 8. When prompted, enter the manufacturer name of the sensor and select Next. File Edit View Tools Activate Enter manufacturer for Pressure sensor 1: 9. When prompted, enter the model of the sensor and select Next. File Edit View Tools Activate Enter model for Pressure sensor 1: 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices 1 107 10. When prompted, enter the serial number of the sensor and select Next. File Edit View Tools Activate Enter serial number For Pressure sensor 1: After the activation has completed, an Activate Success screen displays. 11. Select Close to return to the Product Summary screen. 12. Now that the SmartPoint module is activated, this screen displays additional options and information. File Edit View Tools MMOK Smart Gateway Configure Deactivate View Details If there were errors during the calibration phase, you will need to perform the activation sequence again. Until the "Activate Success" screen displays, the SmartPoint module is not activated. Configure the Smart Gateway 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices 1 108 1. From the FieldLogic Connect screen, enter the FlexNet ID of the SmartPoint module (using the keypad or bar code scanner,) and select Start Connection. FieldLogic Tools Connect F/exNetlD(ifrequired) Start Connection SGW 1) (7�' ��� FieldLogic Tools attempts to determine the current state of the SmartPoint module. 2. When FieldLogic Tools connects to the active SmartPoint,the available options display. Select Configure. File Edit View Tools Smart Gateway Configure Deactivate View Details 3. When prompted, select the device you wish to configure. He Edit View Tools Configure What do you want to activate? All Digital Inputs Pressure Sensor 1 Level/Distance Sensor 2 41 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices 1 109 4. If there are more than one Smart Gateway configurations contained in the bundle, select which to use during the activation (the choices map directly to what was defined in FieldLogic Hub). File Edit Vi— T-6 Configure Choose configuration for Sensor 1: Pressure sensor 0 Pressure sensor 1 (01 5. During activation, calibration of the sensor will occur. Set the sensor in a known low value environment, enter that value and select OK. File Edit View Tools Configure Enter low Pressure value(in bar)for Pressure sensor 1. When Pressure sensor 1 is ready to read click OK. �1d del 6. Set the sensor in a known environment with a higher value, enter that value and select OK. File Edit View Toils Configure Enter high Pressure value(in bar)for Pressure sensor 1. When Pressure sensor 1 is ready to read click OK. 1110 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices 1 110 7. When prompted, enter the manufacturer name of the sensor and select Next. File Edit View Tools Configure Enter manufacturer for Pressure sensor 1: Sensor{ 8. When prompted, enter the model of the sensor and select Next. File Edit View Took FieldLogic Tools 7-1 11193:47 Configure Enter model for Pressure sensor 1: 1D0 9. When prompted, enter the serial number of the sensor and select Next. File Edit View Toils - Configure Enter serial number for Pressure sensor 1: 12345 C+c�Z�►Z+�rZ�� After the activation has completed, an Activate Success screen displays. 10. Select Close to return to the Product Summary screen. View the Smart Gateway details 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices 1 111 1. From the FieldLogic Connect screen, enter the FlexNet ID of the SmartPoint module (using the keypad or bar code scanner,) and select Start Connection. FieldLogic Tools Connect F/exNetlD(ifrequired) Start Connection SGW 1) (7) FieldLogic Tools attempts to determine the current state of the SmartPoint module. 2. When FieldLogic Tools connects to the active SmartPoint,the available options display. Select View Details. File Edit View Tools Fieldl-ogic Tools8 Smart Gateway Configure Deactivate View Details 41 FieldLogic Tools displays the Battery Monitor tab, open to the Battery Status screen. File Edit View Tools FieldL*glc Tools8 Battery ' Battery Status , Monitor 1of3 Reading: 10562 Sensor 1 Sample rate: Once per 15 minutes Sensor 2 Transmit rate: Once per 30 minutes Infrastructure type: Water Details No Alarms Network Clear Alarms 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices 1 112 3. Select the right arrow button to display the Digital Input 1 screen. File Edit View Tools FieldLogic Tools Battery ` Digital Input 1 Monitor 2 of 3 Sensor 1 Trigger: Open State: Closed Sensor 2 Start alarm: 1 min Stop alarm: 1 hr Details Alarm persistence: 1 month Network n 4. Select the right arrow again to view the Digital Input 2 Screen. File Edit View Tools Fieldl-agic Tools .� Battery ' Digital Input 2 ' Monitor 3 of 3 Sensor 1 Trigger: Close State: Opened Sensor 2 Start alarm: 1 min Stop alarm: 1 hr Details Alarm persistence: 1 month r�; Network - 5. Select the Sensor 1 tab to see the Sensor 1 status. File Edit View Tool= fieldLogic Tools a Battery + Sensor status ' Monitor 1 of 3 Type: Pressure Sensor Sensor 1 Reading: —1.09 PSI Sensor 2 Min: —2.06 PSI Max: 118.45 PSI Details Communication Failure Alarm Network I Clear Alarms 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices 1 113 6. Select the right arrow to view the Sensor 1 behavior. File Edit View ToolFieldLogic Tools 3: Battery ' Sensor behavior ' Monitor 2 of 3 Manufacturer: Sensor 1 Model: Sensor 2 Serial number: Sample rate: Once per 15 Details minutes Transmit rate: Once per 30 Network minutes wLi 7. Select the right arrow to view Sensor 1 alarms. File Edit view Tool, FieldLogic Toolsu Battery 1 4 Sensor alarms ' Monitor 3 of 3 1: High:Triggered if Pressure Sensor is Sensor 1 above 110.00 PSI for 1 sample readings which are Once per 15 Sensor 2 minutes 2: Low:Triggered if Pressure Sensor is Details below—1.50 PSI for 1 sample readings which are Once per 15 minutes Network 3: Inside range:Triggered if Pressu<01 8. To view the Status, Behavior and Alarms for Sensor 2, select the Sensor 2 tab. 9. Select the Details tab to view the Battery voltage, Location, Elevation, SmartPoint time precision, Programmer ID, and Firmware Version. File Edit View Tools FieldLogic Tools8 Battery Battery voltage: 3.56 V(3.41 V min) Monitor Location: 35.86680°,—78.86140° Sensor 1 Elevation: 0.0000 ft Time: Less than an hour off Sensor 2 Programmer ID: 218(device),2(user) kletails Firmware Ver.: 0.1.2A(hex) Network (41 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices 1 114 10. Select the Network tab to view the Top level state, FlexNet ID, Utility code, Encryption status, and Transmit mode. File Edit V?e ToolFieldLogic Tools 3:22 Battery Top level state: Fixed—base LAT Monitor FlexNet ID: 120000189 Sensor 1 Utility code: 3 Encryption: Disabled Sensor 2 Transmit mode: Normal Details Network Deactivate the Smart Gateway 1. From the FieldLogic Connect screen, enter the FlexNet ID of the SmartPoint module (using the keypad or bar code scanner,) and select Start Connection. FieldLogic Tools 10:56 Connect Start Connection SGW FieldLogic Tools attempts to determine the current state of the SmartPoint module. 2. When FieldLogic Tools connects to the active SmartPoint, the active options display. 3. Select Deactivate. File Edit View Tools Smart Gateway Configure Deactivate View Details 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices 1 115 4. Select Yes to confirm SmartPoint deactivation. File Edit Vlew Tools FieldLogic Tools Q Deactivate Are you sure you want to deactivate this SmartPoint? The SmartPoint is deactivated and a success message displays. S. Select Close to return to the Product Summary screen. 10 Work with Smart Gateway devices 1 116 11 View and clear SmartPoint module alarms This chapter describes how to use FieldLogic Tools to view and clear alarms that are reported for a SmartPoint module. The steps for viewing and clearing alarms are the same for all SmartPoint module types but electric. Note: Electric alarms may be viewed, but not viewed and cleared. 1. From the Product Summary screen, select View Details. Gas SmartPoint FlexNet ID: 23010978 Meter ID: Tilt Alarm! Device is active (Fixed-base LAT). Configure Operate Deactivate View Details V 11 View and clear SmartPoint module alarms 1 117 2. The View Details screen displays the Port 1 tab as default. The Status page (default), on the Port 1 tab, displays(in bold, red text) any alarms that have been detected on the SmartPoint module. If there are no alarms,the No Alarms message displays instead. Port 11 Details Network Status ' iof3 FlexNetID: 23010978 Meter ID: Reading: 5,321 CCF Lock state: Unlocked Tilt Alarm Clear Alarms 3. To clear an alarm, select Clear Alarms. After the alarm is cleared, the alarm clear confirmation displays. 4. Select OK. S. Select Close to return to the Product Summary screen. Port 1 Details Network Status ' iof3 FlexNetID: 23010978 Meter ID: Reading: 5,321 CCF Lock state: Unlocked No Alarms 11 View and clear SmartPoint module alarms 1 118 12 View FieldLogic Tools history FieldLogic Tools automatically generates a history of all actions performed with the field device. This chapter describes how to use the History tool to view a list of past field device actions. Filter criteria can also be specified to narrow the scope of the actions listed. EPNote: If history does not exist, it is created. If it does exist, new history information is appended to the end of the list. View and filter history 1. From the Connect screen, select Menu > History. Fieldll Tools ., YX ;7r FlexNetJID(if required) O Star[ 4onnection V Tools ► IL Options About 0 iv-- Menu 12 View FieldLogic Tools history 1 119 2. The History screen lists the time, activity, and product ID for each stored action. Everything: /J Time I Activity I Product ID I 07/24 Audit 3000496 07/24 Activate 3000496 07/24 Activate 3000496 07/24 Audit 20605239 07/24 Get Interval Data 20605239:0 07/24 Deactivate 20605239 07/24 Activate 20605239 07/24 Configure 20605239 07/24 Audit 24401058 07/24 Audit 24401058 07/24 Audit 24401058 07/24 Audit 24401058 Showing results 1 - 12 of 103 Previous Next To scroll backward or forward through the history list, select Previous and Next (respectively). Note: Red text is used to indicate a failed action. 12 View Field Logic Tools history 1 120 3. To filter the history list, select the filter icon at the top of the screen to display the History Filter screen. Everything: Time I Activity I Product ID I 07/24 Audit 3000496 07/24 Activate 3000496 07/24 Activate 3000496 07/24 Audit 20605239 07/24 Get Interval Data 20605239:0 07/24 Deactivate 20605239 07/24 Activate 20605239 07/24 Configure 20605239 07/24 Audit 24401058 07/24 Audit 24401058 07/24 Audit 24401058 07/24 Audit 24401058 Showing results 1 - 12 of 103 Previous W= Next Filter by: Q Product ID: ❑ Activity: (Audit -I ❑ Time Period: Q IToday Q From: 18/2/12 To: 18/2/12 You can filter by product ID, an activity type or a time range. 4. To filter the history by Product ID, select the Product ID checkbox and enter the ID for the product of interest(above right). Select OK. 12 View Field Logic Tools history 1 121 S. To filter the history by activity type, select the Activity checkbox and select the adjacent drop-down list to select an activity type: activate/deactivate, configure, open/close valve, load shed/restore, and clear alarms. Select OK. e Filter by: ❑ Product ID: Q Activity: Audit Activate ❑ Time Period: Deactivate —_ Q (Today Configure Open Valve Close Valve Q From: Load Shed To: [Clear Restore — LLClear Alarms 12 View FieldLogic Tools history 1 122 6. To filter the history by time range, select the Time Period checkbox and select the timeframe drop-down list to choose from a set of predefined timeframes and select OK. You can also select the From/To drop-down lists to choose from/to dates from the pop-up calendar and select OK. �-1��rKiX7r•��i►�a� Filter by: ❑ Product ID: ❑ Activity: (Audit �I 0 Time Period: Today so., Q ►Yesterday This Week Last Week This Month Last Month This Year Last Year Filter by: S M T w T F ❑ Product IC 5 6 '7 8 F9 0 1 ❑ Activity: 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 ❑� Time Peric 26 27 28 29 30 31 Q Tod Today: 8/2/12 Q From: 18/2/12 To: 18/2/12 7. To display more details for a given action, double-click that entry in the list. S. From the History screen, select the X in the top-right corner to return to the main menu. 12 View FieldLogic Tools history 1 123 Other auto-generated files FieldLogic Tools automatically creates several helpful files: log files and a transaction file. However,these files cannot be viewed on the field device. They must be exported to a PC and read using a software tool capable of parsing them. • Log (.log)files: Log files are generated for troubleshooting purposes and are intended for Sensus personnel only. Several logs can exist on the field device (distinguished by date).Log files are stored on the field device in the\My Documents \Sensus FieldLogic directory. The syntax for a log filename is: app-yyyymmdd.log; where yyyy is the year, mm is the month, and dd is the day. Note: If a log file for a given date already exists, and new log information is generated later in the same day,the new information is added to the end of the existing log file. • Transaction (.trn)file: The transaction file is generated for legacy FlexPro users and customers who already have software tools for parsing it. The transaction file is stored on the field device in the\My Documents\Sensus FieldLogic directory. The transaction filename is: Transactions.trn. Note: If the transaction file does not exist, it is created. If it does exist, new transaction information is added to the end of the file. 12 View FieldLogic Tools history 1 124 13 Upgrade firmware This chapter describes how to use FieldLogic Tools to upgrade the firmware on a SmartPoint module, water register, Command Link, FMT, or AutoGun. Note: Firmware upgrade functionality is not available for electric or one-way water or gas SmartPoint modules or water registers. During the connection process, FieldLogic Tools checks the status of the SmartPoint module. If it detects a firmware version on the field device that is later than the version currently on the SmartPoint module, you are alerted and given the choice of upgrading the firmware or continuing with the current version of firmware. Similarly, when performing the Get Status operation for an FMT, CommandLink, or AutoGun (see the FieldLogic Tools Installation Guide), if the firmware version detected on the field device is later than the version currently on the FMT, you are alerted and given the choice to upgrade the firmware or continue with the current version of firmware However, in order for this automatic process to work properly, be sure you have done the following beforehand: • Imported the latest available firmware upgrade file (.upg) onto the field device via your device configuration created in FieldLogic Hub. • Checked the Offer to perform upgrades box on the Firmware tab of the Options menu. System ❑N 1Offer to perform upgrades Service FlexNet Registers LFirmware /) __!'� 7) (T-—(7c e�1) (!F If this box is not selected, you will not be prompted to upgrade firmware. Firmware upgrade is available as long as the field device is connected to the SmartPoint module, register, or communications device. Upgrade SmartPoint module firmware The steps for upgrading SmartPoint module firmware are the same for each SmartPoint module type. 13 Upgrade firmware 1 125 1. From the Connect screen, enter the FlexNet ID of the SmartPoint module (using the keypad or bar code scanner,) and select Start Connection. Connect Start Connection ally 2 2. From the Product Summary screen, select Operate. If Operate is not available, select More to display additional options. FieldLogic Toolsa Water SmartPoint(520M) Port 1 FlexNet ID: 13000934 Meter ID: 10000005 Port 2 FlexNet ID: 13000935 Meter ID: 10000005 Device is active (Walk-by/drive-by). Configure Deactivate-41 ® +� ft�� 3. Select Firmware Upgrade. Operate Choose the action you wish to perform on this Water SmartPoint(520M): Firmware Upgrade Reboot SmartPoint Get Interval Data Resume Paused Get Device Operatio... 13 Upgrade firmware 1 126 4. Select SmartPoint. Firmware Upgrade Upgrade firmware on: SmartPoint Port 1 S. When prompted to perform the upgrade, select Yes. Firmware Upgrade Current version: 1.9.04 beta (hex) New version: 1.9.06 beta (hex) Estimated time to transfer firmware image to SmartPoint: 30 minutes. If it is a meter firmware upgrade, then the upgrade will begin automatically once the trasfer is complete. Do you want to continue? �f Note: If the SmartPoint battery voltage is too low to perform the firmware download, Field Logic prompts you to postphone the process. Select OK to return to the Product Summary screen. 13 Upgrade firmware 1 127 i Firmware Upgrade Battery level is too low to begin firmware upgrade. Voltage must be at least 3.3v. You must wait until the battery recovers to a safe voltage in order to upgrade firmware versions. Estimated time remaining is: 5 minutes. The firmware download process begins. Note: If the SmartPoint battery voltage drops below the threshold during the firmware download process, FieldLogic prompts you to postphone the upgrade. Select OK to postphone the process. 6. When the upgrade is complete, a success message displays. Select Back to finish. Upgrade meter firmware through the SmartPoint FieldLogic Tools provides additional buttons and screens to support meter communication test and meter firmware upgrade. This section describes updating firmware through a SmartPoint. 1. From the Product Summary screen, select Operate. If the Operate option is not displayed, select More to view additional options. Water SmartPoint(520M) Port 1 FlexNet ID: 13000934 Meter ID: 10000005 Port 2 FlexNet ID: 13000935 Meter ID: 10000005 Device is active (Walk-by/drive-by). Configure I Deactivate 13 Upgrade firmware 1 128 2. Select Firmware Upgrade. Operate Choose the action you wish to perform on this Water SmartPoint(520M): Firmware Upgrade Reboot SmartPoint Get Interval Data Resume Paused Get Device Operatio... 3. When prompted, select the component's firmware you would like to upgrade. Firmware Upgrade Upgrade firmware on: Port 1 FieldLogic checks the component's firmware. ■ If the firmware image version is higher or the same than the firmware image on the Mobile Device,the firmware upgrade is terminated. ■ If the firmware image version is lower than the firmware image on the field device, the firmware upgrade continues to the next step. 13 Upgrade firmware 1 129 4. When prompted with the estimate of the upgrade completion time, select Yes. Firmware Upgrade Current version: 1.9.04 beta (hex) New version: 1.9.06 beta (hex) Estimated time to transfer firmware image to SmartPoint: 30 minutes. If it is a meter firmware upgrade, then the upgrade will begin automatically once the trasfer is complete. Do you want to continue? 69 The firmware upgrade process begins. If the upgrade transmission rate is slower than normal due to a firmware memory leak, FieldLogic notifies you that rebooting the SmartPoint could speed up the upgrade. S. If you would like to reboot the SmartPoint, select Stop and select Start Reboot from the Connect screen. If not, continue with the next step. FieldLogic Tools •4 FieldLogic Tools Connect Reboot SmartPoint flexlVet ID fif required) Start Reboot Start Connection ally 2 6. When complete, FieldLogic confirms the upgrade success. Select Back to return to the Product Summary screen. Upgrade meter firmware using the TouchCoupler This section describes updating firmware using a UniPro Communicator. Note: This functionality is applicable to Electronic Register Plus, iPERL ASIC meters, and ally meters. 13 Upgrade firmware 1 130 1. From the Product Summary screen, select Operate. If the Operate option is not displayed, select More to view additional options. J Electronic Register+ Factory ID: 89660538 Customer ID: 89660538 Totalizer Reading: 000157738 AMR Reading: 7738 2 alarms found. Configure I View Details Operate 13 Upgrade firmware 1 131 2. Select Firmware Upgrade. FieldLogic Tools 8 Operate Choose the action you wish to perform on this Electronic Register+: Get Data Log Retrieve Alarms If you have configured FieldLogic Tools to prompt to upgrade firmware (see Upgrade firmware on page 125), and a newer firmware version exists on your field device, you are prompted to upgrade it. Firmware Upgrade Newer firmware version found,would you like to upgrade? Current version: 130.1.05 New version: 1.0.08 (hex) 3. Select Yes to upgrade. FieldLogic displays the firmware upgrade progress. 4. After the firmware upgrade is complete, a success message displays. Select Back to return to the Product Summary screen. Upgrade FlexNet Micro Transceiver firmware The steps for upgrading FlexNet® Micro Transceiver(FMT)firmware are the same for each FMT type. 13 Upgrade firmware 1 132 1. From the Connect screen, select Menu > Options. FieldLogic Tools 19�YX FieldLogic Tools IIIIIIIIIIIII. N I RexNetID C UI Start Connection Tools ► History 4 SIRT ESAAP About 0 nu 2. From the Options screen, select the SmartPoint FlexNet tab. 7Fl..NFR �-,er- Device type: FlexNet Micro Transceiver COM port: I • Refresh I Get Status User ID: (1-127) I 1 I-I Device ID: (1-255) 1150 Programmer ID: 19201 3. Select the FMT from the Device type drop down list and select the applicable COM port from the COM port drop down list. 4. Select the Get Status button to initiate a connection to the communications device. S. FieldLogic Tools attempts to communicate with the FMT. If the firmware version detected on the field device is later than the version currently running on the FMT, you are prompted to upgrade the firmware. 13 Upgrade firmware 1 133 6. Select Update FW... to initiate the firmware upgrade. Connection Succeeded FlexNet Micro Transceiver 900 MHz Serial number:007165 Firmware version:2.2.1.E(hex) Update FW... 7. When the upgrade is complete, a confirmation displays. Select OK to finish. Upgrade CommandLink firmware Note: The new firmware upgrade file must be in the selected product configuration to perform this update. 1. From the Connect screen, select Options from the Menu choices. 2. Select the FlexNet tab. 3. Select CommandLink from the Device type drop-down menu. 4. Select your CommandLink from the Device Name drop-down menu and select Get Status. 5. Field Logic Tools gets the status of the CommandLink. If firmware is not current, FieldLogic Tools prompts to update it. 13 Upgrade firmware 1 134 6. Select Update FW... Connection Succeeded Firmware version: 1.6 Hardware version: D Update FW... FieldLogic Tools updates the firmware and confirms the update is complete. Important: FieldLogic will not install firmware if it is incompatible with the device. 7. Select OK. 8. Select OK again to return to the main menu. Upgrade AutoGun firmware This section only refers to the AG6590 AutoGun. The AR4090C AutoGun cannot be upgraded by the user. Note: The new firmware upgrade file must be in the selected device configuration to perform this update. 13 Upgrade firmware 1 135 1. From the Connect screen, select Options from the Menu choices. Connect History a ERc Options '1 Start Connection Abou6 Archive My Device Configuration 6.6.0 2. Choose AutoGun as the Device type on the Registers screen, then choose the applicable COM port and select Get Status. Registers Device type: jAutoGun (Serial/Bluetooth)[]l COM port: 1COM7 (AG163637) []I Firmware Unlink I I Get Status Currently linked to: 163588 41 FieldLogic Tools gets the status of the AutoGun. If the AutoGun firmware is not current, FieldLogic Tools prompts to update it. FieldLogic Tools El zt Y. ol: 10:56 Connection Succeeded AutoGun Serial Number: 163588 Firmware Version: B1.0.01 Update Firmware to Version 1.0.01 beta(hex) 13 Upgrade firmware 1 136 3. Select Update Firmware... FieldLogic Tools updates the firmware and confirms the update is complete. 4. Select OK. S. Select OK again to return to the Product Summary screen. Upgrade Bluetooth AutoGun firmware 1. After linking the AutoGun to FieldLogic Tools, click the Get Status button on the Registers tab. System Device type:jAutoGun (Serial/Bluetooth Vij Device name:Ige-4i M -Lev IV, Service Refresh FlexNet Link Registers Firmware /) 2. If there is an applicable Bluetooth firmware image available, the Update BT firmware to <version number> button displays. Select Update BT firmware. Connection Succeeded AutoGun Serial Number: 163587 Firmware Version: R1.0.03 BT Firmware Version: 1.1.01 (hex) Update Firmware to 0.1.11 beta(hex) Upgrade BT Firmware to 1.1.02(hex) (T IF 3. After upgrading the firmware, FieldLogic Tools displays a success message. Select OK to return to the Product Summary screen. 13 Upgrade firmware 1 137 14 Work with routes After you have opened a route, the Route Details screen displays information on four tabs: Route, Details/Actions, Statistics, and Status/Log. The Route tab displays the addresses in the route. Select Start Reading to begin reading the route. Select the Magnifying Glass to apply filters to the data in this tab, search data, or change route settings. Route Details/ cs Status Actions Statistics Log All entries 0 119 Gas Street 120 Gas Street 121 Gas Street —_ qk��122 Gas Street — 44��123 Gas Street Q 124 Water Road 125 Water Road 126 Water Road �8127 Water Road — 0 128 Water Road 52%Complete Start Reading During route reading, a status bar displays the percentage of the route read. Read a route The Read Route feature allows you to select a route from the list of available routes. 14 Work with routes 1 138 1. From the Connect screen, select Tools > Read Route. —41111 FieldLogic Tools CF/exNetID C 0 7nection Connect Mag Loop Activate listory Exchange Meter Iptions Reboot SmartPoint SIRT ESAti, �bOUt 0 Analyze Network Menu After importing the route, FieldLogic Tools displays a status screen indicating success or the number of entries not imported. 2. Select OK to continue to the Product Summary screen. Import Complete Route: FieldLogic Test Route All entries imported successfully. 14 Work with routes 1 139 3. To open the route, choose the route from the list box and select Open. FieldLogic Tools 0 FieldLogic Tools U N PraductlD C VStart Connection !0 � N Open Connect Rt Rd v5.0.0 Exit M.Irwi 4. When you are finished, close the route and close FieldLogic. Note: If you dock the handheld device before closing the route and closing FieldLogic, you are prompted to close the route read process. Select Proceed to close the route and initiate the billing data synch process. Enter a read After selecting Read from the Details/Actions tab, the applicable reading screen displays for the current location. Selecting Normal for water SmartPoint modules displays the Enter Reading screen. Enter Reading Meter ID: 14340023 R1 Select Next after entering a read to add the read to the location and return to the Details/Actions tab. 14 Work with routes 1 140 Read mode toggling To toggle between RadioRead mode and Touch Read mode, the field device displays a button in the lower right corner of the screen. Select the button to toggle between modes. Route All incomplete entries Details f 102 Gas Street — Actions 107 Gas Street 108 Gas Street Statistics 115 Gas Street — 119 Gas Street Status j 121 Gas Street Log 124 Water Road — 174 WA pr RnAH ' Start Reading Mode:RadioRead GNote: There is no need to toggle between modes if you have a 4090 series AutoGun connected to the field device with a cable (stay in RouteRead mode), or you have a 6590 AutoGun which is Bluetooth-enabled and does not require a cable (stay in RouteRead mode). Add a note to a location The Add Note feature allows you to enter a note (or select from a list of predefined notes)for the specified route location. 1. Select Predefined Note to select a pre-defined note from a list. 2. Select Custom Note to enter a note using the on-screen keypad or the keypad on the field device. History Fiiltffr---T—+., Q Predefined Note: Mean Dog Gas Leaking Needs Painting O Custom Note: 14 Work with routes 1 141 3. After selecting or entering a note, select OK to add it to the file. The Statistics tab displays information for the selected route. Route Details/ Statistics 4status/Actions Visited: 55 of 93 (59%) Complete: 53 of 93 (57%) Entries with Alarms: 36 of 93 (39%) Non-route entries: 9 Stop Rea-din-P The Status/Log tab shows the status of the communication devices. M. 20713FL&I Route Details/ Statistics Status Actions Log FlexNet: Running Starting FlexNet... Configuring FlexNet... Running FlexNet... Interrogating NA2W... Disconnecting FlexNet... Starting FlexNet... Configuring FlexNet... Running FlexNet... Interrogating NA2W... 14 Work with routes 1 142 Filter a route 1. Select the magnifying glass to open the drop-down menu. Route Details/ Statistics Status Actions Log All incomplete entries Search... 101 Gas Street Settings... 102 Gas Street 104 Gas Street 105 Gas Street 106 Gas Street 107 Gas Street 108 Gas Street 109 Gas Street 111 Gas Street 11? Car Street t 6%Complete Start Reading '._: 2. Select Filter to navigate to the Filter screen, which allows you to search the route for text to find a location quickly or to limit what is shown on the Route tab. 3. Select the search criteria you would like to apply to the route contents. Filter by: Q None Q Incomplete Q Complete Q Unvisited Q Visited Q Has a Note 0 Alarms QQ Address* Q Product ID* Q Meter ID* Q Location Info* 114 �Wmrcl • Note: The default filter selection is Incomplete, which limits what is shown in the Route tab to the route entries that have not been completed (read, had peak demand reset, etc.). Items in the criteria list that are marked with an asterisk require additional information. For example, if searching based on the location's address, enter part 14 Work with routes 1 143 of or the entire address in the text box. You can enter the text using the on-screen keypad or, if available, the keypad on the field device. 4. Select Cancel to exit the Route Filter screen. Otherwise, select OK to apply the filter. The Route tab displays the filtered results. e Route Details Statistics Status/ 9 All addresses containing "14" 114 Gas Street 140 Water Road 141 Water Road 142 Water Road _ 143 Water Road 144 Water Road 145 Water Road 146 Water Road 147 Water Road 0%Complete Start Reading 14 Work with routes 1 144 S. The field device displays route read status and location status symbols (see Reading Symbol Definitions. F ute Details� Actions [Sta7tisticsStatus og All entries 119 Gas Street *1$120 Gas Street 121 Gas Street —_ w 122 Gas Street — y 123 Gas Street L 124 Water Road �8125 Water Road 126 Water Road 127 Water Road — Ah 12R Water Road 52%Complete Start Reading Reading symbol definitions Definition Indicates a successful read. ti Indicates an alarm was present with a successful read. Indicates high/low violation. f � Indicates there was a reading error and the reading must be entered manually. Indicates the device has received a response, OEM but the reading is not complete. Indicates alarms present,but reading is not complete. 14 Work with routes 1 145 Reading Symbol Definition I Indicates violations present,but reading is not complete. Indicates the reading must be manually entered. No icon indicates no response from the location. 6. Select the Details/Actions tab to access additional information and functionality. Details/ Status f Route Actions Stawtics tog ' Location:7 ' Address:107 Gas Street Reading needed MID IDu24105705 MID Type:C Service Type:G Read Add Note Connect The Details/Actions tab displays information for the selected location in the route, including location,transaction information, and meter ID and type. Note: Your screen may not look exactly like the screen pictured. Select Read to read the selected location using the applicable reading entry screen. Select Add Note to add a note. Select Connect to connect to the device in the location selected. The device will display the applicable SmartPoint module (or RadioRead MXU) main menu. 14 Work with routes 1 146 Search a route From the magnifying glass drop-down menu, select Search. 7R,,.t]. Details/ Statistics Status/ Actions Log All incomplete entries Search... 1 Settings... 102 Gas Street = 104 Gas Street 105 Gas Street 106 Gas Street 107 Gas Street 108 Gas Street 109 Gas Street 111 Gas Street 117 Gac StrAPt 6 a/o Complete Staif-Reading -EN FieldLogic Tools displays the Search screen. FieldLogic Test lUouti M Route Details/I Statistics Status/ Actions Log All incomplete entries Starch... 1 Settings... 102 Gas Street = 104 Gas Street 105 Gas Street 106 Gas Street 107 Gas Street 108 Gas Street 109 Gas Street 111 Gas Street 11�Gas StraPt . 6 a/o Complete Start Reading _M The search examines the route entries that display in the current filter and displays the first match. If the search returns no matches in the current filter and a match exists outside the filter, FieldLogic Tools displays an error message. 14 Work with routes 1 147 Rom p s StatatKS Status� AN co �a Matching route entry found, J but it is not contained in the J Current filter. J J 11u wrs Street Ja 103 Gas Street 6%Complete If the search does not return any matches, FieldLogic Tools displays an error. Route DetaftStatist" St Log 1 All complete entries J� J No entry w+th location info Containinq'89fi52'found. J J 110 Gas Street Ja 103 Gas Street 6%Corn plrh Reverse a route 1. From the magnifying glass drop-down menu, select Settings. Route Details f Statistics Status f Actions Log All inc�Iettiugs earch... ... 102 Gas Street = 104 Gas Street 105 Gas Street 106 Gas Street 107 Gas Street 108 Gas Street 109 Gas Street 111 Gas Street _ 112 Rao"tree 6%Complete 14 Work with routes 1 148 2. Select Reverse from the Route Direction drop-down menu and select OK. Route Direction: I Reverse Forward 14 Work with routes 1 149 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools This chapter describes some additional tools that are provided. These tools are: • Attachment(Paper Clip)tool • Reboot SmartPoint module tool • Connect tool The Attachment tool The Attachment tool provides a quick, convenient way to take a photograph or capture a screen shot of the current screen. This tool is available from any screen that displays the paper clip symbol in the lower right corner. Note: All photos and screen captures are assigned a unique, randomly- generated filename and are saved on the field device in the\My Documents \Sensus FieldLogic\Attachments directory. The trn file can be used to associate the attachment with the FlexNet ID that was in use. Attach a photo 1. From the current screen, select the paper clip symbol. Water SmartPoint Port 1: FlexNet ID: 13000934 Meter ID: B69021735 Port 2: FlexNet ID: 13000935 Meter ID: B090402222432 Meter Communication Failure! Device is active (Fixed-base LAT). Configure Operate Deactivate View Details 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 150 2. From the Attachment menu, select Attach Photo to launch the camera tool. Water SmartPoint Port 1: FlexNet ID: 13000934 Port is disabled Port 2: FlexNet ID: 13000935 Meter ID: B090402222432 Meter Communication Failure! Device is active (Fixed-base LAT). Enable Unused Port 1 Configure Op Dea Attach Screenshot 3. From the Attach Photo screen, press the Enter key to take a photo. Attach Photoe Cancel Menu • Before taking the photo, select OK or Cancel to cancel the photo operation. • After taking the photo, select OK or Back to save the photo. Note: All photos are saved on the field device in the\My Documents \Sensus Field Logic\Attachments directory 4. After the photo is saved, a confirmation displays. Select OK. 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 151 Attach a screen shot 1. From the current screen, select the paper clip symbol. Water SmartPoint Port 1: FlexNet ID: 13000934 Meter ID: B69021735 Port 2: FlexNet ID: 13000935 Meter ID: B090402222432 Meter Communication Failure! Device is active (Fixed-base LAT). Configure Operate Deactivate View Details 2. From the Attachment menu, select Attach screen shot. Water SmartPoint Port 1: FlexNet ID: 13000934 Port is disabled Port 2: FlexNet ID: 13000935 Meter ID: B090402222432 Meter Communication Failure! Device is active (Fixed-base LAT). Enable Unused Port Configure O :De:ar( Attach 5creenshot Disconnect More A screen shot of the current screen is immediately captured. L-j) Note: All screen captures are saved on the field device in the\My Documents\Field Logic\Attachments directory. 3. After saving the screen shot, a confirmation displays. 4. Select OK. 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 152 Reboot a SmartPoint module The Reboot SmartPoint module tool allows you to power-cycle (power off and back on) a SmartPoint module using the ASK radio or Mag Loop. The following SmartPoint modules can be rebooted: • Two-way water 1. From the Field Logic Connect screen, select Menu > Tools > Reboot SmartPoint. FieldLogic IBM- ., I lCillYCi 1Ll v V Connect Mag Loop Activate listory Exchange Meter 1ptions SIRT ES Read Route bout0 Analyze Network Menu 2. From the Reboot SmartPoint module screen, enter the FlexNet ID of the designated SmartPoint module. Select Next. Reboot SmartPoint Enter the FlexNet ID: (optional) 3. After the SmartPoint module reboots, a confirmation displays. Select OK. 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 153 Analyze a network FieldLogic Tools enables you to analyze network performance from specific geographic locations using a field device and an FMT Gen 2. 1. From the Connect screen, select Menu > Tools > Analyze Network. � Cinlrll nr�ir Tnr U Start Connection listory Reboot 5martPoint Iptions tower anal bout 0 Read Route FX 1� Analyze Network All'r enu 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 154 2. From the Analyze Network main menu, select Start. e Time Slots Log TS I SNP, (dB) PSR (%) Samples Elapsed Time: 00:00:01 Field Logic Tools displays network information in real time. 0 Time Slots Log TS I SNR, (dB) I PSR, (%) Samples 0 53 100 1 5 71 100 1 Elapsed Time: 00:00:17 The Time Slots tab displays each Base Station's time slot, signal to noise ratio, packet success rate, and sample count. 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 155 Time Slots ;TSSNR Time I Location 13:34:... a 54 13:34:... a 65 13:34:... 5 79 The Log tab displays data logged from the session. 3. Select Stop to end network analysis. 4. Select Close to return to the Product Summary screen. Meter exchange log file This section describes the format and content of the Meter Exchange log file. When the Meter Exchange tool is used to swap electric meters, FieldLogic automatically creates a log file. One log entry is appended to the end of the file each time a meter exchange is performed. File name The Meter Exchange log file is located on the field device in the\My Documents \FieldLogic directory. The log filename is: Meter Exchanges.csv. Meter Exchange log file structure The Meter Exchange log file is a Microsoft Excel-compatible CSV(comma-separated values)file. Each line represents one meter exchange record. The transaction file is a delimited file where each line represents one record. The delimiter is determined by the bundle file used by FieldLogic Tools that created the transaction file. The file consists of the columns in the following table, in this order: 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 156 • Type field: 1. Imported (1) 2. Programming (P) 3. Install Result (IR) 4. Transaction (T) 5. Audit(A) 6. Water Parameters (WP) 7. Valve Action (VA) Valid Values 1 User ID 1-127 2 1 Location Identifier 0-2,147,483,647 3 1 Address Text,up to 50 characters 4 1 Service Type W—Water G—Gas E—Electric P—Gas Corrector 5 T Time Example:08/20/200917:10:10 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 157 Col# Type* Field Valid Values 6 T Transaction Type 1 —Manual Reading 2—Electronic Reading 3-Note 4—Programmed Gas Success 5—Programmed Gas Failed 6—Programmed Water Success 7—Programmed Water Failed 8—Programmed Electric Success 9—Programmed Electric Failed 10—Work Order 11 —Index Change Out 12—Audit Gas 13—Audit Water 14—Audit Electric 17—Gas SmartPoint Deactivated Success 18—Gas SmartPoint Deactivated Failed 21 —Water SmartPoint Deactivated Success 22—Water SmartPoint Deactivated Failed 23—Firmware Upgrade Success 24—Firmware Upgrade Failed 25—Water Parameters 26—Interval Data 27—Alarm 28—Audit Gas Shutoff 29—Programmed Gas Shutoff Success 30—Programmed Gas Shutoff Failure 31 —Gas Shutoff Deactivated Success 32—Gas Shutoff Deactivated Failed 33—Gas Shutoff Valve Action Success 34—Gas Shutoff Valve Action Failure 35—Gas SmartPoint Firmware Version Success 36—Gas SmartPoint Firmware Version Failed 37—Water SmartPoint Firmware Version Success 38—Water SmartPoint Firmware Version Failed 7 T Note Text,up to 50 characters 8 T Reading String Text,up to 1024 characters 9 T Meter Change Text,up to 16 characters Out Meter Id 10 T Index Change Text,up to 15 characters Out Reading 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 158 Col# Type* Field Valid Values 11 T Meter Change Text,up to 30 characters Out Serial Number 12 IR Port 0-1 A 13 IR FlexNetID 0-268426453 A W P 14 IR Meter Type Gas: A Remote mount Direct mount No meter attached Water: Auto-detect No meter attached Sensus TouchCoupler Sensus 3-wire Smart Meter TouchCoupler Smart Meter 3-wire Neptune 6-digit AMCO ScanCoder Badger RTR Neptune 8-digit 15 P Number of Index 2-8 digits A Dials/Digits 16 IR Meter Units Gallons A Liters W Cubic feet P Cubic meters Acre Feet Imperial Gallons 17 IR Meter Resolution Gas: A x1 W x10 P x 100 x 1000 Water: x 0.001 x 0.01 x 0.1 x1 x10 x 100 x 1000 x 10000 x 100[Default](only for unused port) 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 159 Col# Type* Field Valid Values 18 P Gas Programming 1 p Index Drive 2 5 10 20 25 50 100 250 500 1000 19 P Gas Programming CCF A Index Scale MCF MA3 20 P Gas Programming X1 Initial Reading X10 Resolution X100 X1000 X100_Default(only for unused port) 21 P Gas Programming 1 (PPR) Pulse Per 2(PPR) Revolution 5(PPR) 10(PPR) 20(PPR) 50(PPR) 100(PPR) 500(PPR) 1000(PPR) 22 P Gas Programming 0-4 including decimal values A Compensation Factor 23 P Reading 0-4294967296 IR A 24 P Meter ID Text,up to 16 characters IR A W P 25 IR Gas Yes Programming RF No Communication Successful 26 A History Scale x 1 x 0.1 x 0.01 x 0.001 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 160 U- Valid Values Col# Type* Field 27 P Water Meter Leak Disabled WP Threshold 1 Count 2 Counts 10 Counts 100 Counts 1000 Counts 28 P Water Meter 24 reads WP Leak Consecutive 36 reads Reads 48 reads 72 reads 29 IR Latitude Example:-12.34567 WP 30 IR Longitude Example:-12.34567 WP 31 IR Transmit Mode Normal A mPass WP Boost C&I mPass:Normal[1:11 mPass:Normal[1:21 mPass:Normal[1:3] mPass:Normal[1:4] mPass:Normal[1:5] mPass:Normal[1:8] mPass:Normal[1:16] Boost:Normal[1:11 Boost:Normal 11:21 Boost:Normal 11:41 Boost:Normal[1:81 Tri-mode[1:1:31 32 IR Sample Rate Once per 5 minutes q Once per 15 minutes WP Once per hour Once per 6 hours Once per 12 hours Once per 4 hours Never 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 161 Col# Type* Field Valid Values 33 IR Transmit Rate Once per minute A Once per 5 minutes Once per 15 minutes Once per 30 minutes Once per 45 minutes Once per hour Once per 1.5 hours Once per 2 hours Once per 2.5 hours Once per 3 hours Once per 3.5 hours Once per 4 hours Once per 4.5 hours Once per 5 hours Once per 5.5 hours Once per 6 hours Once per 7 hours Once per 8 hours Once per 9 hours Once per 10 hours Once per 12 hours Once per 18 hours Once per 24 hours(1 day) Once per 36 hours(1.5 days) Once per 48 hours(2 days) Once per 60 hours(2.5 days) Once per 72 hours(3 days) Once per 86 hours(3.5 days) Never 34 P Utility Code 0-15 IR A 35 Not Used 36 IR SNR 0-128 37 IR Tower Ack Numeric value Received 38 Not Used 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 162 Col# Type* Field Valid Values 39 P Programming Addiscott,Canada Frequency Argiva Demo Arqiva HAN Blackfalds,Canada Cayman Eglin AFB Hot Springs Hurlburt Field Keesler AFB MAS1-AMANAOAP MAS 1-AQARASAT MAS 1-ASATAUAV MAS1-BC MAS2-AAABACAD MAS2-ACADAEAF MAS2-AGAHAIAJ MAS2-AHAIAJAK MCS1-37 PCS-CANADA PCS-M27/M28 PCS-N 1 PCS-N 10/N 19 PCS-N10/N25 PCS-N2 PCS-N20 PCS-N23 PCS-N24 PCS-N3 PCS-N4 PCS-N5 PCS-N6/N6,N7,N8,R14 PCS-N7/N6,N7,N8,R14 PCS-N8/N6,N7,N8,R14 PCS-R12 PCS-R14/N6,N7,N8,R14 Thorsby,Canada WV Quiet Zone 40 P Electric Yes Programming No Setup FlexNet Radio 41 P Electric Yes Programming No Update Lat/Lon 42 P Electric 5 kbps,Buddy Enabled Programming 5 kbps,Buddy Disabled Receive Mode 43 P Electric Numeric value Programming Energy2 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 163 Col# Type* Field Valid Values 44 Not Used 45 Not Used 46 P Operational Idle IR Mode Fixed-base LAT A Fixed-base MoM WP Walk-by/drive-by 47 A 8AM Reading FALSE WP TRUE 48 A Alarms Examples of alarms: VA Meter Communication Failure Remote Disconnect Failure Tilt Alarm Cut Wire Alarm Corrector Alarm Low Battery Error Low Pressure Alarm 49 Not Used 50 WP Leak/Broken Enabled Pipe Disabled Not Available 51 WP P Reverse Flow 1 Count IR Threshold(G&W) 2 Counts A 5 Counts 10 Counts 100 Counts Disabled 52 WP Reverse Flow 1 read P Consecutive 2 reads IR Reads(G&W) 12 reads A 24 reads Disabled 53 WP Broken Pipe Water: P Threshold(G&W) 500 Counts IR 800 Counts A 1350 Counts 4500 Counts Disabled Gas: Numeric value 54 P Broken Pipe 0 seconds IR Time(NA2W Gas) 5 seconds A 10seconds 15 seconds 30seconds 60seconds 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 164 Col# Type* Field Valid Values 55 IR Drive Shaft Clockwise A Rotation(NA2W Counterclockwise Gas) Auto-detect 56 Not Used 57 P Meter Clockwise Manufacturer(NA2" Counterclockwise Gas) Auto-detect 58 Not Used 59 IR Valve Shutoff Integrated A Type 60 IR Pressure Scale x 0.1 A Factor x 0.25 x 0.5 x1 x 2.5 x5 x10 x 25 61 IR Valve Test Period Monthly A Yearly Never 62 IR Low Pressure TRUE A Shutoff Enabled FALSE 63 IR High Pressure TRUE A Shutoff Enabled FALSE 64 IR Tilt Shutoff TRUE A Enabled FALSE 65 IR Vibration Shutoff TRUE A Enabled FALSE 66 IR Low Pressure 0-280 A Warning Threshold 67 IR Low Pressure 0-280 A Shutoff Threshold 68 IR High Pressure 0-280 A Warning Threshold 69 IR High Pressure 0-280 A Shutoff Threshold 70 IR Expected Valve Open A Position Closed VA 71 IR Actual Valve Open A Position Closed VA Unknown 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 165 Col# Type* Field Valid Values 72 IR Last Valve Command A Change Reason High pressure VA Low pressure Vibration Tilt Test 73 IR Valve Test Result Succeeded Failed Unable to run test 74 VA Valve Action Open Valve Close Valve Clear Alarms 75 IR 3-Port Remote 0-4294967296 A Gas Uncorrected Reading 76 IR 3-Port Remote 2 digits A Gas Uncorrected 3 digits Index Dials 4 digits 5 digits 6 digits 7 digits 8 digits 77 IR 3-Port Remote x 0.001 A Gas Uncorrected x 0.01 Resolution x 0.1 x1 x10 x 100 x 1000 x 10000 78 IR 3-Port Remote Cubic feet A Gas Uncorrected Cubic meters Units Gallons Liters 79 IR 3-Port Remote 0-4294967296 A Gas Corrected Reading 80 IR 3-Port Remote 2 digits A Gas Corrected 3 digits Index Dials 4 digits 5 digits 6 digits 7 digits 8 digits 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 166 col# Type* Field Valid Values 81 IR 3-Port Remote x 0.001 A Gas Corrected x 0.01 Resolution x 0.1 x1 x10 x 100 x 1000 x 10000 82 IR 3-Port Remote Cubic feet A Gas Corrected Cubic meters Units Gallons Liters 83 IR Battery Voltage #.#V(#.#V min) A 84 IR Over TRUE A Temperature FALSE Shutoff Enabled 85 Attachments 86 MeterBodyNumber Text,up to 30 characters FieldLogic errors This section describes some of the most common errors that you may encounter while using FieldLogic Tools and suggests possible corrective actions. Activation errors If SmartPoint module activation fails, FieldLogic Tools may display an error message. Activate An error occurred during activation. Error: No meter found. Check connection between SmartPoint and meter. The following table lists common activation errors along with possible causes and corrective actions. 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 167 Common Activation Errors Error Message Possible Cause Corrective Action Communication failure: Network traffic may be high, Remove the interference. SmartPoint did not respond, or there is some form of RF Verify communication device is interference. within range of SmartPoint and try again. For battery powered devices, Disconnect and try to connect communication may have been again. lost. Communication device is out of Verify that communication device range. is within range of SmartPoint module and reposition if necessary. SmartPoint module is busy. Disconnect.Wait several minutes (Note:This can occur if you and re-Connect. have been performing multiple activates and/or deactivates of the same SmartPoint module in rapid succession.) Settings are not as expected, The product configuration is not Verify that you are using a <config.settings>do not match applicable for the SmartPoint product configuration that is expected values. module. applicable for the SmartPoint For example,attempting to module. apply the sample rate to Once If product configuration is per 15 minutes to a SmartPoint applicable,it may be corrupt. module that only supports Once Contact Sensus for a new per hour will indicate that the product configuration. sample rate could not be set to For one-way devices,there was the desired value. a communication error.Retry the activation. Unable to activate without a FieldLogic does not have a GPS Verify that handheld device's valid GPS position. fix from the handheld device's internal GPS is set up properly. internal GPS. Choose a GPS setting that does not depend on having a valid GPS lock. Unable to activate,SmartPoint There is hardware-related issue Contact your Sensus customer has a hardware problem: that requires special attention. service representative. <problem description> For example,the SmartPoint module's battery level may be too low. SmartPoint Busy You have performed multiple Disconnect,wait several minutes, Please try again in a few minutes. activations and/or deactivations and reconnect. of the same SmartPoint module in rapid succession. Communication errors If there is a problem detecting or communicating with the SmartPoint Module, FieldLogic Tools may display an error message like the one shown below. 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 168 Connection Error Your communication devices cannot connect to your products. Please contact your customer service representative. �_JJ The following table lists common communication errors along with their possible cause and corrective action. Common Communication Errors Error Message IF Possible Cause Corrective Action Communication device error CommandLink is not powered Verify that CommandLink is Verify the communication on. powered on and fully charged. device is powered on,and the Problem with CommandLink's Verify the communication application's communication COM port selection or Bluetooth device configuration--including device options are correct. pairing. Bluetooth pairing(if applicable) and COM port selection. Your communication device Incorrect communication device Verify that CommandLink is cannot connect to your products, selected for the SmartPoint selected for the communication Please contact your customer Module. device. service representative. Product with ID<ID#> FieldLogic Tools received at Verify CommandLink positioning. found,but unable to maintain least one message from the communication. specified SmartPoint Module. Verify CommandLink positioning. But SmartPoint Module did not respond to subsequent queries. Possible RF interference with Remove RF interference. handheld device's messaging. SmartPoint Module is busy. Wait and try again. SmartPoint Module is too far Move CommandLink closer to away from the CommandLink. the SmartPoint Module. No product with ID<ID#> Incorrect FlexNet ID was Enter the correct FlexNet ID. found. entered. Verify product ID, Trying to perform a long-range Place the CommandLink next communication device audit on a SmartPoint Module to the SmartPoint Module and positioning,and network that is in FB-MoM mode. perform a physical contact audit parameters. instead. CommandLink may be in wrong Correct the position of the position for ASK communication. CommandLink and try to connect to the SmartPoint Module again. Possible RF interference with Remove RF interference. handheld device's messaging. 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 169 Error Message Possible Cause Corrective Action No product found. CommandLink may be in wrong Correct the position of the Verify communication device position for ASK communication. CommandLink and try to positioning,and network connect to the SmartPoint parameters. Module again. Possible RF interference with Remove RF interference. handheld device's messaging. Network parameters may not Get the correct network match that of the SmartPoint parameters from Sensus. module. No Response From SmartPoint. CommandLink's Mag Loop is Check the documentation for Check your mag loop position not properly positioned on the your specific meter/SmartPoint and try again. meter/SmartPoint module. Module to identify the applicable Mag Loop location. Communication device error. FieldLogic's communication Verify the communication device Verify the communication device settings may not be options are correct. device is powered on,and the properly set. application's communication Communication device may not Verify that the communication device options are correct. be powered on or connected. device is connected and powered on. Other errors The following table lists other errors along with their possible cause and corrective action. Other Errors Error Message Possible Cause �orrei-e Action Less than<amount> MB of Meter Exchange: Insufficient Free up additional space. storage space available.You space available on the handheld must free storage space. device to take pictures of new and old meters. There is less than<amount> Meter Exchange: Free space on Free up additional space. MB of storage space available. the handheld device is almost Please free storage space. too low to safely take pictures of new and old meters. Utility Code Mismatch SmartPoint module may be in Get the applicable network This SmartPoint may be use by a different utility. parameters file or product configured for use by another Incorrect network parameters file configuration from your Sensus utility company. may have been imported. customer service representative. SmartPoint utility code:<code> Your utility code:<code> Are you sure this is your SmartPoint? Unlock Network traffic may be high, Remove the interference. The operation has timed-out. or there is some form of RF Try to unlock the SmartPoint again.a (Note:While performing the interference. moduleg temporary Unlock operation, Communication device is out of Verify that communication device FieldLogic did not receive range. is within range of SmartPoint a response from the gas module and reposition if SmartPoint.) necessary. Try to unlock the SmartPoint module again. 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 170 Error Message Possible Cause I Corrective Action SmartPoint Locked You tried to perform an First initiate a temporary unlock SmartPoint must be unlocked to operation on a locked gas window.Then try performing the continue. SmartPoint module. operation again. Product with ID<ID#> You are attempting to connect Import a new field encryption found,but unable to establish to an encrypted SmartPoint keyfile containing valid connection because the product module,and either no encryption keys. is encrypted and no encryption encryption keys reside on keys were found. the handheld device or the encryption keys have expired. Product with ID<ID#> You are attempting to connect Import a new field encryption found,but unable to establish to an encrypted SmartPoint keyfile containing valid connection due to incorrect module,and either the encryption keys. encryption keys or time sync. encryption keys are incorrect or Verify that you have correct time the time sync is incorrect. sync. Your CommandLink does not You are attempting to connect to Use a CL that supports support encryption. an encrypted SmartPoint module encryption. using a CL that doesn't support encryption. 15 Other useful FieldLogic tools 1 171 APPENDIX B METER EVALUATIONS APPENDIX B WATER METER EVALUATIONS PAGE 1 OF 3 Downsize to 3/4" Meter Account Threaded or Meter Size Installation Number Service Address Customer Name Meter Type Flanged (Inches) Date 18815 655 MT AUBURN ST COOLIDGE SQUARE 2 LLC Positive Displacement Flanged 1.5 5/7/2015 Downsize to 1" Meter Account Threaded or Meter Size Installation Number Service Address Customer Name Meter Type Flanged �(Inches) Date 12/1/2006 MASSACHUSETTS ANIMAL MEDICAL CENTER&ATTN: 18778 380 PLEASANT ST OFFICE MANAGER, NEIL CALLANAN Positive Displacement Flanged 1.5 113803 1 GALEN ST WATERTOWN SAVINGS BANK Positive Displacement Flanged 1.5 3/3/2004 7/1/2000 18938 321 ARSENAL ST BOSTON BREAD,LLC DBA PANERA BREAD Positive Displacement 1.5 GYMITOF WATERTOWN LLC&HEALTHWORKS 2/26/2013 18834 36 ARLINGTON ST FITNESS Positive Displacement Flanged 1.5 4/8/2002 12560 1 ROSARY DR DOMINICAN SISTERS OF PEACE Positive Displacement Flanged 2 113421 25 CHURCH ST CALOIERO LLC Positive Displacement Threaded 1.5 9/23/1963 113806 65 MAIN ST ARMENIAN LIBRARY Positive Displacement Flanged 2 4/15/2005 116628 465 MT AUBURN ST ST JAMES FUNCTION HALL Positive Displacement Flanged 2 2/22/2010 TARGET ACCT 18518 SITE#1442&EVOCA INC MS 7/25/2002 18518 550 ARSENAL ST 4645 Positive Displacement Flanged 2 7/25/2002 TARGET ACCOUNT 18519 SITE#T 1442&ECOVA INC �18519 550 ARSENAL ST MS 4645 Positive Displacement Flanged 2 7/1/2000 18521 550 ARSENAL ST BEST BUY CO INC&C/O ADVANTAGEIQ-MS#441 Positive Displacement Flanged 2 6/1/1984 617 ARSENAL WATERPART LLC&c/o ARSENAL MALL MANAGEMENT �18606 MARKETPLACE OFF. Turbine Flanged 3 118617 615 ARSENAL ST B GOLF TOWN Positive Displacement Flanged 1.5 8/22/2002 12/29/2011 18714 128 WALTHAM ST SCARBOROUGH REALTY TRUST FS 6" Positive Displacement Flanged 2 118752 24 COTTAGE ST MT AUBURN CEMETERY Positive Displacement 2 11/6/1991 118844 57 COOLIDGE AVE MT AUBURN TENNIS S/0 Positive Displacement Flanged 1.5 7/2/2002 7/9/1999 18914 1 MT AUBURN ST THE GROWTH COMPANIES&FREDERIC H MARGOLIS Positive Displacement 2 118917 300 NO BEACON ST ARSENAL LLC ATHENA Positive Displacement Flanged 2 7/1/2001 2/4/2003 EMPIRE MANAGEMENT&COLONIAL BUICK PONTIAC �18787 64-66 GALEN ST GMC Positive Displacement Flanged 1.5 Weston&Sampson APPENDIX B WATER METER EVALUATIONS PAGE 2OF3 Downsize to 1-1/2" Meter Account Threaded or Meter Size Installation Number Service Address Customer Name Meter Type Flanged (Inches) Date 1/1/1986 12557 2 ROSARY DR MALONEY PROPERTIES&MANAGEMENT OFFICE Positive Displacement Flanged 3 6/26/1990 13744 31 SPRING ST WHITNEY ON SPRING LLC&SHARON FOLEY Positive Displacement Flanged 2 12/26/1990 170 MAIN STREET CONDO TRUST&MEDITATE L837 170 MAIN ST MANGEMENT CO INC Positive Displacement Flanged 2 117337 805 MT AUBURN ST ADAMS REALTY ASSOC Positive Displacement Flanged 2 1/1/2001 18615 480 ARSENAL ST AT&T CORPORATION/COOLING TOWER Positive Displacement Flanged 2 4/17/2009 18628 461 PLEASANT ST PERFECTION CAR WASH LLC STA 00 Turbine Flanged 2 436900 REIT MGMT,MAIL STOP#15&9 GALEN 5/15/2004 18639 9 GALEN ST STREET 171001 Compund Flanged 3 6/1/2003 18707 57 STANLEY AVE JEWISH COMMUNITY DAY SCHOOL Compund Flanged 3 118709 570 PLEASANT ST A RUSSO&SONS Positive Displacement Flanged 2 10/30/2002 AHOLD FINANCIAL&EXPENSE PAYABLES stop and 11/1/1994 18907 700 PLEASANT ST shop Positive Displacement Flanged 2 118942 125 WALNUT ST ARSENAL VIEW LLC Positive Displacement Flanged 2 10/24/2002 3/19/2003 18948 625 PLEASANT ST WATERTOWN FORD&ALAN MELKONIAN Positive Displacement 2 2/6/2004 18956 330 ARSENAL ST LEXUS OF WATERTOWN&ACCOUNTS PAYABLE Positive Displacement Flanged 2 119157 99 MAIN ST MAIN ST FIRE STATION Positive Displacement Flanged 4 2/1/2006 7/29/2005 �18614 486 ARSENAL WAY AT&T CORPORATION DOCK Positive Displacement Flanged 2 10/25/1985 15189 124 WATERTOWN ST DEVI TRUST&PETER HINGORANI,TRUSTEE Turbine Flanged 2 Downsize to 2" Meter Account Threaded or Meter Size Installation Number Service Address Customer Name Meter Type Flanged (Inches) Date 32 WHITES AVE 3/12/2014 12795 MID/FRONT HAMILTON ON MAIN Positive Displacement Flanged 4 112796 32 WHITES AVE HAIMILTON ON MAIN Positive Displacement Flanged 3 4/6/2009 119461 64 GROVE ST TUFTS HEALTH Positive Displacement Flanged 4 2/6/2009 18740 175 north beacon PERKINS SCHOOL F/T BLIND&DAN CATERINO Positive Displacement Flanged 3 Weston&Sampson APPENDIX B WATER METER EVALUATIONS PAGE 3OF3 Downsize to 3" Meter Account Threaded or Meter Size Installation Number Service Address Customer Name Meter Type Flanged �(Inches) Date 12815 55 WAVERLEY AVE WATERTOWN HOUSING AUTH Positive Displacement Flanged 4 6/2/2010 4/10/1985 CROSSROADS ON THE CHARLES CONDOMINIUM& �18893 199 COOLIDGE AVE FIRST REALTY MANAGEMENT Positive Displacement Flanged 4 118895 50 WATERTOWN ST WATERBRIDGE CONDO Positive Displacement Flanged 4 6/27/1986 Weston&Sampson